elioperdreau/libreoffice-translations-weblate
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull Requests Actions Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity
Files
a79d7194b55dec1bd5af89637a0f4b169b60fd84
libreoffice-translations-we…/translations/source/nn/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide.po
Andras Timar 44587aaee7 update translations for LibreOffice 3.6.0 beta3
2012-07-01 18:43:52 +02:00

8918 lines
520 KiB
Plaintext
Raw Blame History

This file contains invisible Unicode characters
This file contains invisible Unicode characters that are indistinguishable to humans but may be processed differently by a computer. If you think that this is intentional, you can safely ignore this warning. Use the Escape button to reveal them.
This file contains Unicode characters that might be confused with other characters. If you think that this is intentional, you can safely ignore this warning. Use the Escape button to reveal them.
#. extracted from helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide.oo
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://qa.openoffice.org/issues/enter_bug.cgi?comment=&component=l10n&form_name=enter_issue&short_desc=Localization+issue+in+file%3A+helpcontent2%2Fsource%2Ftext%2Fswriter%2Fguide.oo&subcomponent=ui\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2012-06-26 09:53+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-12-15 13:54+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Anonymous Pootle User\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"Language: nn\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Translate Toolkit 1.9.0\n"
"X-Accelerator-Marker: ~\n"
#: nonprintable_text.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Creating Non-printing Text"
msgstr "Oppretta tekst som ikkje skal skrivast ut"
#: nonprintable_text.xhp#bm_id3148856.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>non-printing text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text; non-printable</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: nonprintable_text.xhp#hd_id3148856.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"nonprintable_text\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp\" name=\"Creating Non-printing Text\">Creating Non-printing Text</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"nonprintable_text\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp\" name=\"Creating Non-printing Text\">Oppretta tekst som ikkje skal skrivast ut</link></variable>"
#: nonprintable_text.xhp#par_id4685201.help.text
msgid "To create text that is not to be printed do the following:"
msgstr "For å oppretta tekst som ikkje skal skrivast ut, gjer du dette:"
#: nonprintable_text.xhp#par_id3149789.14.help.text
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Frame</item> and click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
msgstr ""
#: nonprintable_text.xhp#par_id3150224.15.help.text
msgid "Enter text in the frame and if you want, resize the frame."
msgstr "Skriv inn tekst i ramma og endra storleiken på henne dersom du vil det."
#: nonprintable_text.xhp#par_id3150242.16.help.text
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Frame/Object</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Options</item> tab."
msgstr ""
#: nonprintable_text.xhp#par_id3145227.17.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Properties</emph> area, clear the <emph>Print</emph> check box."
msgstr ""
#: nonprintable_text.xhp#par_id3150320.18.help.text
msgctxt "nonprintable_text.xhp#par_id3150320.18.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: nonprintable_text.xhp#par_id3138828.help.text
msgctxt "nonprintable_text.xhp#par_id3138828.help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp\" name=\"Hiding Text\">Hiding Text</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp\" name=\"Hiding Text\">Gøyma tekst</link>"
#: fields_enter.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Adding Input Fields"
msgstr "Leggja til innlister"
#: fields_enter.xhp#bm_id3155916.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; input fields</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>fields; input fields in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>input fields in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;input fields</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: fields_enter.xhp#hd_id3155916.1.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "<variable id=\"fields_enter\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp\" name=\"Adding Input Fields\">Adding Input Fields</link> </variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"fields\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp\" name=\"About Fields\">Om felt</link></variable>"
#: fields_enter.xhp#par_id3153409.2.help.text
msgid "An input field is a variable that you can click in a document to open a dialog where you can edit the variable."
msgstr "Ei innliste er eit element som du kan trykkja på i eit dokument for å opna eit dialogvindauge der du kan redigera det."
#: fields_enter.xhp#par_id3145776.3.help.text
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Fields - Other</item> <emph/>and click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Functions</item> tab."
msgstr ""
#: fields_enter.xhp#par_id3155620.5.help.text
msgid "Click “Input field”<emph/>in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list."
msgstr ""
#: fields_enter.xhp#par_id3154257.6.help.text
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> <emph/>and type the text for the variable."
msgstr ""
#: fields_enter.xhp#par_id3155888.7.help.text
msgctxt "fields_enter.xhp#par_id3155888.7.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: fields_enter.xhp#par_id3150708.4.help.text
msgid "To quickly open all input fields in a document for editing, press Ctrl+Shift+F9."
msgstr "For snøgt å opna og redigera alle innlistene i eit dokument, trykk Ctrl+Shift+F9."
#: autotext.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Using AutoText"
msgstr "Bruka autotekst"
#: autotext.xhp#bm_id3155521.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>AutoText</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>networks and AutoText directories</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lists;AutoText shortcuts</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>printing;AutoText shortcuts</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;text blocks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text blocks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>blocks of text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: autotext.xhp#hd_id3155521.26.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"autotext\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp\" name=\"Using AutoText\">Using AutoText</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"autotext\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp\" name=\"Using AutoText\">Bruka autotekst</link></variable>"
#: autotext.xhp#par_id3150534.27.help.text
msgid "In $[officename] Writer, you can store text - also containing graphics, tables, and fields - as AutoText, so that you can quickly insert the text later on. If you want, you can also store formatted text."
msgstr "I $[officename] Writer kan du lagra tekst – som også kan innehalda bilete, tabellar, og felt – som autotekst, slik at du snøgt kan setja inn denne teksten seinare. Du kan også lagra formatert tekst dersom du ønskjer det."
#: autotext.xhp#hd_id3155539.48.help.text
msgid "To To Create an AutoText Entry"
msgstr ""
#: autotext.xhp#par_id3155560.47.help.text
msgid "Select the text, text with graphics, table, or field that you want to save as an AutoText entry. A graphic can only be stored if it is anchored as a character and is preceded and followed by at least one text character."
msgstr "Vel tekst, tekst med bilete, tabell eller felt du vil lagra som ei autotekst-oppføring. Eit bilete kan berre lagrast dersom det er forankra som eit teikn og har minst éitt teikn før og etter seg."
#: autotext.xhp#par_id3155581.57.help.text
msgid "Choose<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit - AutoText</item>."
msgstr ""
#: autotext.xhp#par_id3147761.58.help.text
msgid "Select the category where you want to store the AutoText."
msgstr "Vel kva kategori du vil lagra autoteksten i."
#: autotext.xhp#par_id3147779.59.help.text
msgid "Type a name that is longer than four characters. This allows you to use the <emph>Display remainder of name as suggestion while typing</emph> AutoText option. If you want, you can modify the proposed shortcut."
msgstr ""
#: autotext.xhp#par_id3147807.60.help.text
msgid "Click the <emph>AutoText</emph> button, and then choose <emph>New</emph>. "
msgstr ""
#: autotext.xhp#par_idN10732.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Click the <emph>Close</emph> button."
msgstr "Trykk på fana <emph>Stilar</emph>."
#: autotext.xhp#hd_id3147282.39.help.text
msgid "To Insert an AutoText Entry"
msgstr ""
#: autotext.xhp#par_id3145597.61.help.text
msgid "Click in your document where you want to insert an AutoText entry."
msgstr "Trykk på den staden i dokumentet der du vil setja inn ei autotekstoppføring."
#: autotext.xhp#par_id3145615.28.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp\" name=\"Edit - AutoText\"><emph>Edit - AutoText</emph></link>."
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp\" name=\"Edit - AutoText\">Rediger → Autotekst</link>"
#: autotext.xhp#par_id3145644.38.help.text
msgid "Select the AutoText that you want to insert, and then click<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item>."
msgstr ""
#: autotext.xhp#par_id3145668.30.help.text
msgid "You can also type the shortcut for an AutoText entry, and then press F3, or click the arrow next to the <item type=\"menuitem\">AutoText</item> <emph/>icon on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> bar, and then choose an AutoText entry. "
msgstr ""
#: autotext.xhp#par_id3155090.43.help.text
msgid "To quickly enter a %PRODUCTNAME Math formula, type <item type=\"literal\">fn</item>, and then press F3. If you insert more than one formula, the formulae are sequentially numbered. To insert dummy text, type <item type=\"literal\">dt</item>, and then press F3. "
msgstr ""
#: autotext.xhp#hd_id3155115.45.help.text
msgid "To Print a List of AutoText Entries"
msgstr "Skriva ut ei liste over autotekstoppføringar"
#: autotext.xhp#par_id3155136.44.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organize Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: autotext.xhp#par_id3155160.62.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Macro from</emph> list, double-click \"%PRODUCTNAME Macros - Gimmicks\"."
msgstr ""
#: autotext.xhp#par_id3151277.63.help.text
msgid "Select \"AutoText\" and then click <emph>Run</emph>. A list of the current AutoText entries is generated in a separate text document."
msgstr ""
#: autotext.xhp#par_id3151304.64.help.text
msgctxt "autotext.xhp#par_id3151304.64.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Fil → Skriv ut</emph>."
#: autotext.xhp#hd_id3151327.49.help.text
msgid "Using AutoText in Network Installations"
msgstr "Bruka autotekst i nettverksinstallasjonar"
#: autotext.xhp#par_id3151355.50.help.text
msgid "You can store AutoText entries in different directories on a network."
msgstr "Du kan lagra autotekstoppføringar i ulike mapper på eit nettverk."
#: autotext.xhp#par_id3151370.51.help.text
msgid "For example, you can store \"read-only\" AutoText entries for your company on a central server, and user-defined AutoText entries in a local directory."
msgstr "Til dømes kan du lagra «skriveverna» autotekstoppføringar for føretaket ditt på ein sentral tenar, og brukarlaga autotekstoppføringar i ei lokal mappe."
#: autotext.xhp#par_id3151390.52.help.text
msgid "The paths for the AutoText directories can be edited in the configuration."
msgstr "Stigane til autotekstmappene kan endrast i oppsettet."
#: autotext.xhp#par_id3154960.53.help.text
msgid "Two directories are listed here. The first entry is on the server installation and the second entry is in the user directory. If there are two AutoText entries with the same name in both directories, the entry from the user directory is used."
msgstr "To mapper er lista opp her. Den første oppføringa er på tenarinstallasjonen, og den andre oppføringa er i brukarmappa. Dersom mappene har ei autotekstoppføring med same namn, vert oppføringa frå brukarmappa brukt."
#: autotext.xhp#par_id3154995.42.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp\" name=\"Edit - AutoText\">Edit - AutoText</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp\" name=\"Edit - AutoText\">Rediger → Autotekst</link>"
#: autotext.xhp#par_id3155012.46.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040600.xhp\" name=\"Word Completion\">Word Completion</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040600.xhp\" name=\"Word Completion\">Fullføring av ord</link>"
#: section_insert.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Inserting Sections"
msgstr ""
#: section_insert.xhp#bm_id3149695.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>sections; inserting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting; sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>HTML documents;inserting linked sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>updating;linked sections, manually</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>links;inserting sections</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: section_insert.xhp#hd_id3149695.16.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"section_insert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Sections\">Inserting Sections</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"section_insert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Sections\">Setja inn bolkar</link></variable>"
#: section_insert.xhp#par_id3155917.26.help.text
msgid "You can insert new sections, or links to sections in other documents into the current document. If you insert a section as a link, the content of the link changes when you modify the source document."
msgstr "Du kan setja inn nye bolkar eller referansar til bolkar i andre dokument i det gjeldande dokumentet. Dersom du set inn ein bolk som ei lenkje, vil innhaldet i lenkja verta endra dersom du endrar kjeldedokumentet."
#: section_insert.xhp#hd_id3155863.27.help.text
msgid "To Insert a New Section"
msgstr ""
#: section_insert.xhp#par_id3149843.23.help.text
msgid "Click in your document where you want to insert a new section, or select the text that you want to convert to a section."
msgstr "Trykk på den staden i dokumentet der du vil setja inn ein ny bolk, eller vel den teksten du vil gjera om til ein bolk."
#: section_insert.xhp#par_id3156103.28.help.text
msgid "If you select a text that occurs within a paragraph, the text is automatically converted into a new paragraph."
msgstr "Dersom du vel ein tekst som er inne i eit avsnitt, vil teksten automatisk verta gjord om til eit nytt avsnitt."
#: section_insert.xhp#par_id3149281.24.help.text
msgctxt "section_insert.xhp#par_id3149281.24.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Set inn → Bolk</emph>."
#: section_insert.xhp#par_id3153404.29.help.text
msgctxt "section_insert.xhp#par_id3153404.29.help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">New Section</item> <emph/>box, type a name for the section."
msgstr ""
#: section_insert.xhp#par_id3153127.25.help.text
msgid "Set the options for the section, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: section_insert.xhp#hd_id3149635.30.help.text
msgid "To Insert a Section as a Link"
msgstr ""
#: section_insert.xhp#par_id3149648.31.help.text
msgid "Before you can insert a section as link, you must first create sections in the source document."
msgstr "Før du kan setja inn ein bolk i ei lenkje, må du først oppretta bolkar i kjeldedokumentet."
#: section_insert.xhp#par_id3149611.18.help.text
msgid "When you open a document that contains linked sections, $[officename] prompts you to update the contents of the sections. To manually update a link, choose <emph>Tools - Update - Links</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: section_insert.xhp#par_id3149860.22.help.text
msgid "You can also insert linked sections in HTML documents. When you view the page in a web browser, the content of the sections corresponds to the content of the sections at the time the HTML document was last saved."
msgstr ""
#: section_insert.xhp#par_id3145104.32.help.text
msgid "Click in your document where you want to insert the linked section."
msgstr "Trykk på den staden i dokumentet der du vil setja inn bolken med lenkje."
#: section_insert.xhp#par_id3156241.33.help.text
msgctxt "section_insert.xhp#par_id3156241.33.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Set inn → Bolk</emph>."
#: section_insert.xhp#par_id3153363.34.help.text
msgctxt "section_insert.xhp#par_id3153363.34.help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">New Section</item> <emph/>box, type a name for the section."
msgstr ""
#: section_insert.xhp#par_id3153387.35.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Link</item> <emph/>area, select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Link</item> <emph/>check box. <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">Under Windows, you can also select the <item type=\"menuitem\">DDE</item> check box to automatically update the contents of the section when the section in the source document is changed. </caseinline></switchinline>"
msgstr ""
#: section_insert.xhp#par_id3154852.36.help.text
msgid "Click the browse button (<item type=\"menuitem\">...</item>) next to the <item type=\"menuitem\">File name</item> <emph/>box."
msgstr ""
#: section_insert.xhp#par_id3155882.37.help.text
msgid "Locate the document containing the section that you want to link to, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: section_insert.xhp#par_id3149978.38.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Section</item> <emph/>box, select the section that you want to insert."
msgstr ""
#: section_insert.xhp#par_id3150003.39.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "section_insert.xhp#par_id3150003.39.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>Set inn</emph>."
#: pagenumbers.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Page Numbers "
msgstr "Sidetal "
#: pagenumbers.xhp#bm_id5918759.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>page numbers;inserting/defining/formatting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>page styles;page numbering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>starting page numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting;page numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>defining;starting page numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;page numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>styles;page numbers</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: pagenumbers.xhp#hd_id413830.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"pagenumbers\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp\" name=\"Page Numbers\">Page Numbers</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"pagenumbers\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp\" name=\"Page Numbers\">Sidetal</link></variable>"
#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id1617175.help.text
msgid "In Writer, a page number is a field that you can insert into your text."
msgstr "I Writer er sidetalet eit felt som du kan setja inn i dokumentet."
#: pagenumbers.xhp#hd_id6091494.help.text
msgid "To Insert Page Numbers"
msgstr ""
#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id8611102.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Page Number</emph> to insert a page number at the current cursor position."
msgstr ""
#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id6604510.help.text
msgid "If you see the text \"Page number\" instead of the number, choose <emph>View - Field names</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id2678914.help.text
msgid "However, these fields will change position when you add or remove text. So it is best to insert the page number field into a header or footer that has the same position and that is repeated on every page."
msgstr "Desse felta vert flytte når du legg til eller fjernar tekst. Difor er det er best å setja inn sidetalfeltet i ein topptekst eller botntekst, som har den same plasseringa og er brukte på alle sider."
#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id614642.help.text
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Header - (name of page style)</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Footer - (name of page style)</item> to add a header or footer to all pages with the current page style."
msgstr ""
#: pagenumbers.xhp#hd_id2551652.help.text
msgid "To Start With a Defined Page Number"
msgstr ""
#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id6111941.help.text
msgid "Now you want some more control on page numbers. You are writing a text document that should start with page number 12."
msgstr "Nokre gonger vil du kanskje ha meir kontroll over sidenummereringa i dokumentet. I dette dømet vil du at tekstdokumentet skal byrja med side 12."
#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id5757621.help.text
msgid "Click into the first paragraph of your document."
msgstr "Trykk i det første avsnittet i dokumentet."
#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id2632831.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Paragraph - Text flow</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Format → Avsnitt</emph>."
#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id4395275.help.text
msgid "In the Breaks area, enable <emph>Insert</emph>. Enable <emph>With Page Style</emph> just to be able to set the new <emph>Page number</emph>. Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id1654408.help.text
msgid "The new page number is an attribute of the first paragraph of the page."
msgstr "Det nye sidetalet er ein eigenskap av det første avsnittet på sida."
#: pagenumbers.xhp#hd_id7519150.help.text
msgid "To Format the Page Number Style"
msgstr ""
#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id9029206.help.text
msgid "You want roman page numbers running i, ii, iii, iv, and so on."
msgstr "Kanskje ønskjer du sidetal som romartala i, ii, iii, iv og så vidare."
#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id3032319.help.text
msgid "Double-click directly before the page number field. You see the <emph>Edit Fields</emph> dialog."
msgstr ""
#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id9139378.help.text
msgid "Select a number format and click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: pagenumbers.xhp#hd_id5051728.help.text
msgid "Using Different Page Number Styles"
msgstr ""
#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id1558885.help.text
msgid "You need some pages with the roman numbering style, followed by the remaining pages in another style."
msgstr "Kanskje ønskjer du at nokre av sidene skal ha sidetal som romartal og at nokre skal ha ein annan stil."
#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id1541184.help.text
msgid "In Writer, you will need different page styles. The first page style has a footer with a page number field formatted for roman numbers. The following page style has a footer with a page number field formatted in another look."
msgstr ""
#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id18616.help.text
msgid "Both page styles must be separated by a page break. In Writer, you can have automatic page breaks and manually inserted page breaks."
msgstr ""
#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id6138492.help.text
msgid "An <emph>automatic page break</emph> appears at the end of a page when the page style has a different \"next style\"."
msgstr ""
#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id4569231.help.text
msgid "For example, the \"First Page\" page style has \"Default\" as the next style. To see this, you may press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command+T</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline> to open the <item type=\"menuitem\">Styles and Formatting</item> window, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page Styles</item> icon, right-click the First Page entry. Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Modify</item> from the context menu. On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Organizer</item> tab, you can see the \"next style\"."
msgstr ""
#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id291451.help.text
msgid "A <emph>manually inserted page break</emph> can be applied without or with a change of page styles."
msgstr "Eit <emph>manuelt sideskift</emph> kan brukast både med eller utan endring av sidestil."
#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id3341776.help.text
msgid "If you just press <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl+Enter</item>, you apply a page break without a change of styles."
msgstr ""
#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id5947141.help.text
msgid "If you choose <emph>Insert - Manual break</emph>, you can insert a page break without or with a change of style or with a change of page number."
msgstr ""
#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id1911679.help.text
msgid "It depends on your document what is best: to use a manually inserted page break between page styles, or to use an automatic change. If you just need one title page with a different style than the other pages, you can use the automatic method:"
msgstr ""
#: pagenumbers.xhp#hd_id9364909.help.text
msgid "To Apply a Different Page Style to the First Page"
msgstr ""
#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id4473403.help.text
msgid "Click into the first page of your document."
msgstr "Trykk på den første sida i dokumentet."
#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id4313791.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>. "
msgstr "Vel <emph>Format → Stilhandsamar</emph>."
#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id4331797.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window, click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon."
msgstr ""
#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id4191717.help.text
msgid "Double-click the \"First Page\" style."
msgstr "Dobbeltklikk på stilen <emph>Første side</emph>."
#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id2318796.help.text
msgid "Now your title page has the style \"First Page\", and the next pages automatically have the \"Default\" style."
msgstr "No har tittelsida di stilen <emph>Første side</emph>, og dei neste sidene får automatisk stilen <emph>Standard</emph>."
#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id399182.help.text
msgid "You can now for example insert a footer for the \"Default\" page atyle only, or insert footers in both page styles, but with differently formatted page number fields."
msgstr ""
#: pagenumbers.xhp#hd_id5298318.help.text
msgid "To Apply a Manually Inserted Page Style Change"
msgstr ""
#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id7588732.help.text
msgid "Click at the start of the first paragraph on the page where a different page style will be applied."
msgstr ""
#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id95828.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Manual Break</emph>. You see the <emph>Insert Break</emph> dialog."
msgstr ""
#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id3496200.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style</item> list box, select a page style. You may set a new page number, too. Click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
msgstr ""
#: pagenumbers.xhp#par_id7599108.help.text
msgid "The selected page style will be used from the current paragraph to the next page break with style. You may need to create the new page style first."
msgstr ""
#: search_regexp.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Using Wildcards in Text Searches"
msgstr "Bruka jokerteikn i tekstsøk"
#: search_regexp.xhp#bm_id3150099.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>wildcards, see regular expressions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>searching; with wildcards</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>regular expressions;searching</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>examples for regular expressions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>characters;finding all</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>invisible characters;finding</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraph marks;searching</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: search_regexp.xhp#hd_id3150099.15.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"search_regexp\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp\">Using Wildcards in Text Searches</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"search_regexp\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp\">Bruka jokerteikn i tekstsøk</link></variable>"
#: search_regexp.xhp#par_id0509200916345516.help.text
msgid "Wildcards or placeholders can be used to search for some unspecified or even invisible characters."
msgstr ""
#: search_regexp.xhp#par_id3155182.50.help.text
msgid "You can use wildcards when you find and replace text in a document. For example, \"s.n\" finds \"sun\" and \"son\"."
msgstr "Du kan bruka jokerteikn når du søkjer og byter ut tekst i eit dokument. Til dømes finn «s.n» både «sin» og «son»."
#: search_regexp.xhp#par_id3155907.40.help.text
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit - Find & Replace</item>."
msgstr ""
#: search_regexp.xhp#par_id2142399.help.text
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">More Options</item> to expand the dialog."
msgstr ""
#: search_regexp.xhp#par_id3155861.41.help.text
msgid "Select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Regular expressions</item> check box."
msgstr ""
#: search_regexp.xhp#par_id3149843.42.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Search for</item> box, type the search term and the wildcard(s) that you want to use in your search."
msgstr ""
#: search_regexp.xhp#par_id3156113.51.help.text
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Find</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Find All</item>."
msgstr ""
#: search_regexp.xhp#hd_id3153401.52.help.text
msgid "Regular Expression Examples"
msgstr "Døme på regulære uttrykk"
#: search_regexp.xhp#par_id3149641.44.help.text
msgid "The wildcard for a single character is a period (.)."
msgstr "Jokertegnet for eitt enkelt teikn er eit punktum (.)"
#: search_regexp.xhp#par_id3153136.43.help.text
msgid "The wildcard for zero or more occurrences of the previous character is an asterisk. For example: \"123*\" finds \"12\" \"123\", and \"1233\"."
msgstr "Jokerteiknet for null eller fleire førekomstar av det føregåande teiknet er ein asterisk. Til dømes finn «123*» både «12», «123» og «1233»."
#: search_regexp.xhp#par_id3149609.45.help.text
msgid "The wildcard combination to search for zero or more occurrences of any character is a period and asterisk (.*)."
msgstr "Jokerteiknkombinasjonen til søk etter null eller fleire førekomstar av alle teikn er eit punktum og ein asterisk (.*)"
#: search_regexp.xhp#par_id3149854.46.help.text
msgid "The wildcard for the end of a paragraph is a dollar sign ($). The wildcard character combination for the start of a paragraph is a caret and a period (^.)."
msgstr "Jokerteiknet for slutten av eit avsnitt er eit dollarteikn ($). Jokerteiknkombinasjonen for starten av eit avsnitt er ein sirkumfleks og eit punktum (^.)"
#: search_regexp.xhp#par_id0509200916345545.help.text
msgid "The wildcard for a tab character is \\t."
msgstr ""
#: search_regexp.xhp#par_id3153414.49.help.text
msgid "A search using a regular expression will work only within one paragraph. To search using a regular expression in more than one paragraph, do a separate search in each paragraph."
msgstr "Du kan berre søkja etter regulære uttrykk innan eitt avsnitt. Det vil seie at du ikkje kan søkja etter eit uttrykk i eitt avsnitt og eit anna uttrykk i det neste avsnittet."
#: search_regexp.xhp#par_id3149875.48.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02100001.xhp\" name=\"List of Wildcards\">List of Wildcards</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02100001.xhp\" name=\"List of Wildcards\">Liste over jokerteikn</link>"
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Working with Master Documents and Subdocuments"
msgstr "Arbeida med hovuddokument og underdokument"
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#bm_id3145246.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>Navigator;master documents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>master documents;creating/editing/exporting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>subdocuments;creating/editing/removing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>removing;subdocuments</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>indexes; master documents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#hd_id3145246.4.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"globaldoc_howtos\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp\">Working with Master Documents and Subdocuments</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"globaldoc_howtos\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp\">Arbeida med hovuddokument og underdokument</link></variable>"
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id1522873.help.text
msgctxt "globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id1522873.help.text"
msgid "A master document lets you manage large documents, such as a book with many chapters. The master document can be seen as a container for individual <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer files. The individual files are called subdocuments."
msgstr "Eit hovuddokument lèt deg handsama store dokument, som til dømes ei bok med mange kapittel. Hovuddokumentet fungerer som ein behaldar for dei enkelte <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer-filene. Dei enkelte filene vert kalla underdokument."
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#hd_id3153127.29.help.text
msgid "To Create a Master Document"
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3149634.30.help.text
msgctxt "globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3149634.30.help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "Gjer éin av desse:"
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3149956.31.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose <emph>File - New - Master Document</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Fil → Ny → Malar og dokument</emph>"
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3149612.32.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Open an existing document and choose <emph>File - Send - Create Master Document</emph>."
msgstr "<variable id=\"glo\">Vel <emph>Fil → Send → Lag hovuddokument</emph></variable>"
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3149873.28.help.text
msgid "If you are creating a new master document, the first entry in the Navigator should be a <item type=\"menuitem\">Text</item> <emph/>entry. Type an introduction or enter some text. This ensures that after having edited an existing style in the master document, you see the changed style when viewing the subdocuments."
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3145114.33.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Navigator</item> for master documents (should open automatically, else press F5 to open), click and hold the <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> <emph/>icon, and do one of the following:"
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3156240.34.help.text
msgid "To insert an existing file as a subdocument, choose <emph>File</emph>, locate the file that you want to include, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3145405.35.help.text
msgid "To create a new subdocument, choose <emph>New Document</emph>, type a name for the file, and then click <emph>Save</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id8550981.help.text
msgid "To insert some text between subdocuments, choose <emph>Text</emph>. Then type the text. You cannot insert text next to an existing text entry in the Navigator."
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3153382.36.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>File - Save</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Fil → Lagra</emph>."
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#hd_id3154242.37.help.text
msgid "To Edit a Master Document"
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3154255.20.help.text
msgid "Use the Navigator for rearranging and editing the subdocuments in a master document."
msgstr "Bruk Dokumentstrukturen for å omorganisera og redigera underdokumenta i eit hovuddokument."
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3155879.38.help.text
msgid "To open a subdocument for editing, double-click the name of the subdocument in the Navigator."
msgstr "Dobbeltklikk på namnet på eit underdokument i Dokumentstrukturen for å opna det for redigering."
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3155931.39.help.text
msgid "To remove a subdocument from the master document, right-click the subdocument in the Navigator list and choose <emph>Delete</emph>. The subdocument file is not deleted, only the entry in the Navigator is removed."
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3148677.8.help.text
msgid "To add text to a master document, right-click an item in the Navigator list, and then choose <emph>Insert - Text</emph>. A text section is inserted before the selected item in the master document where you can type the text that you want. You cannot insert text next to an existing text entry in the Navigator."
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3149982.10.help.text
msgid "To reorder the subdocuments in a master document, drag a subdocument to a new location in the Navigator list. You can also select a subdocument in the list, and click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Move down</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Move up</item> <emph/>icon."
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3153022.40.help.text
msgid "To add an index, such as a table of contents, right-click in the Navigator list, and then choose <emph>Insert - Index</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3148949.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3148959\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20246.png\" width=\"0.1862in\" height=\"0.1862in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148959\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3149622\" src=\"cmd/sc_optimizetable.png\" width=\"0.423cm\" height=\"0.423cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149622\">Ikon</alt></image>"
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3153632.21.help.text
msgid "To update an index in a master document, select the index in the Navigator, and then click the <emph>Update</emph> icon."
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_idN10C40.help.text
msgid "When you insert an object like a frame or a picture into a master document, do not anchor the object \"to page\". Instead, set the anchor \"to paragraph\" on the <emph>Format - (Object type) - Type</emph> tab page, and then set the object's position relative to \"Entire Page\" in the <emph>Horizontal</emph> and <emph>Vertical</emph> list boxes."
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#hd_id3153656.41.help.text
msgid "To Start Each Subdocument on a New Page"
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3152760.42.help.text
msgid "Ensure that each subdocument starts with a heading that uses the same paragraph style, for example \"Heading 1\"."
msgstr "Sjå til at alle underdokumenta byrjar med ei overskrift som brukar same overskriftsstil, til dømes <emph>Overskrift 1</emph>."
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3153876.43.help.text
msgid "In the master document, choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>, and click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon."
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3153907.44.help.text
msgid "Right-click \"Heading 1\" and choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3147124.45.help.text
msgid "Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Text Flow</item> <emph/>tab."
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3149770.46.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Breaks</item> <emph/>area, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item>, and then select “Page”<emph/>in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> <emph/>box."
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3150224.17.help.text
msgid "If you want each subdocument to start on an odd page, select <emph>With Page Style</emph>, and select \"Right page\" in the box."
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3145205.47.help.text
msgctxt "globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3145205.47.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#hd_id3145228.48.help.text
msgid "To Export a Master Document as a <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Text Document"
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3150315.49.help.text
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">File - Export</item>."
msgstr "Vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Fil → Eksporter</item>."
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3148580.50.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>File format</emph> list, select a text document file format and click <emph>Export</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id8371227.help.text
msgid "The subdocuments will be exported as sections. Use <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Sections</item> to unprotect and remove sections, if you prefer a plain text document without sections."
msgstr "Underdokumenta vert eksporterte som bolkar. Bruk <item type=\"menuitem\">Format → Bolkar</item> for å fjerna vernet av og fjerna bolkane, dersom du føretrekk eit tekstdokument utan bolkar."
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3154382.help.text
msgctxt "globaldoc_howtos.xhp#par_id3154382.help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator in master mode\">Navigator in master mode</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator in master mode\">Dokumentstrukturen i hovudmodus</link>"
#: background.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics"
msgstr "Velja bakgrunnsfargar eller bakgrunnsbilete"
#: background.xhp#bm_id3149346.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>backgrounds;text objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>words;backgrounds</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paragraphs; backgrounds</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text;backgrounds</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; backgrounds</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; backgrounds</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>backgrounds;selecting</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: background.xhp#hd_id3149346.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"background\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/background.xhp\" name=\"Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics\">Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: background.xhp#par_id7355265.help.text
msgid "You can define a background color or use a graphic as a background for various objects in $[officename] Writer."
msgstr "Du kan velja ein bakgrunnsfarge eller bruka bilete som bakgrunn på ulike objekt i $[officename] Writer."
#: background.xhp#hd_id3147653.3.help.text
msgid "To Apply a Background To Text Characters"
msgstr ""
#: background.xhp#par_id3150669.4.help.text
msgid "Select the characters."
msgstr "Merk teikna."
#: background.xhp#par_id3155390.5.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Character</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Format → Teikn</emph>."
#: background.xhp#par_id3153665.6.help.text
msgid "Click the <emph>Background</emph> tab, select the background color."
msgstr ""
#: background.xhp#hd_id3153541.7.help.text
msgid "To Apply a Background To a Paragraph"
msgstr ""
#: background.xhp#par_id3145119.8.help.text
msgid "Place the cursor in the paragraph or select several paragraphs."
msgstr "Plasser skrivemerket i avsnittet eller merk fleire avsnitt."
#: background.xhp#par_id3158430.9.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Paragraph</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Format → Avsnitt</emph>."
#: background.xhp#par_id3151245.10.help.text
msgctxt "background.xhp#par_id3151245.10.help.text"
msgid "On the <emph>Background</emph> tab page, select the background color or a background graphic."
msgstr ""
#: background.xhp#par_id0104201010554939.help.text
msgid "To select an object in the background, hold down the <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key and click the object. Alternatively, use the Navigator to select the object."
msgstr ""
#: background.xhp#hd_id3149294.11.help.text
msgid "To Apply a Background To All or Part of a Table"
msgstr ""
#: background.xhp#par_id3154346.12.help.text
msgid "Place the cursor in the table in your text document."
msgstr "Plasser skrivemerket i tabellen i tekstdokumentet."
#: background.xhp#par_id3148664.13.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Table - Table Properties</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Tabell → Tabellformat</emph>."
#: background.xhp#par_id3154938.14.help.text
msgctxt "background.xhp#par_id3154938.14.help.text"
msgid "On the <emph>Background</emph> tab page, select the background color or a background graphic."
msgstr ""
#: background.xhp#par_id3156280.15.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>For</emph> box, choose whether the color or graphic should apply to the current cell, the current row or the whole table. If you select several cells or rows before opening the dialog, the change applies to the selection."
msgstr ""
#: background.xhp#hd_id3151041.31.help.text
msgid "You may also use an icon to apply a background to table parts."
msgstr ""
#: background.xhp#par_id3150767.32.help.text
msgid "To apply a background color to cells, select the cells and click the color on the <emph>Background Color</emph> toolbar."
msgstr ""
#: background.xhp#par_id3147084.33.help.text
msgid "To apply a background color to a text paragraph within a cell, place the cursor into the text paragraph, then click the color on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Background Color</item> toolbar."
msgstr ""
#: background.xhp#par_idN10A56.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/02/02160000.xhp\">Highlighting icon</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/02/02160000.xhp\">Ikonet for framheving</link>"
#: background.xhp#par_id3156180.30.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030600.xhp\" name=\"Background tab page\">Background tab page</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030600.xhp\" name=\"Background tab page\">Fanesida <emph>Bakgrunn</emph></link>"
#: background.xhp#par_id4922025.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/guide/background.xhp\">Watermarks</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/guide/background.xhp\">Vassmerke</link>"
#: background.xhp#par_id478530.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp\">Page Backgrounds as Page Styles</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp\">Bakgrunnar på sider som sidestilar</link>"
#: insert_beforetable.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Inserting Text Before a Table at the Top of Page"
msgstr "Setja inn tekst før ein tabell øvst på ei side"
#: insert_beforetable.xhp#bm_id3149688.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>tables;start/end of document</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paragraphs;inserting before/after tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;paragraphs before/after tables</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tabellar; først/sist i dokument</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>avsnitt; setja inn før/etter tabellar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>setja inn; avsnitt før/etter tabellar</bookmark_value>"
#: insert_beforetable.xhp#hd_id3149688.54.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_beforetable\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_beforetable.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Text Before a Table at the Top of Page\">Inserting Text Before a Table at the Top of Page</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"insert_beforetable\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_beforetable.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Text Before a Table at the Top of Page\">Setja inn tekst før ein tabell øvst på ei side</link></variable>"
#: insert_beforetable.xhp#par_id3155923.55.help.text
msgid "If you want to insert text before a table that is at the top of a page, click in the first cell of the table, in front of any contents of that cell, and then press <item type=\"keycode\">Enter</item> or <item type=\"keycode\"><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter</item>."
msgstr "Dersom du vil setja inn tekst før ein tabell som er øvst på ei side, kan du trykkja i den første cella i tabellen, framfor innhaldet i henne og så trykkja <item type=\"keycode\">Enter</item> eller <item type=\"keycode\"><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Tilval </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt </defaultinline></switchinline>+ Enter</item>."
#: insert_beforetable.xhp#par_idN10612.help.text
msgid "To insert text after a table at the end of the document, go to the last cell of the table and press <item type=\"keycode\"><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter</item>."
msgstr "For å setja inn tekst etter ein tabell i slutten av dokumentet, går du til den siste cella i tabellen og trykkjer <item type=\"keycode\"><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Tilval </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt </defaultinline></switchinline>+ Enter</item>."
#: smarttags.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Using Smart Tags"
msgstr "Bruka smarte taggar"
#: smarttags.xhp#bm_id3155622.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>smart tags</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function; smart tags</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>options;smart tags</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>disabling;smart tags</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>installing;smart tags</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: smarttags.xhp#hd_id3563951.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"smarttags\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp\">Using Smart Tags</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"smarttags\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp\">Bruka smarte taggar</link></variable>"
#: smarttags.xhp#par_id368358.help.text
msgid "Smart Tags provide additional information and functionality to specified words in a Writer document. The available features can be different for different Smart Tags extensions."
msgstr "Smarte taggar gjev meir informasjon og funksjonalitet til visse ord i eit Writer-dokument. Dei tilgjengelege funksjonane kan variera i dei ulike utvidingane for smarte taggar."
#: smarttags.xhp#hd_id9298379.help.text
msgid "Installing Smart Tags"
msgstr "Installera smarte taggar"
#: smarttags.xhp#par_id1827448.help.text
msgid "Smart Tags can be supplied as <link href=\"text/shared/01/packagemanager.xhp\">extensions</link> to %PRODUCTNAME Writer. "
msgstr "Ein kan finna smarte taggar som <link href=\"text/shared/01/packagemanager.xhp\">utvidingar</link> til %PRODUCTNAME Writer. "
#: smarttags.xhp#par_id2508621.help.text
msgid "To install a Smart Tag, do one of the following:"
msgstr "For å installera smarte taggar, gjer du éin av desse:"
#: smarttags.xhp#par_id3856013.help.text
msgid "Save the *.oxt extension file to your harddrive, then double-click the *.oxt file in your file manager. Alternatively, in %PRODUCTNAME choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Extension Manager</item> to open the Extension Manager, click Add and browse to the file."
msgstr ""
#: smarttags.xhp#par_id7814264.help.text
msgid "Click a Smart Tag *.oxt file link on a web page and open the link with the default application. This requires a properly configured Web browser."
msgstr "Trykk på ei *.oxt-fillenkje for smarte taggar på ei vevside. Dette krev ein nettlesar med rett oppsett."
#: smarttags.xhp#hd_id8142338.help.text
msgid "Smart Tags Menu"
msgstr ""
#: smarttags.xhp#par_id1917477.help.text
msgid "Any text in a Writer document can be marked with a Smart Tag, by default a magenta colored underline. You can change the color in <item type=\"menuitem\"><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME - Appearance</item>."
msgstr "All tekst i eit Writer-dokument kan merkast med ein smart tagg. Som standard dette ei magentafarga understreking. Du kan endra denne fargen i <item type=\"menuitem\">Verktøy → Innstillingar → %PRODUCTNAME → Utsjånad</item>."
#: smarttags.xhp#par_id192266.help.text
msgid "When you point to a Smart Tag, a tip help informs you to Ctrl-click to open the Smart Tags menu. If you don't use a mouse, position the cursor inside the marked text and open the context menu by Shift+F10."
msgstr "Når du held musa over ein smart tagg, vil eit tips informera deg om at du kan opna menyen <emph>Smarte taggar</emph> med <emph>Ctrl + klikk</emph>. Dersom du ikkje brukar musa, kan du plassera skrivemerket i den merkte teksten og opna sprettoppmenyen med <emph>Skift + F10</emph>."
#: smarttags.xhp#par_id1998962.help.text
msgid "In the Smart Tags menu you see the available actions that are defined for this Smart Tag. Choose an option from the menu. The <item type=\"menuitem\">Smart Tags Options</item> command opens the <link href=\"text/shared/01/06040700.xhp\">Smart Tags</link> page of Tools - Autocorrect Options."
msgstr ""
#: smarttags.xhp#hd_id2376476.help.text
msgid "To Enable and Disable Smart Tags"
msgstr ""
#: smarttags.xhp#par_id349131.help.text
msgid "When you have installed at least one Smart Tags extension, you see the <link href=\"text/shared/01/06040700.xhp\">Smart Tags</link> page in <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Autocorrect Options</item>. Use this dialog to enable or disable Smart Tags and to manage the installed tags."
msgstr "Når minst éi smarte taggar-utviding er installert, vil du sjå <link href=\"text/shared/01/06040700.xhp\">Smarte taggar</link>-sida i dialogvindauget <emph><item type=\"menuitem\">Verktøy → Innstillingar for autoretting</item></emph>. Bruk dette dialogvindauget for å ta i bruk eller slå av smarte taggar og for å handsama dei installerte smarte taggane."
#: smarttags.xhp#par_id1216467.help.text
msgid "Text that is recognized as a Smart Tag is not checked by the automatic spellcheck."
msgstr "Tekst som vert kjend att som ein smart tagg vert ikkje automatisk stavekontrollert."
#: hidden_text_display.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Displaying Hidden Text"
msgstr "Visa gøymd tekst"
#: hidden_text_display.xhp#bm_id3148856.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "<bookmark_value>hidden text; displaying</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>displaying;hidden text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekst; framheva</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>framheva tekst</bookmark_value>"
#: hidden_text_display.xhp#hd_id3148856.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"hidden_text_display\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp\" name=\"Displaying Hidden Text\">Displaying Hidden Text</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"hidden_text_display\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp\" name=\"Displaying Hidden Text\">Visa gøymd tekst</link></variable>"
#: hidden_text_display.xhp#par_id5659962.help.text
msgid "If you have a text that was hidden by defining a condition with a variable, you have several options to display the hidden text. Do one of the following:"
msgstr "Dersom du har ein tekst som er gøymd ved å laga eit vilkår med ein variabel, finst det fleire måtar å visa denne teksten på. Gjer éin av desse:"
#: hidden_text_display.xhp#par_id3152777.7.help.text
msgid "Enable the check mark at <emph>View - Hidden Paragraphs</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text_display.xhp#par_id3153902.44.help.text
msgid "Double-click in front of the variable that you used to define the condition for hiding the text, and enter a different value for the variable."
msgstr "Dobbeltklikk framfor variabelen du brukte for å laga vilkåret for gøyming av teksten, og skriv inn ein annan verdi i han."
#: hidden_text_display.xhp#par_id3147114.45.help.text
msgid "Double-click in front of the hidden text field or the hidden paragraph field, and change the condition statement."
msgstr "Dobbeltklikk framfor det gøymde tekstfeltet eller det gøymde avsnittet, og endra vilkårsuttrykket."
#: hidden_text_display.xhp#par_id1865901.help.text
msgctxt "hidden_text_display.xhp#par_id1865901.help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp\" name=\"Hiding Text\">Hiding Text</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp\" name=\"Hiding Text\">Gøyma tekst</link>"
#: hidden_text_display.xhp#par_id3147029.46.help.text
msgctxt "hidden_text_display.xhp#par_id3147029.46.help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"List of Operators\">List of Operators</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"List of Operators\">Liste over operatorar</link>"
#: delete_from_dict.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Removing Words From a User-Defined Dictionary"
msgstr "Fjerna ord frå eigne ordlister"
#: delete_from_dict.xhp#bm_id3147688.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>user-defined dictionaries; removing words from</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>custom dictionaries; removing words from</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deleting;words in user-defined dictionaries</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: delete_from_dict.xhp#hd_id3147688.13.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"delete_from_dict\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/delete_from_dict.xhp\" name=\"Removing Words From a User-Defined Dictionary\">Removing Words From a User-Defined Dictionary</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"delete_from_dict\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/delete_from_dict.xhp\" name=\"Removing Words From a User-Defined Dictionary\">Fjerna ord frå eigne ordlister</link></variable>"
#: delete_from_dict.xhp#par_id3153417.14.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - Language Settings - Writing Aids</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Verktøy → Innstillingar → Språkinnstillingar → Skrivestøtte</emph>"
#: delete_from_dict.xhp#par_id3151391.16.help.text
msgid "Select the user-defined dictionary that you want to edit in the <item type=\"menuitem\">User-defined</item> <emph/>list, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit</item>."
msgstr ""
#: delete_from_dict.xhp#par_id3154233.17.help.text
msgid "Select the word that you want to delete in the <emph>Word</emph> list, and then click <emph>Delete</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Master Documents and Subdocuments"
msgstr "Hovuddokument og underdokument"
#: globaldoc.xhp#bm_id3145246.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>master documents;properties</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>subdocuments;properties</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>central documents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>subsidiary documents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>documents; master documents and subdocuments</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>styles;master documents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc.xhp#hd_id3145246.4.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"globaldoc\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp\">Master Documents and Subdocuments</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"globaldoc\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp\">Hovuddokument og underdokument</link></variable>"
#: globaldoc.xhp#par_id3149806.help.text
msgctxt "globaldoc.xhp#par_id3149806.help.text"
msgid "A master document lets you manage large documents, such as a book with many chapters. The master document can be seen as a container for individual <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer files. The individual files are called subdocuments."
msgstr "Eit hovuddokument lèt deg handsama store dokument, som til dømes ei bok med mange kapittel. Hovuddokumentet fungerer som ein behaldar for dei enkelte <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer-filene. Dei enkelte filene vert kalla underdokument."
#: globaldoc.xhp#hd_id6537369.help.text
msgid "Characteristics of Master Documents"
msgstr "Arbeida med hovuddokument"
#: globaldoc.xhp#par_id3150096.13.help.text
msgid "When you print a master document, the contents of all subdocuments, indexes, and any text that you entered are printed."
msgstr "Når du skriv ut eit hovuddokument, vert alle underdokumenta, innhaldslistene og dei andre tekstane du har lagt inn, skrivne ut."
#: globaldoc.xhp#par_id3153400.12.help.text
msgid "You can create a table of contents and index in the master document for all of the subdocuments."
msgstr "Du kan også oppretta ei innhaldsliste og eit register for alle underdokumenta i hovuddokumentet."
#: globaldoc.xhp#par_id3155854.15.help.text
msgid "Styles that are used in subdocuments, such as new paragraph styles, are automatically imported into the master document."
msgstr "Stilar som vert brukte i underdokumenta, som til dømes nye avsnittsstilar, vert automatisk importerte til hovuddokumentet."
#: globaldoc.xhp#par_id9033783.help.text
msgid "When viewing the master document, styles that are already present in the master document take precedence over styles with the same name that are imported from subdocuments. "
msgstr "Når du viser hovuddokument, vert stilar som allereie ligg i hovuddokumentet prioriterte framfor stilar med same namn som er importerte frå underdokument. "
#: globaldoc.xhp#par_id3419598.help.text
msgid "Subdocuments never get changed by changes made to the master document."
msgstr "Underdokument vert aldri endra gjennom endringane som vert gjorde i hovuddokumentet."
#: globaldoc.xhp#par_id3155180.help.text
msgid "When you add a document to a master document or create a new subdocument, a link is created in the master document. You cannot edit the content of a subdocument directly in the master document, but you can use the Navigator to open any subdocument for edit."
msgstr "Når du legg eit dokument til i eit hovuddokument eller opprettar eit nytt underdokument, vert det laga ei lenkje til dette i hovuddokumentet. Du kan ikkje redigera innhaldet i eit underdokument direkte frå hovuddokumentet, men du kan bruka <emph>Dokumentstrukturen</emph> for å opna underdokumenta for redigering."
#: globaldoc.xhp#hd_id7904904.help.text
msgid "Example of Using Styles"
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc.xhp#par_id5817743.help.text
msgid "A master document master.odm consists of some text and links to the subdocuments sub1.odt and sub2.odt. In each subdocument a new paragraph style with the same name Style1 is defined and used, and the subdocuments are saved."
msgstr "Eit hovuddokument, hovud.odm, inneheld tekst og lenkjer til underdokumenta underdok1.odt og underdok2.odt. I kvart underdokument vert det laga og brukt ein ny stil med namn «Stil1», og underdokumenta vert deretter lagra."
#: globaldoc.xhp#par_id9169591.help.text
msgid "When you save the master document, the styles from the subdocuments are imported into the master document. First, the new style Style1 from the sub1.odt is imported. Next, the new styles from sub2.odt will be imported, but as Style1 now already is present in the master document, this style from sub2.odt will not be imported. "
msgstr "Når du lagrar hovuddokumentet, vert stilane frå underdokumenta importerte til hovuddokumentet. Førstvertr den nye stilen «Stil1» frå underdok1.odt importert. Deretter vert dei nye stilane frå underdok2.odt importerte, men sidan «Stil1» no ligg i hovuddokumentet frå før, vert ikkje denne importert frå underdok2.odt."
#: globaldoc.xhp#par_id1590014.help.text
msgid "In the master document you now see the new style Style1 from the first subdocument. All Style1 paragraphs in the master document will be shown using the Style1 attributes from the first subdocument. However, the second subdocument by itself will not be changed. You see the Style1 paragraphs from the second subdocument with different attributes, depending whether you open the sub2.odt document by itself or as part of the master document."
msgstr "I hovuddokumentet kan du no sjå den nye stilen «Stil1» frå det første underdokumentet. Alle «Stil1»-avsnitt i hovuddokumentet vert viste med «Stil1»-eigenskapane frå det første underdokumentet. Men det andre underdokumentet i seg sjølv skiftar likevel ikkje til denne stilen. Du kan framleis sjå «Stil1»-avsnitta frå det andre underdokumentet med andre eigenskapar, men dette er avhengig av at du opnar dokumentet underdok2.odt for seg sjølv, og ikkje som ein del av hovuddokumentet."
#: globaldoc.xhp#par_id5878780.help.text
msgid "To avoid confusion, use the same document template for the master document and its subdocuments. This happens automatically when you create the master document and its subdocuments from an existing document with headings, using the command <emph>File - Send - Create Master Document</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc.xhp#par_id3154382.help.text
msgctxt "globaldoc.xhp#par_id3154382.help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator in master mode\">Navigator in master mode</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator in master mode\">Dokumentstrukturen i hovudmodus</link>"
#: join_numbered_lists.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Combining Numbered Lists"
msgstr "Slå saman nummererte lister"
#: join_numbered_lists.xhp#bm_id3150495.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>numbering; combining</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>merging;numbered lists</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>joining;numbered lists</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lists;combining numbered lists</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraphs;numbering non-consecutive</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: join_numbered_lists.xhp#hd_id3150495.32.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"join_numbered_lists\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp\" name=\"Combining Numbered Lists\">Combining Numbered Lists</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"join_numbered_lists\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp\" name=\"Combining Numbered Lists\">Slå saman nummererte lister</link></variable>"
#: join_numbered_lists.xhp#par_id3149692.33.help.text
msgid "You can combine numbered lists into a single consecutively numbered list."
msgstr "Du kan slå saman fleire lister til éi enkelt nummerert liste."
#: join_numbered_lists.xhp#hd_id3149452.34.help.text
msgid "To Combine Consecutive Numbered Lists"
msgstr ""
#: join_numbered_lists.xhp#par_id3154479.35.help.text
msgid "Select all of the paragraphs in the lists."
msgstr "Vel alle avsnitta som inneheld listene."
#: join_numbered_lists.xhp#par_id3155911.36.help.text
msgctxt "join_numbered_lists.xhp#par_id3155911.36.help.text"
msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatting</item> Bar, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering On/Off</item> <emph/>icon twice."
msgstr ""
#: join_numbered_lists.xhp#hd_id3155870.37.help.text
msgid "To Create a Numbered List From Non-consecutive Paragraphs:"
msgstr ""
#: join_numbered_lists.xhp#par_id3153417.38.help.text
msgid "Hold down Ctrl and drag a selection in the first numbered paragraph. You only have to select one character."
msgstr "Hald Ctrl-tasten nede, og gjer ei markering i det første nummererte avsnittet. Det er berre nødvendig å markera eitt enkelt teikn."
#: join_numbered_lists.xhp#par_id3149644.39.help.text
msgid "Continue to hold down Ctrl, and drag a selection in each numbered paragraph of the lists you want to combine."
msgstr "Hald fram med å halda Ctrl nede, og gjer ei markering i kvart nummerert avsnitt på listene du vil slå saman."
#: join_numbered_lists.xhp#par_id3145102.40.help.text
msgctxt "join_numbered_lists.xhp#par_id3145102.40.help.text"
msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatting</item> Bar, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering On/Off</item> <emph/>icon twice."
msgstr ""
#: subscript.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Making Text Superscript or Subscript"
msgstr "Heva og senka tekst"
#: subscript.xhp#bm_id3155174.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; subscript and superscript</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>superscript text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>subscript text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>characters;subscript and superscript</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: subscript.xhp#hd_id3155174.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"subscript\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp\" name=\"Making Text Superscript or Subscript\">Making Text Superscript or Subscript</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"subscript\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp\" name=\"Making Text Superscript or Subscript\">Heva og senka tekst</link></variable>"
#: subscript.xhp#par_id3155917.2.help.text
msgid "Select the text that you want to make superscript or subscript."
msgstr "Vel den teksten du vil heva eller senka."
#: subscript.xhp#par_id3155865.28.help.text
msgctxt "subscript.xhp#par_id3155865.28.help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "Gjer éin av desse:"
#: subscript.xhp#par_id3149829.4.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Character - Position</emph>, and then select <emph>Superscript</emph> or <emph>Subscript</emph>."
msgstr "Vel fana <emph>Område</emph> under <emph>Format → Område</emph>, og vel <emph>Fargeovergang</emph> som <emph>Fylltype</emph>."
#: subscript.xhp#par_id3156111.3.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+P to make the text superscript, and <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+B to make the text subscript."
msgstr "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Kommando</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> + dobbeltklikk eller <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Kommando</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> + Shift + F10"
#: subscript.xhp#par_id3153416.26.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05020500.xhp\" name=\"Format - Character - Position\">Format - Character - Position</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05020500.xhp\" name=\"Format - Character - Position\">Format → Teikn → Posisjon</link>"
#: subscript.xhp#par_id3154705.27.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040200.xhp\" name=\"Tools - AutoCorrect - Replace\">Tools - AutoCorrect - Replace</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040200.xhp\" name=\"Tools - AutoCorrect - Replace\">Verktøy → Autoretting → Byt ut</link>"
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Checking Spelling and Grammar"
msgstr ""
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp#bm_id3149684.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>spellcheck; checking text documents manually</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>checking spelling;manually</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>grammar checker</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp#hd_id3149684.37.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"spellcheck_dialog\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp\" name=\"Checking Spelling and Grammar\">Checking Spelling and Grammar</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp#par_id3149814.9.help.text
msgid "You can manually check the spelling and grammar of a text selection or the entire document."
msgstr ""
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp#par_id0525200902184476.help.text
msgid "To check the spelling and the grammar of a text, the appropriate dictionaries must be installed. For many languages three different dictionaries exist: a spellchecker, a hyphenation dictionary, and a thesaurus. Each dictionary covers one language only. Grammar checkers can be downloaded and installed as extensions. See the <link href=\"http://extensions.libreoffice.org/dictionary\">extensions web page</link>."
msgstr ""
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp#par_id3149828.10.help.text
msgid "The spellcheck starts at the current cursor position, or at the beginning of the text selection."
msgstr "Stavekontrollen byrjar der skrivemerket er plassert eller ved byrjinga av tekstutvalet."
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp#par_id3155859.43.help.text
msgid "Click in the document, or select the text that you want to check."
msgstr "Trykk ein stad i dokumentet eller merk den teksten du vil kontrollera."
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp#par_id3149836.44.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Spelling and Grammar</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp#par_id3156104.45.help.text
msgid "When a possible spelling error is encountered, the <item type=\"menuitem\">Spellcheck</item> <emph/>dialog opens and $[officename] offers some suggested corrections."
msgstr ""
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp#par_id3149861.46.help.text
msgctxt "spellcheck_dialog.xhp#par_id3149861.46.help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "Gjer éin av desse:"
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp#par_id3145099.47.help.text
msgid "To accept a correction, click the suggestion, and then click <emph>Change</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp#par_id3156241.48.help.text
msgid "Edit the sentence in the upper text box, and then click <emph>Change</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp#par_id3155886.40.help.text
msgid "To add the unknown word to a user-defined dictionary, click <emph>Add</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp#par_id3147107.49.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06010000.xhp\" name=\"Spellcheck dialog\">Spelling and Grammar dialog</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06010000.xhp\" name=\"Spellcheck dialog\">Dialogvindauget «Stave- og gramatikkontroll»</link>"
#: captions_numbers.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Adding Chapter Numbers to Captions"
msgstr "Leggja kapittelnummer til i forklaringar"
#: captions_numbers.xhp#bm_id3147684.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>captions; adding chapter numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>objects; captioning automatically</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>numbering; captions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>automatic numbering;of objects</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>chapter numbers in captions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;chapter numbers in captions</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: captions_numbers.xhp#hd_id3147684.14.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"captions_numbers\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp\" name=\"Adding Chapter Numbers to Captions\">Adding Chapter Numbers to Captions</link> </variable>"
msgstr ""
#: captions_numbers.xhp#par_id3147395.15.help.text
msgid "You can include chapter numbers in captions."
msgstr "Du kan også ta med kapittelnummer i forklaringar."
#: captions_numbers.xhp#par_id3147408.16.help.text
msgid "Ensure that the text in your document is organized by chapters, and that the chapter titles and, if you want, the section titles, use one of the predefined heading paragraph styles. You must also assign a numbering option to the heading paragraph styles."
msgstr "Sjå til at teksten i dokumentet er organisert i kapittel og at titlane på kapitla (ev. også titlane på inndelingane) brukar førehandslaga overskriftsstilar. Du må også nummerera avsnittsoverskriftene."
#: captions_numbers.xhp#par_id3154249.17.help.text
msgctxt "captions_numbers.xhp#par_id3154249.17.help.text"
msgid "Select the item that you want to add a caption to."
msgstr "Vel elementet du vil gje ei forklaring."
#: captions_numbers.xhp#par_id3150503.18.help.text
msgctxt "captions_numbers.xhp#par_id3150503.18.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Caption</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Set inn → Forklaring</emph>."
#: captions_numbers.xhp#par_id3150527.19.help.text
msgid "Select a caption title from the <item type=\"menuitem\">Category</item> <emph/>box, and select a numbering style in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering</item> <emph/>box. <br/>You also can enter a caption text in this dialog. If you want, enter text in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Caption</item> <emph/>box."
msgstr ""
#: captions_numbers.xhp#par_id3153166.39.help.text
msgid "Click <emph>Options</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>Val</emph>."
#: captions_numbers.xhp#par_id3153190.45.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Level</item> <emph/>box, select the number of heading levels to include in the chapter number."
msgstr ""
#: captions_numbers.xhp#par_id3155553.46.help.text
msgid "Type the character that you want to separate the chapter number(s) from the caption number in the<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">Separator</item> box, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
msgstr ""
#: captions_numbers.xhp#par_id3155586.40.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Caption</emph> dialog, click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: captions_numbers.xhp#par_id3147226.43.help.text
msgid "$[officename] can automatically add a caption when you insert an object, graphic, or table. Choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - AutoCaption</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: captions_numbers.xhp#par_id3145567.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01041100.xhp\" name=\"Caption dialog\">AutoCaption dialog</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01041100.xhp\" name=\"Caption dialog\">Dialogvindauget «Automatisk forklaring»</link>"
#: captions_numbers.xhp#par_id3145574.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Chapter numbering\">Chapter numbering</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Chapter numbering\">Kapittelnummerering</link>"
#: number_date_conv.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Turning Number Recognition On or Off in Tables"
msgstr "Slå av eller på talgjenkjenning i tabellar"
#: number_date_conv.xhp#bm_id3156383.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>numbers; automatic recognition in text tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables; number recognition</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>dates;formatting automatically in tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>recognition;numbers</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: number_date_conv.xhp#hd_id3156383.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"number_date_conv\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhp\" name=\"Turning Number Recognition On or Off in Tables\">Turning Number Recognition On or Off in Tables</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"number_date_conv\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhp\" name=\"Turning Number Recognition On or Off in Tables\">Slå av eller på talgjenkjenning i tabellar</link></variable>"
#: number_date_conv.xhp#par_id3155179.2.help.text
msgid "$[officename] can automatically format dates that you have entered into a table, according to the regional settings specified in your operating system."
msgstr "$[officename] kan automatisk formatera datoar du har skrive inn i ein tabell, ut frå dei regionale innstillingane du brukar i operativsystemet ditt."
#: number_date_conv.xhp#par_id3149966.15.help.text
msgctxt "number_date_conv.xhp#par_id3149966.15.help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "Gjer éin av desse:"
#: number_date_conv.xhp#par_id3155919.7.help.text
msgid "Right-click in a table cell and choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Number recognition</item>. When this feature is on, a check mark is displayed in front of the <item type=\"menuitem\">Number recognition</item> command."
msgstr ""
#: number_date_conv.xhp#par_id3155527.11.help.text
msgid "Choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</item>, and select or clear the <item type=\"menuitem\">Number recognition</item> check box."
msgstr ""
#: number_date_conv.xhp#par_id3153415.14.help.text
msgid "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp\" name=\"Text Document - Table\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Options - Text Document - Table\">Verktøy → Innstillingar → %PRODUCTNAME Writer → Tabell</link>"
#: borders.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "User Defined Borders in Text Documents "
msgstr "Brukardefinerte kantlinjer i tekstdokument"
#: borders.xhp#bm_id6737876.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>borders;for text tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>cells;borders in text tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>defining;table borders in Writer</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>frames;around text tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables;defining borders</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#hd_id3614917.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"borders\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp\">User Defined Borders in Text Documents</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"borders\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp\">Brukardefinerte kantlinjer i tekstdokument</link></variable>"
#: borders.xhp#par_id1069368.help.text
msgid "You can apply a variety of different cell borders to selected cells in a Writer table and to the whole table. Other objects in text documents can have user defined borders, too. For example, you can assign borders to page styles, to frames, and to inserted pictures or charts."
msgstr "Du kan bruka ulike typar kantlinjer på valde celler i ein Writer-tabell eller på heile tabellen. Andre objekt i tekstdokument kan også ha brukardefinerte kantlinjer. Til dømes kan du laga kantlinjer på sidestilar, rammer og på bilete eller diagram som er sette inn."
#: borders.xhp#par_id6527298.help.text
msgid "Select the cell or a block of cells in a Writer table."
msgstr "Merk cella eller celleområdet i Writer-tabellen."
#: borders.xhp#par_id6129947.help.text
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Table - Table properties</item>."
msgstr "Vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Tabell → Tabellformat</item>."
#: borders.xhp#par_id8141117.help.text
msgid "In the dialog, click the <emph>Borders</emph> tab."
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#par_id6016418.help.text
msgid "Choose the border options you want to apply and click OK."
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#par_id5282448.help.text
msgid "The options in the <emph>Line arrangement</emph> area can be used to apply multiple border styles."
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#hd_id3547166.help.text
msgid "Selection of cells"
msgstr "Celleutval"
#: borders.xhp#par_id1108432.help.text
msgid "Depending on the selection of cells, the area looks different."
msgstr "Korleis området ser ut er avhengig av kva celler som er markert."
#: borders.xhp#par_id2422559.help.text
msgid "Selection"
msgstr "Utval"
#: borders.xhp#par_id1053498.help.text
msgid "Line arrangement area"
msgstr "Linjeoppsett-området"
#: borders.xhp#par_id1076998.help.text
msgid "One cell selected in a table of more that one cell size, or cursor inside a table with no cell selected"
msgstr "Ei celle som er markert i ein tabell som er større enn éi celle eller skrivemerket er plassert i ein tabell utan at celler er valde."
#: borders.xhp#par_id4240241.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id1058992\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_wr_1.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id1058992\">one cell border</alt></image>"
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#par_id162053.help.text
msgid "A one cell table, the cell is selected"
msgstr "Tabell med éi celle, denne er vald"
#: borders.xhp#par_id5021820.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id7366557\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_wr_2.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id7366557\">one selected cell border</alt></image>"
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#par_id3549607.help.text
msgid "Cells in a column selected"
msgstr "Cellene i ein kolonne er valde"
#: borders.xhp#par_id2544328.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id2298654\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_wr_3.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id2298654\">column selected border</alt></image>"
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#par_id1636402.help.text
msgid "Cells in a row selected"
msgstr "Cellene i ei rad er valde"
#: borders.xhp#par_id7450483.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id9033783\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_wr_4.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id9033783\">row selected border</alt></image>"
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#par_id5741752.help.text
msgid "A whole table of 2x2 or more cells selected"
msgstr "Ein heil tabell med storleik 2×2 celler eller meir er markert"
#: borders.xhp#par_id570085.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id4776757\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_wr_5.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id4776757\">block selected border</alt></image>"
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#hd_id5044099.help.text
msgid "Default settings"
msgstr "Standardval"
#: borders.xhp#par_id626544.help.text
msgid "Click one of the <emph>Default</emph> icons to set or reset multiple borders."
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#par_id292062.help.text
msgid "The thin gray lines inside an icon show the borders that will be reset or cleared."
msgstr "Dei tynne, grå linjene på bileta på ikona viser kva kantlinjer som vert fjerna."
#: borders.xhp#par_id1361735.help.text
msgid "The dark lines inside an icon show the lines that will be set using the selected line style and color."
msgstr "Dei mørke linjene på bileta på ikona viser kva kantlinjer som vert laga, med den valde linjestilen og -fargen."
#: borders.xhp#par_id82399.help.text
msgid "The thick gray lines inside an icon show the lines that will not be changed."
msgstr "Dei tjukke, grå linjene på bileta på ikona viser kva linjer som ikkje vert endra."
#: borders.xhp#hd_id7144993.help.text
msgctxt "borders.xhp#hd_id7144993.help.text"
msgid "Examples"
msgstr "Døme"
#: borders.xhp#par_id5528427.help.text
msgid "Select a block of about 8x8 cells, then choose <emph>Format - Cells - Borders</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#par_id4194158.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id8221076\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_ca_5.png\" width=\"1.2209in\" height=\"0.2445in\"><alt id=\"alt_id8221076\">default icons for borders</alt></image>"
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#par_id7253028.help.text
msgid "Click the left icon to clear all lines. This removes all outer borders and all inner lines."
msgstr "Trykk på ikonet heilt til venstre for å fjerna alle linjer. Dette fjernar både ytre kantlinjer og alle indre linjer."
#: borders.xhp#par_id9441206.help.text
msgid "Click the second icon from the left to set an outer border and to remove all other lines."
msgstr "Trykk på det andre ikonet frå venstre for å laga ei ytre kantlinje og fjerna alle andre linjer."
#: borders.xhp#par_id7276833.help.text
msgid "Click the rightmost icon to set an outer border. The inner lines are not changed."
msgstr "Trykk på ikonet heilt til høgre for å laga ei ytre kantlinje. Dei indre linjene vert ikkje endra."
#: borders.xhp#par_id5273293.help.text
msgid "Now you can continue to see which lines the other icons will set or remove."
msgstr "No kan du halda fram for å sjå kva linjer dei andre ikona vil laga eller fjerna."
#: borders.xhp#hd_id5110019.help.text
msgid "User defined settings"
msgstr "Brukardefinerte val"
#: borders.xhp#par_id1820734.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>User defined</emph> area, you can click to set or remove individual lines. The preview shows lines in three different states. "
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#par_id7093111.help.text
msgid "Repeatedly click an edge or a corner to switch through the three different states."
msgstr "Trykk fleire gonger på ein kant eller eit hjørne for å skifta mellom dei tre ulike formene."
#: borders.xhp#par_id3673818.help.text
msgid "Line types"
msgstr "Linjetypar"
#: borders.xhp#par_id2593768.help.text
msgid "Image"
msgstr "Bilete"
#: borders.xhp#par_id2055421.help.text
msgctxt "borders.xhp#par_id2055421.help.text"
msgid "Meaning"
msgstr "Tyding"
#: borders.xhp#par_id9836115.help.text
msgid "A black line"
msgstr "Ei svart linje"
#: borders.xhp#par_id6485793.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id1237525\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_wr_6.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.2555in\"><alt id=\"alt_id1237525\">solid line for border</alt></image>"
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#par_id1454512.help.text
msgid "A black line sets the corresponding line of the selected cells. The line is shown as a dotted line when you choose the 0.05 pt line style. Double lines are shown when you select a double line style."
msgstr "Ei svart linje lagar den tilsvarande linja på dei markerte cellene. Linja vert vist som ei stipla linje når du brukar linjestilen 0,05 pt. Doble linjer vert viste når du brukar ein dobbel linjestil."
#: borders.xhp#par_id4618671.help.text
msgid "A gray line"
msgstr "Ei grå linje"
#: borders.xhp#par_id1239356.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id2688680\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_wr_7.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.2555in\"><alt id=\"alt_id2688680\">gray line for border</alt></image>"
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#par_id9474166.help.text
msgid "A gray line is shown when the corresponding line of the selected cells will not be changed. No line will be set or removed at this position."
msgstr "Ei grå linje vert vist når den tilsvarande linja på dei markerte cellene ikkje vert endra. Ingen linjer vert laga eller fjerna i slike tilfelle."
#: borders.xhp#par_id1545457.help.text
msgid "A white line"
msgstr "Ei kvit linje"
#: borders.xhp#par_id1681875.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id7340617\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_wr_8.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.2555in\"><alt id=\"alt_id7340617\">white line for border</alt></image>"
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#par_id2316660.help.text
msgid "A white line is shown when the corresponding line of the selected cells will be removed."
msgstr "Ei kvit linje vert vist når den tilsvarande linja på dei markerte cellene vert fjerna."
#: borders.xhp#hd_id5908688.help.text
msgctxt "borders.xhp#hd_id5908688.help.text"
msgid "Examples"
msgstr "Døme"
#: borders.xhp#par_id5118564.help.text
msgid "Select a single cell in a Writer table, then choose <emph>Table - Table properties - Borders</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#par_id244758.help.text
msgid "Select a thick line style."
msgstr "Vel ein tjukk linjestil."
#: borders.xhp#par_id7741325.help.text
msgid "To set a lower border, click the lower edge repeatedly until you see a thick line."
msgstr "For å laga ei nedre kantlinje, trykk på den nedre kanten til ei tjukk linje vert vist."
#: borders.xhp#par_id542313.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id4273506\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_wr_6.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.2555in\"><alt id=\"alt_id4273506\">setting thick lower border</alt></image>"
msgstr ""
#: borders.xhp#par_id2210760.help.text
msgid "All cells in a Writer table have at least a left and a lower line by default. Most cells on the table perimeter have more lines applied by default. "
msgstr "Alle celler i ein Writer-tabell har som standard minst ei venstre og nedre linje. Dei fleste cellene i ytterkanten av tabellen har fleire linjer enn dette som standard. "
#: borders.xhp#par_id5400860.help.text
msgid "All lines that are shown in white in the preview will be removed from the cell."
msgstr "Alle linjer som vert viste i kvitt i førehandsvisinga vert fjerna frå cella."
#: send2html.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Saving Text Documents in HTML Format"
msgstr "Lagra tekstdokument i HTML-format"
#: send2html.xhp#bm_id3145087.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>text documents; publishing in HTML</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>HTML documents; creating from text documents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>homepage creation</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>saving;in HTML format</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: send2html.xhp#hd_id3145087.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"send2html\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/send2html.xhp\" name=\"Saving Text Documents in HTML Format\">Saving Text Documents in HTML Format</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"send2html\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/send2html.xhp\" name=\"Saving Text Documents in HTML Format\">Lagra tekstdokument i HTML-format</link></variable>"
#: send2html.xhp#par_id3149825.2.help.text
msgid "You can save a $[officename] Writer document in HTML format, so that you can view it in a web browser. If you want, you can associate a page break with a specific heading paragraph style to generate a separate HTML page each time the style appears in the document. $[officename] Writer automatically creates a page containing hyperlinks to each of these pages."
msgstr "Du kan lagra eit $[officename] Writer-dokument i HTML-format, slik at du kan visa det i ein nettlesar. Dersom du vil, kan du tildela eit sideskift ein viss overskriftsstil, slik at det vert laga ei ny HTML-side kvar gong stilen førekjem i dokumentet. $[officename] Writer opprettar automatisk ei side som inneheld lenkjer til kvar av desse sidene."
#: send2html.xhp#par_id3155922.3.help.text
msgid "When you save a text document in HTML format, any graphics in the document are saved in JPEG format. The name of the HTML document is added as a prefix to the name of the graphic file. The JPEG images are saved in the same folder as the HTML document and are referenced with <IMG> tags in the HTML code."
msgstr "Når du lagrar eit tekstdokument i HTML-format, vert alle bileta i dokumentet lagra i JPEG-format. Namnet på HTML-dokumentet vert lagt til som eit prefiks til namnet på biletfila. JPEG-bileta vert lagra i same mappe som HTML-dokumentet og vert referert til med <IMG>-taggar i HTML-koden."
#: send2html.xhp#par_id3155868.5.help.text
msgid "Apply one of the default $[officename] heading paragraph styles, for example, \"Heading 1\", to the paragraphs where you want to generate a new HTML page."
msgstr "Bruk ein av standardoverskriftsstilane i $[officename] til avsnittsoverskrifter, til dømes <emph>Overskrift 1</emph> på dei avsnitta der du vil laga ei ny HTML-side."
#: send2html.xhp#par_id3156100.6.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose <emph>File - Send - Create HTML Document</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Fil → Ny → Malar og dokument</emph>"
#: send2html.xhp#par_id3149281.7.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Styles</item> <emph/>box, select the paragraph style that you want to use to generate a new HTML page."
msgstr ""
#: send2html.xhp#par_id3153407.9.help.text
msgid "Enter a path and a name for the HTML document, and then click <emph>Save</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: stylist_update.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Updating Styles From Selections"
msgstr "Oppdatera stilar frå utval"
#: stylist_update.xhp#bm_id3155915.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>Stylist, see Styles and Formatting window</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>styles; updating from selections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>templates; updating from selections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Styles and Formatting window; updating from selections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>updating; styles, from selections</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>stilhandsaming, sjå «Stilhandsamaren»</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>stilar; oppdatera frå utval</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>malar; oppdatera frå utval</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Stilhandsamaren; oppdatera stilar frå utval</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>oppdatera; stilar frå utval</bookmark_value>"
#: stylist_update.xhp#hd_id3155915.38.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"stylist_update\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp\" name=\"Updating Styles From Selections\">Updating Styles From Selections</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"stylist_update\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp\" name=\"Updating Styles From Selections\">Oppdatera stilar frå utval</link></variable>"
#: stylist_update.xhp#par_id3149838.40.help.text
msgctxt "stylist_update.xhp#par_id3149838.40.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Format → Stilhandsamar</emph>."
#: stylist_update.xhp#par_id3156107.47.help.text
msgid "Click the icon of the style category that you want to update."
msgstr "Trykk på ikonet for den stiltypen du vil oppdatera."
#: stylist_update.xhp#par_id3149283.41.help.text
msgid "In the document, click from where you want to copy the updated style. For example, click a paragraph to which you applied some manual formatting that you want to copy now."
msgstr "Trykk på den staden i dokumentet du vil kopiera den oppdaterte stilen frå. Vel til dømes eit avsnitt som inneheld manuell formatering som du vil kopiera."
#: stylist_update.xhp#par_id3153402.42.help.text
msgid "In the Styles and Formatting window, click the style that you want to update."
msgstr "Vel kva for stil du vil oppdatera i <emph>Stilhandsamaren</emph>."
#: stylist_update.xhp#par_id3153119.43.help.text
msgid "Click the arrow next to the <emph>New Style from Selection</emph> icon and choose <emph>Update Style</emph> from the submenu."
msgstr "Trykk på pila ved sidan av ikonet <emph>Ny stil frå utval</emph> og vel <emph>Oppdater stil</emph> frå undermenyen."
#: stylist_update.xhp#par_id0310200910360780.help.text
msgid "Only the manually formatted attributes of the text at the cursor position in the document will be added to the style that is selected in the Styles and Formatting window. Any attributes that were applied as part of a style will not be added to the updated style."
msgstr ""
#: stylist_update.xhp#par_id3155498.45.help.text
msgctxt "stylist_update.xhp#par_id3155498.45.help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles and Formatting\">Styles and Formatting</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles and Formatting\">Stilhandsamaren</link>"
#: hidden_text.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Hiding Text"
msgstr "Gøyma tekst"
#: hidden_text.xhp#bm_id3148856.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; hiding</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sections;hiding</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraphs;hiding</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>hiding;text, with conditions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>variables;for hiding text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text.xhp#hd_id3148856.1.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "<variable id=\"hidden_text\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp\" name=\"Hiding Text\">Hiding Text</link> </variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"autotext\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp\" name=\"Using AutoText\">Bruka autotekst</link></variable>"
#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3150103.2.help.text
msgid "You can use fields and sections to hide or display text in your document if a condition is met."
msgstr "Du kan bruka felt og bolkar til å gøyma eller visa tekst i dokumentet dersom eit vilkår er møtt."
#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3153409.19.help.text
msgid "Before you can hide text, you must first create a variable to use in the condition for hiding the text."
msgstr "Før du kan gøyma tekst må du laga ein variabel som skal brukast som vilkår for å gøyma teksten."
#: hidden_text.xhp#hd_id5174108.help.text
msgid "To Create a Variable"
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3153131.20.help.text
msgid "Click in your document and choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Other</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3149640.21.help.text
msgid "Click the <emph>Variables </emph>tab and click \"Set Variable\" in the <emph>Type </emph>list."
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3149970.22.help.text
msgid "Click \"General\" in the <emph>Format </emph>list."
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3149620.23.help.text
msgid "Type a name for the variable in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Name</item> box, for example, <item type=\"literal\">Hide</item>."
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3149869.24.help.text
msgid "Enter a value for the variable in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Value</item> box, for example, <item type=\"literal\">1</item>."
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3145108.25.help.text
msgid "To hide the variable in your document, select <emph>Invisible</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3149585.26.help.text
msgctxt "hidden_text.xhp#par_id3149585.26.help.text"
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> and <item type=\"menuitem\">Close</item>."
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text.xhp#hd_id3156245.27.help.text
msgid "To Hide Text"
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3145391.28.help.text
msgid "Click in the document where you want to add the text."
msgstr "Trykk på den staden i dokumentet der du vil leggja til teksten."
#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3145409.5.help.text
msgctxt "hidden_text.xhp#par_id3145409.5.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Other</emph> and click the <emph>Functions </emph>tab."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Set inn → Felt → Andre</emph> og trykk på fana <emph>Funksjonar</emph>."
#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3155325.29.help.text
msgid "Click \"Hidden Text\" in the <emph>Type </emph>list."
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3154404.30.help.text
msgctxt "hidden_text.xhp#par_id3154404.30.help.text"
msgid "Enter a statement in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Condition</item> box. For example, using the variable you previously defined, enter <item type=\"literal\">Hide==1</item>."
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3153371.31.help.text
msgid "Type the text that you want to hide in the <emph>Hidden text </emph>box."
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3154233.32.help.text
msgctxt "hidden_text.xhp#par_id3154233.32.help.text"
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> and <item type=\"menuitem\">Close</item>."
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text.xhp#hd_id3154256.33.help.text
msgid "To Hide a Paragraph"
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3154853.34.help.text
msgid "Click in the paragraph where you want to add the text."
msgstr "Trykk i det avsnittet du vil leggja til teksten."
#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3154872.35.help.text
msgctxt "hidden_text.xhp#par_id3154872.35.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Other</emph> and click the <emph>Functions </emph>tab."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Set inn → Felt → Andre</emph> og trykk på fana <emph>Funksjonar</emph>."
#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3155902.6.help.text
msgid "Click \"Hidden Paragraph\" in the <emph>Type </emph>list."
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3155947.36.help.text
msgctxt "hidden_text.xhp#par_id3155947.36.help.text"
msgid "Enter a statement in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Condition</item> box. For example, using the variable you previously defined, enter <item type=\"literal\">Hide==1</item>."
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3149991.37.help.text
msgctxt "hidden_text.xhp#par_id3149991.37.help.text"
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> and <item type=\"menuitem\">Close</item>."
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3793450.help.text
msgid "You must enable this feature by removing the check mark from menu <emph>View - Hidden Paragraphs</emph>. When the check mark is set, you cannot hide any paragraph."
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text.xhp#hd_id3148675.38.help.text
msgid "To Hide a Section"
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3148697.39.help.text
msgid "Select the text that you want to hide in your document."
msgstr "Merk teksten du vil gøyma i dokumentet."
#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3153019.9.help.text
msgctxt "hidden_text.xhp#par_id3153019.9.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Set inn → Bolk</emph>."
#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3148950.40.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Hide</item> area, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Hide</item>, and then enter an expression in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Condition</item> box. For example, using the variable you previously defined, enter <item type=\"literal\">Hide==1</item>."
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3153636.41.help.text
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item>."
msgstr ""
#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3846858.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp\" name=\"Displaying Hidden Text\">Displaying Hidden Text</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp\" name=\"Displaying Hidden Text\">Visa gøymd tekst</link>"
#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id8148442.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp\" name=\"Creating Non-printing Text\">Creating Non-printing Text</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp\" name=\"Creating Non-printing Text\">Setja inn tekst som ikkje vert skriven ut</link>"
#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3148603.10.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Fields - Other\">Insert - Fields - Other</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Fields - Other\">Set inn → Felt → Andre</link>"
#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3147011.11.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Section\">Insert - Section</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Section\">Set inn → Bolk</link>"
#: hidden_text.xhp#par_id3147029.46.help.text
msgctxt "hidden_text.xhp#par_id3147029.46.help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"List of Operators\">List of Operators</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"List of Operators\">Liste over operatorar</link>"
#: removing_line_breaks.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Removing Line Breaks"
msgstr "Fjerna linjeskift"
#: removing_line_breaks.xhp#bm_id3149687.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>hard returns in pasted text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>line breaks;removing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deleting; line breaks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>copies;removing line breaks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraph marks;removing</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: removing_line_breaks.xhp#hd_id3155916.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"removing_line_breaks\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/removing_line_breaks.xhp\">Removing Line Breaks</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"removing_line_breaks\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/removing_line_breaks.xhp\">Fjerna linjeskift</link></variable>"
#: removing_line_breaks.xhp#par_id3155858.2.help.text
msgid "Use the AutoCorrect feature to remove line breaks that occur within sentences. Unwanted line breaks can occur when you copy text from another source and paste it into a text document."
msgstr "Bruk funksjonen <emph>Autoretting</emph> for å fjerna linjeskift midt i setningar. Uønskte linjeskift kan førekome når du kopierer tekst frå ei anna kjelde, og limer han inn i eit tekstdokument."
#: removing_line_breaks.xhp#par_id3153413.3.help.text
msgid "This AutoCorrect feature only works on text that is formatted with the \"Default\" paragraph style. "
msgstr "Denne autorettefunksjonen verkar berre på tekst som er formatert med avsnittsstilen <emph>Standard</emph>."
#: removing_line_breaks.xhp#par_id3153138.5.help.text
msgctxt "removing_line_breaks.xhp#par_id3153138.5.help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect Options</item>."
msgstr ""
#: removing_line_breaks.xhp#par_id3149645.6.help.text
msgid "On the <emph>Options</emph> tab, ensure that <emph>Combine single line paragraphs if length greater than 50%</emph> is selected. To change the minimum percentage for the line length, double-click the option in the list, and then enter a new percentage."
msgstr ""
#: removing_line_breaks.xhp#par_id3145093.12.help.text
msgctxt "removing_line_breaks.xhp#par_id3145093.12.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: removing_line_breaks.xhp#par_id3145118.7.help.text
msgid "Select the text containing the line breaks that you want to remove."
msgstr "Vel teksten som inneheld dei linjeskifta du vil fjerna."
#: removing_line_breaks.xhp#par_id3156253.8.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Apply Style</item> box on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatting</item> bar, choose “Default”."
msgstr ""
#: removing_line_breaks.xhp#par_id3153388.9.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - AutoCorrect - Apply</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: wrap.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Wrapping Text Around Objects"
msgstr "Tekstbryting av objekt"
#: wrap.xhp#bm_id3154486.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>text wrap around objects</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>contour editor</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>contour wrap</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text; formatting around objects</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting; contour wrap</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>objects; contour wrap</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>wrapping text;editing contours</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editors;contour editor</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: wrap.xhp#hd_id3154486.8.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"wrap\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp\" name=\"Wrapping Text Around Objects\">Wrapping Text Around Objects</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"wrap\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp\" name=\"Ombrydning af tekst omkring objekter\">Tekstbryting av objekt</link></variable>"
#: wrap.xhp#hd_id4792321.help.text
msgid "To Wrap Text Around an Object"
msgstr ""
#: wrap.xhp#par_id3149696.9.help.text
msgctxt "wrap.xhp#par_id3149696.9.help.text"
msgid "Select the object."
msgstr "Vel objektet."
#: wrap.xhp#par_id3155907.10.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Wrap</emph>, and then choose the wrapping style that you want to apply."
msgstr ""
#: wrap.xhp#par_id3155859.4.help.text
msgid "The current wrapping style is indicated by a bullet."
msgstr "Den gjeldande tekstbrytingsstilen vert vist med eit punkt."
#: wrap.xhp#hd_id3149834.14.help.text
msgid "To Specify the Wrapping Properties"
msgstr ""
#: wrap.xhp#par_id3154079.15.help.text
msgctxt "wrap.xhp#par_id3154079.15.help.text"
msgid "Select the object."
msgstr "Vel objektet."
#: wrap.xhp#par_id3153396.11.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Graphics</emph>, and then click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Wrap\"><emph>Wrap</emph></link> tab."
msgstr ""
#: wrap.xhp#par_id3153370.5.help.text
msgid "Set the options that you want."
msgstr "Vel dei innstillingane du vil ha."
#: wrap.xhp#par_id3153386.16.help.text
msgctxt "wrap.xhp#par_id3153386.16.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: wrap.xhp#hd_id3154247.17.help.text
msgid "To Change the Wrapping Contour of a Graphic"
msgstr ""
#: wrap.xhp#par_id3154262.18.help.text
msgid "You can change the shape that the text wraps around."
msgstr "Du kan endra det omrisset teksten vert broten etter."
#: wrap.xhp#par_id3154860.19.help.text
msgid "Select the graphic, right-click, and then choose <emph>Wrap - Edit Contour</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: wrap.xhp#par_id3150231.7.help.text
msgid "Use the tools to draw a new contour, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Apply</item> <emph/>icon (green check mark)."
msgstr ""
#: wrap.xhp#par_id3150947.21.help.text
msgid "Close the <item type=\"menuitem\">Contour Editor</item> <emph/>window."
msgstr ""
#: wrap.xhp#par_id3150520.22.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp\" name=\"Contour Editor\">Contour Editor</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp\" name=\"Contour Editor\">Omrissredigering</link>"
#: indices_enter.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Defining Index or Table of Contents Entries"
msgstr "Laga stikkord/oppføringar i register eller innhaldslister"
#: indices_enter.xhp#bm_id3149689.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes; defining entries in</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables of contents; defining entries in</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>entries; defining in indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: indices_enter.xhp#hd_id3149689.4.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_enter\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp\" name=\"Defining Index or Table of Contents Entries\">Defining Index or Table of Contents Entries</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_enter\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp\" name=\"Defining Index or Table of Contents Entries\">Laga stikkord/oppføringar i register eller innhaldslister</link></variable>"
#: indices_enter.xhp#hd_id3155862.6.help.text
msgid "To Define Index Entries"
msgstr ""
#: indices_enter.xhp#par_id3156380.7.help.text
msgid "Click in a word, or select the words in your document that you want to use as an index entry."
msgstr "Trykk på eit ord, eller vel det ordet i dokumentet du vil bruka som stikkord."
#: indices_enter.xhp#par_id3147409.9.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Entry</emph>, and do one of the following:"
msgstr ""
#: indices_enter.xhp#par_id3153417.11.help.text
msgid "To change the text that appears in the index, type the text that you want in the <emph>Entry</emph> box. The text that you type here does not replace the selected text in the document."
msgstr ""
#: indices_enter.xhp#par_id3154258.8.help.text
msgid "To add an index mark to similar words in your document, select <emph>Apply to all similar texts</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: indices_enter.xhp#par_id3155889.10.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "To add the entries to a custom index, click the <emph>New User-defined Index</emph> icon, enter the name of the index, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Vel ei ordbok i lista <emph>Eigne ordlister</emph>, og trykk på <emph>Rediger</emph>."
#: indices_enter.xhp#hd_id3147119.12.help.text
msgid "To Define Table of Contents Entries"
msgstr ""
#: indices_enter.xhp#par_id3147132.5.help.text
msgid "The best way to generate a table of contents is to apply the predefined heading paragraph styles, such as \"Heading 1\", to the paragraphs that you want to include in your table of contents."
msgstr "Den beste måten å laga ei innhaldsliste på er å bruka dei førehandslaga stilane for avsnittsoverskrifter, som til dømes «Overskrift 1» på dei avsnitta som skal vera med på innhaldslista."
#: indices_enter.xhp#hd_id3150230.13.help.text
msgid "To Use a Custom Paragraph Style as a Table of Contents Entry"
msgstr ""
#: indices_enter.xhp#par_id3150933.14.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Outline Numbering</emph> and click the <emph>Numbering</emph> tab."
msgstr ""
#: indices_enter.xhp#par_id3150964.15.help.text
msgid "Select the paragraph style that you want to include in your table of contents in the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> box."
msgstr ""
#: indices_enter.xhp#par_id3150523.16.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Level</emph> list, click the hierarchical level that you want to apply the paragraph style to."
msgstr ""
#: indices_enter.xhp#par_id3153730.17.help.text
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>. You can now apply the style to headings in your document and include them in your table of contents. "
msgstr ""
#: table_sizing.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Resizing Rows and Columns in a Text Table "
msgstr "Endra rad- og kolonnestorleik i ein teksttabell"
#: table_sizing.xhp#bm_id3156108.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "<bookmark_value>cells; enlarging and reducing in text tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>table cells; enlarging/reducing in text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>keyboard; resizing rows/columns</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>resizing;rows and columns in text tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>enlarging columns,cells and table rows</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>reducing rows and columns in text tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; resizing/juxtaposing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>juxtaposing tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>heights of table rows</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>widths of table columns</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rows;resizing in tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>columns;resizing in tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>column widths in tables</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>venda rundt ei vendelinje</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>spegla objekt</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>3D-roteringsobjekt; konvertera til</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>skråstilla objekt</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>objekt; effektar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>forvreng objekt</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>trapezering av objekt</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>gjennomsiktig; objekt</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fargeovergangar; gjennomsiktige</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>farger; laga fargeovergangar interaktivt</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fargeovergangar; velja farger</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sirklar; av objekt</bookmark_value>"
#: table_sizing.xhp#hd_id3156108.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"table_sizing\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp\" name=\"Resizing Rows and Columns in a Text Table\">Resizing Rows and Columns in a Text Table</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"table_sizing\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp\" name=\"Resizing Rows and Columns in a Text Table\">Endra rad- og kolonnestorleik i ein teksttabell</link></variable>"
#: table_sizing.xhp#par_id3153140.help.text
msgid "You can resize the width of table cells and columns, as well as change the height of table rows."
msgstr "Du kan endra breidda på både tabellceller og -kolonnar, og høgda på tabellrader."
#: table_sizing.xhp#par_id3149615.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3149622\" src=\"cmd/sc_optimizetable.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149622\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3149622\" src=\"cmd/sc_optimizetable.png\" width=\"0.423cm\" height=\"0.423cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149622\">Ikon</alt></image>"
#: table_sizing.xhp#par_id3146497.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "You can also distribute rows and columns evenly using the icons on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Optimize</item> toolbar on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Table</item> Bar."
msgstr "Dei følgjande samanlikningsoperatorane kan veljast under <emph>Vilkår</emph> i dialogvindauget <emph>Standardfilter</emph>."
#: table_sizing.xhp#hd_id3145109.help.text
msgid "Changing the Width of Columns and Cells"
msgstr "Endra breidda på kolonnar og celler"
#: table_sizing.xhp#hd_id3149574.help.text
msgid "To Change the Width of a Column"
msgstr ""
#: table_sizing.xhp#par_id3149587.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "table_sizing.xhp#par_id3149587.help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "Gjer éin av desse:"
#: table_sizing.xhp#par_id3156246.help.text
msgid "Rest the mouse pointer over the column dividing line until the pointer becomes a separator icon, and then drag the line to a new location."
msgstr "Hald musepeikaren over kolonneskiljelinja til han vert eit skiljeikon, og dra deretter linja til ei ny plassering."
#: table_sizing.xhp#par_id3145390.help.text
msgid "Rest the mouse pointer over the column dividing line on the ruler until the pointer becomes a separator icon, and then drag the line to a new location."
msgstr "Hald musepeikaren over kolonneskiljelinja på linjalen til han vert eit skiljeikon, og dra deretter linja til ei ny plassering."
#: table_sizing.xhp#par_id0918200811260957.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> and then click and drag a line to scale all cells right or above the line proportionally."
msgstr "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Kommando</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> + gongeteiknet (* på taltastaturet)"
#: table_sizing.xhp#par_id3145411.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Place the cursor in a cell in the column, hold down the <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key, and then press the left or the right arrow key."
msgstr "For å sletta ein kolonne, plasserer du peikaren i ei tabellcelle, trykkjer <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Tilval </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt </defaultinline></switchinline>+ Delete</emph> og deretter <emph>Pil venstre</emph> eller <emph>Pil høgre</emph>."
#: table_sizing.xhp#par_id3153364.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "To increase the distance from the left edge of the page to the edge of the table, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift, and then press the right arrow key."
msgstr "For å setja inn ein ny kolonne, plasserer du peikaren i ei tabellcelle, trykkjer <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Tilval </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt </defaultinline></switchinline>+ Insert</emph> og deretter <emph>Pil opp</emph> eller <emph>Pil ned</emph>."
#: table_sizing.xhp#par_id3155891.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "You can specify the behavior for the arrow keys by choosing <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</emph>, and selecting the options that you want in the <emph>Keyboard handling</emph> area."
msgstr "For å endra måleeiningane som er brukte i dette dialogvindauget, må du velja <emph>Verktøy → Innstillingar → %PRODUCTNAME Writer → Generelt</emph>, og deretter ei ny måleeining under <emph>Innstillingar</emph>."
#: table_sizing.xhp#hd_id3149993.help.text
msgid "To Change the Width of a Cell"
msgstr ""
#: table_sizing.xhp#par_id3148676.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option+Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt+Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then press the left or the right arrow key"
msgstr "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Tilval + Kommando</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt + Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> + Shift + piltastane"
#: table_sizing.xhp#hd_id3153014.help.text
msgid "Changing the Height of a Row"
msgstr "Endra høgda på ei rad"
#: table_sizing.xhp#par_id3153035.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "To change the height of a row, place the cursor in a cell in the row, hold down the <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key, and then press the up or the down arrow key."
msgstr "For å sletta ei rad, plasserer du skrivemerket i ei tabellcelle, trykkjer <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Tilval </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt </defaultinline></switchinline>+ Delete</emph> og deretter <emph>Pil opp</emph> eller <emph>Pil ned</emph>."
#: table_sizing.xhp#hd_id8478041.help.text
msgid "Resizing a Whole Table"
msgstr ""
#: table_sizing.xhp#par_id3358867.help.text
msgid "To change the width and height of a table, do one of the following:"
msgstr "Gjer éin av desse for å endra breidda og høgda på ein tabell:"
#: table_sizing.xhp#par_id5366679.help.text
msgid "Click inside the table. In the rulers, drag the border between the white and the gray area to resize the table."
msgstr "Trykk i tabellen. Dra kanten mellom det kvite og grå området på linjalane for å endra storleiken."
#: table_sizing.xhp#par_id1279030.help.text
msgid "Click inside the table. Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Table - Table Properties</item> to open a dialog and set the properties to the numbers."
msgstr "Trykk i tabellen. Vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Tabell → Tabelleigenskapar</item> for å opna eit dialogvindauge der du kan endra storleiken."
#: table_sizing.xhp#par_id5009308.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "To wrap text to the sides of a table, and to arrange two tables next to another, you must insert the tables into a frame. Click inside the table, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A twice to select the whole table, then choose <emph>Insert - Frame</emph>."
msgstr "For å sletta innhaldet i ein tabell, trykkjer du i han, trykkjer <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Kommando </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl </defaultinline></switchinline>+ A</emph> til alle cellene er merkte og trykkjer deretter <emph>Delete</emph> eller <emph>Rettetasten</emph>."
#: table_sizing.xhp#par_id4190496.help.text
msgid "Tables within HTML pages do not offer the full range of properties and commands as tables in OpenDocument format."
msgstr "Tabellar i HTML-dokument har ikkje alle dei eigenskapane og funksjonane som tabellar i OpenDocument-format har."
#: text_direct_cursor.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Using the Direct Cursor"
msgstr "Bruka direkte skrivemerke"
#: text_direct_cursor.xhp#bm_id3155178.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; cursor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>entering text with direct cursor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>direct cursor; settings</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>writing with direct cursor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cursor;direct cursor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>settings;direct cursor</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: text_direct_cursor.xhp#hd_id3155178.24.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"text_direct_cursor\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp\" name=\"Using the Direct Cursor\">Using the Direct Cursor</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"text_direct_cursor\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp\" name=\"Using the Direct Cursor\">Bruka direkte skrivemerke</link></variable>"
#: text_direct_cursor.xhp#par_id3155908.25.help.text
msgid "The direct cursor allows you to enter text anywhere on a page."
msgstr "Direkte skrivemerke lèt deg skriva inn tekst kvar som helst på ei side."
#: text_direct_cursor.xhp#par_id3155921.41.help.text
msgid "To set the behavior of the direct cursor, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: text_direct_cursor.xhp#par_idN106A3.help.text
msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools</item> bar, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Direct Cursor</item> icon <image id=\"img_id3149846\" src=\"cmd/sc_shadowcursor.png\" width=\"0.222in\" height=\"0.222in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149846\">Icon</alt></image>."
msgstr ""
#: text_direct_cursor.xhp#par_idN106C5.help.text
msgid "Click in a free space in the text document. The mouse pointer changes to reflect the alignment that will be applied to the text that you type:"
msgstr "Trykk på eit ledig område i tekstdokumentet. Skrivemerket vil då endra seg for å visa justeringa som vil verta brukt til teksten du skriv:"
#: text_direct_cursor.xhp#par_idN106C8.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id5471987\" src=\"res/helpimg/dircursleft.png\" width=\"0.1457in\" height=\"0.3228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id5471987\">Icon</alt></image> Align left"
msgstr ""
#: text_direct_cursor.xhp#par_idN106E4.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id5730253\" src=\"res/helpimg/dircurscent.png\" width=\"0.2398in\" height=\"0.3228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id5730253\">Icon</alt></image> Centered"
msgstr ""
#: text_direct_cursor.xhp#par_idN10700.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id6953622\" src=\"res/helpimg/dircursright.png\" width=\"0.1563in\" height=\"0.3228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id6953622\">Icon</alt></image> Align right"
msgstr ""
#: text_direct_cursor.xhp#par_idN1071D.help.text
msgid "Type your text. %PRODUCTNAME automatically inserts the required number of blank lines, and, if the options are enabled, tabs and spaces."
msgstr "Skriv teksten din. %PRODUCTNAME set automatisk inn det rette talet på tomme linjer, og dersom innstillingane er tekne i bruk, også tabulatorar og mellomrom."
#: calculate.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Calculating in Text Documents"
msgstr "Rekning i tekstdokument"
#: calculate.xhp#bm_id3149909.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>calculating; in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formulas; calculating in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>references;in Writer tables</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: calculate.xhp#hd_id3149909.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"calculate\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp\" name=\"Calculating in Text Documents\">Calculating in Text Documents</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"calculate\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp\" name=\"Calculating in Text Documents\">Rekning i tekstdokument</link></variable>"
#: calculate.xhp#par_id3149949.2.help.text
msgid "You can insert a calculation directly into a text document or into a text table."
msgstr "Du kan setja eit reknestykke direkte inn i eit tekstdokument eller ein teksttabell."
#: calculate.xhp#par_id3149972.3.help.text
msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the calculation, and then press F2. If you are in a table cell, type an equals sign =."
msgstr "Trykk på den staden i dokumentet der du vil setja inn reknestykket, og deretter F2. Dersom du er i ei tabellcelle, tast eit er lik-teikn (=)."
#: calculate.xhp#par_id3155547.10.help.text
msgid "Type the calculation that you want to insert, for example, <item type=\"literal\">=10000/12</item>, and then press Enter."
msgstr ""
#: calculate.xhp#par_id3155565.11.help.text
msgid "You can also click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formula</item> <emph/>icon on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formula Bar</item>, and then choose a function for your formula."
msgstr ""
#: calculate.xhp#par_id8316904.help.text
msgid "To reference cells in a Writer text table, enclose the cell address or the cell range in angle brackets. For example, to reference cell A1 from another cell, enter =<A1> into the cell."
msgstr ""
#: autocorr_except.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Adding Exceptions to the AutoCorrect List"
msgstr "Leggja til unntak i lista over autorettingar"
#: autocorr_except.xhp#bm_id3152887.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function; adding exceptions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>exceptions; AutoCorrect function</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>abbreviations</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>capital letters;avoiding after specific abbreviations</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: autocorr_except.xhp#hd_id3152887.10.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"autocorr_except\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp\" name=\"Adding Exceptions to the AutoCorrect List\">Adding Exceptions to the AutoCorrect List</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"autocorr_except\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp\" name=\"Adding Exceptions to the AutoCorrect List\">Leggja til unntak i lista over autorettingar</link></variable>"
#: autocorr_except.xhp#par_id3154254.11.help.text
msgid "You can prevent AutoCorrect from correcting specific abbreviations or words that have mixed capital letters and lowercase letters. "
msgstr ""
#: autocorr_except.xhp#par_id3155576.13.help.text
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect Options</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Exceptions</item> tab."
msgstr ""
#: autocorr_except.xhp#par_id3147762.18.help.text
msgctxt "autocorr_except.xhp#par_id3147762.18.help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "Gjer éin av desse:"
#: autocorr_except.xhp#par_id3147786.19.help.text
msgid "Type the abbreviation followed by a period in the <emph>Abbreviations (no subsequent capital) </emph>box and click <emph>New</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: autocorr_except.xhp#par_id3147812.20.help.text
msgid "Type the word in the <emph>Words with TWo INitial CApitals </emph>box and click <emph>New</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: autocorr_except.xhp#par_id3144875.17.help.text
msgid "To quickly undo an AutoCorrect replacement, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Z. This also adds the word or abbreviation that you typed to the AutoCorrect exceptions list."
msgstr "For å fjerna ei automatisk retting eller fullføring snøgt, trykk <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Z. Du legg då også ordet eller forkortinga du skreiv til i lista over autorettingar."
#: print_small.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Printing Multiple Pages on One Sheet"
msgstr "Skriva ut fleire sider på kvart ark"
#: print_small.xhp#bm_id3149694.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>multi-page view of documents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pages;printing multiple on one sheet</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>overviews;printing multi-page view</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>printing;multiple pages per sheet</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>reduced printing of multiple pages</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: print_small.xhp#hd_id3149694.17.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"print_small\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp\" name=\"Printing Multiple Pages on One Sheet\">Printing Multiple Pages on One Sheet</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: print_small.xhp#par_id3149829.16.help.text
msgid "On the <emph>Page Layout</emph> tab page of the <item type=\"menuitem\">File - Print</item> dialog, you have the option to print multiple pages on one sheet."
msgstr "I <emph>førehandsvisinga</emph> kan du velja å skriva ut fleire sider på kvart ark."
#: print_small.xhp#par_id3156098.19.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>File - Print</emph> and click the <emph>Page Layout</emph> tab."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Fil → Førehandsvis sida</emph>."
#: print_small.xhp#par_id3155055.31.help.text
msgctxt "print_small.xhp#par_id3155055.31.help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "Gjer éin av desse:"
#: print_small.xhp#par_id3149603.20.help.text
msgid "To print two pages side by side on the same sheet, select \"2\" in the <emph>Pages per sheet</emph> box."
msgstr ""
#: print_small.xhp#par_id3153388.22.help.text
msgid "To print multiple pages on the same sheet, select the number of pages per sheet and optionally set the order of pages. The small preview shows the arrangement of pages. "
msgstr ""
#: print_small.xhp#par_id3154841.21.help.text
msgctxt "print_small.xhp#par_id3154841.21.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Print</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: print_small.xhp#par_id3150004.23.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/main0210.xhp\" name=\"File - Page Preview\">File - Page Preview</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/main0210.xhp\" name=\"File - Page Preview\">Fil → Førehandsvis sida</link>"
#: indices_toc.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Creating a Table of Contents"
msgstr "Laga ei innhaldsliste"
#: indices_toc.xhp#bm_id3147104.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>tables of contents; creating and updating</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>updating; tables of contents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: indices_toc.xhp#hd_id3147104.16.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_toc\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Table of Contents\">Creating a Table of Contents</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_toc\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Table of Contents\">Laga ei innhaldsliste</link></variable>"
#: indices_toc.xhp#par_id3150942.45.help.text
msgid "The best way to generate a table of contents is to apply the predefined heading paragraph styles, such as \"Heading 1\", to the paragraphs that you want to include in your table of contents. After you apply these styles, you can then create a table of contents."
msgstr "Den beste måten å laga ei innhaldsliste på er å bruka førehandslaga stilar, som til dømes «Overskrift 1», på overskriftene til dei avsnitta du vil ha med i innhaldslista. Etter at desse stilane er i bruk, kan du oppretta innhaldslista."
#: indices_toc.xhp#hd_id5876949.help.text
msgid "To Insert a Table of Contents"
msgstr ""
#: indices_toc.xhp#par_id3150510.17.help.text
msgid "Click in your document where you want to create the table of contents."
msgstr "Trykk på den staden i dokumentet der du vil laga innhaldslista."
#: indices_toc.xhp#par_id3150528.18.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Indexes and Tables</emph>, and then click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp\" name=\"Index/Table\"><emph>Index/Table</emph></link> tab."
msgstr ""
#: indices_toc.xhp#par_id3153746.46.help.text
msgid "Select \"Table of Contents\" in the <emph>Type</emph> box."
msgstr ""
#: indices_toc.xhp#par_id3146856.47.help.text
msgctxt "indices_toc.xhp#par_id3146856.47.help.text"
msgid "Select any options that you want."
msgstr "Vel dei innstillingane som skal brukast."
#: indices_toc.xhp#par_id3146872.19.help.text
msgctxt "indices_toc.xhp#par_id3146872.19.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: indices_toc.xhp#par_id3146896.20.help.text
msgid "If you want to use a different paragraph style as a table of contents entry, select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Additional Styles</item> <emph/>check box in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Create from</item> area, and then click the (<item type=\"menuitem\">...</item>) button next to the check box. In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Assign Styles</item> dialog, click the style in the list, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">>></item> <emph/>or the <item type=\"menuitem\"><<</item> <emph/>button to define the outline level for the paragraph style."
msgstr ""
#: indices_toc.xhp#hd_id3153148.21.help.text
msgid "To Update a Table of Contents"
msgstr ""
#: indices_toc.xhp#par_id3153161.22.help.text
msgctxt "indices_toc.xhp#par_id3153161.22.help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "Gjer éin av desse:"
#: indices_toc.xhp#par_id3153183.48.help.text
msgid "Right-click in the table of contents and choose <emph>Update Index/Table</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: indices_toc.xhp#par_id3147066.44.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Update - All Indexes and Tables</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: change_header.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Creating a Page Style Based on the Current Page"
msgstr "Laga ein sidestil basert på den gjeldande sida"
#: change_header.xhp#bm_id3146875.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>headers; inserting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>footers; inserting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>page styles; changing from selection</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>new page styles from selection</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: change_header.xhp#hd_id3146875.21.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"change_header\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Page Style Based on the Current Page\">Creating a Page Style Based on the Current Page</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"change_header\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Page Style Based on the Current Page\">Laga ein sidestil basert på den gjeldande sida</link></variable>"
#: change_header.xhp#par_id3153584.22.help.text
msgid "You can design a page layout and then create a page style based on it."
msgstr "Du kan utforma eit sideoppsett og deretter ein sidestil basert på det."
#: change_header.xhp#par_id3154245.24.help.text
msgid "For example, you can create a page style that displays a particular header, and another page style that displays a different header."
msgstr "Til dømes kan du laga ein sidestil som viser éin topptekst og ein annan sidestil som viser ein annan topptekst."
#: change_header.xhp#par_id3150503.26.help.text
msgid "Open a new text document, choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>, and then click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon."
msgstr ""
#: change_header.xhp#par_id3150532.27.help.text
msgid "Click the <emph>New Style from Selection</emph> icon and select <emph>New Styles from Selection</emph> from the submenu."
msgstr ""
#: change_header.xhp#par_id3153153.31.help.text
msgid "Type a name for the page in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style name</item> <emph/>box, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
msgstr ""
#: change_header.xhp#par_id3153184.32.help.text
msgid "Double-click the name in the list to apply the style to the current page. "
msgstr "Dobbeltklikk på namnet i lista for å bruka stilen på den gjeldande sida."
#: change_header.xhp#par_id3155541.33.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Header</emph>, and choose the new page style from the list."
msgstr ""
#: change_header.xhp#par_id3155572.34.help.text
msgid "Type the text that you want in the header. Position the cursor into the main text area outside of the header."
msgstr "Skriv inn teksten som skal stå i toppteksten. Plasser skrivemerket i hovudtekstområdet utanfor toppteksten."
#: change_header.xhp#par_id3155592.25.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "change_header.xhp#par_id3155592.25.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Manual Break</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Set inn → Fil</emph>."
#: change_header.xhp#par_id3147771.28.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> <emph/>area, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Page break</item> and then select “Default” from the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style</item> <emph/>box."
msgstr ""
#: change_header.xhp#par_id3147810.29.help.text
msgid "Repeat steps 2-6 to create a second custom page style with a different header."
msgstr ""
#: numbering_paras.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Modifying Numbering in a Numbered List"
msgstr "Endra nummereringa i ei nummerert liste"
#: numbering_paras.xhp#bm_id3149637.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>numbering; removing/interrupting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>bullet lists; interrupting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lists;removing/interrupting numbering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deleting;numbers in lists</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>interrupting numbered lists</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>changing;starting numbers in lists</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: numbering_paras.xhp#hd_id3149637.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"numbering_paras\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp\" name=\"Modifying Numbering in a Numbered List\">Modifying Numbering in a Numbered List</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"numbering_paras\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp\" name=\"Modifying Numbering in a Numbered List\">Endra nummereringa i ei nummerert liste</link></variable>"
#: numbering_paras.xhp#par_id3145092.2.help.text
msgid "You can remove the numbering from a paragraph in a numbered list or change the number that a numbered list starts with."
msgstr "Du kan fjerna nummereringa frå eit avsnitt i ei nummerert liste eller endra talet ei nummerert liste startar med."
#: numbering_paras.xhp#par_id2172612.help.text
msgid "If you want numbered headings, use the <emph>Tools - Outline Numbering</emph> menu command to assign a numbering to a paragraph style. Do not use the Numbering icon on the Formatting toolbar."
msgstr ""
#: numbering_paras.xhp#hd_id3145107.8.help.text
msgid "To Remove the Number From a Paragraph in a Numbered List"
msgstr ""
#: numbering_paras.xhp#par_id3156248.10.help.text
msgid "Click in front of the first character of the paragraph that you want to remove the numbering from."
msgstr "Trykk framfor det første teiknet i avsnittet du vil fjerna nummereringa frå."
#: numbering_paras.xhp#par_id3153366.23.help.text
msgctxt "numbering_paras.xhp#par_id3153366.23.help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "Gjer éin av desse:"
#: numbering_paras.xhp#par_id3153390.11.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "To remove the number while preserving the indent of the paragraph, press the Backspace key."
msgstr "For å endra det hierarkiske nivået på eit punktteikn i ei liste, trykkjer du framfor avsnittet, og deretter på <emph>Tab</emph>."
#: numbering_paras.xhp#par_id3154248.16.help.text
msgid "To remove the number and the indent of the paragraph, click the <emph>Numbering on/off</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> Bar. If you save the document in HTML format, a separate numbered list is created for the numbered paragraphs that follow the current paragraph."
msgstr ""
#: numbering_paras.xhp#hd_id3154856.18.help.text
msgid "To Change the Number That a Numbered List Starts With"
msgstr ""
#: numbering_paras.xhp#par_id3155877.24.help.text
msgid "Click anywhere in the numbered list."
msgstr "Trykk kvar som helst i den nummererte lista."
#: numbering_paras.xhp#par_id3155895.21.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Bullets and Numbering</emph>, and then click the <emph>Options</emph> tab."
msgstr ""
#: numbering_paras.xhp#par_id3148691.22.help.text
msgid "Enter the number you want the list to start with in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Start </item> <item type=\"menuitem\">at</item> box."
msgstr ""
#: numbering_paras.xhp#par_id3147116.25.help.text
msgctxt "numbering_paras.xhp#par_id3147116.25.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: numbering_paras.xhp#par_id6943571.help.text
msgctxt "numbering_paras.xhp#par_id6943571.help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Documentation/How_Tos/Setting_up_a_Style_for_Numbering_Lines_in_Code_Listings\">Wiki page about numbering paragraphs by styles</link>"
msgstr ""
#: using_hyphen.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Hyphenation"
msgstr "Orddeling"
#: using_hyphen.xhp#bm_id3149695.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>hyphenation;manual/automatic</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>separation, see hyphenation</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>automatic hyphenation in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>manual hyphenation in text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: using_hyphen.xhp#hd_id3149695.20.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"using_hyphen\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp\" name=\"Hyphenation\">Hyphenation</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"using_hyphen\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp\" name=\"Hyphenation\">Orddeling</link></variable>"
#: using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3155918.31.help.text
msgid "By default, $[officename] moves words that do not fit on a line to the next line. If you want, you can use automatic or manual hyphenation to avoid this behavior: "
msgstr "Som standard flyttar $[officename] ord som det ikkje er plass til på ei linje til den neste linja. Dersom du vil, kan du bruka automatisk eller manuell orddeling for å unngå denne oppførselen:"
#: using_hyphen.xhp#hd_id3155864.30.help.text
msgid "Automatic Hyphenation"
msgstr ""
#: using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3147414.22.help.text
msgid "Automatic hyphenation inserts hyphens where they are needed in a paragraph. This option is only available for paragraph styles and individual paragraphs."
msgstr "Automatisk orddeling set inn bindestrekar der det er nødvendig i eit avsnitt. Denne innstillinga er berre tilgjengeleg for avsnittsstilar og enkeltavsnitt."
#: using_hyphen.xhp#hd_id3149832.51.help.text
msgid "To Automatically Hyphenate Text in a Paragraph"
msgstr ""
#: using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3148850.32.help.text
msgid "Right-click in a paragraph, and choose <emph>Paragraph</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3156104.34.help.text
msgid "Click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\"><emph>Text Flow</emph></link> tab."
msgstr ""
#: using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3150101.35.help.text
msgid "In the Hyphenation area, select the Automatically check box."
msgstr ""
#: using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3153121.52.help.text
msgctxt "using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3153121.52.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: using_hyphen.xhp#hd_id3149629.53.help.text
msgid "To Automatically Hyphenate Text in Multiple Paragraphs"
msgstr ""
#: using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3149644.33.help.text
msgid "If you want to automatically hyphenate more than one paragraph, use a paragraph style."
msgstr "Dersom du vil bruka automatisk orddeling i meir enn eitt avsnitt, kan du bruka ein avsnittsstil."
#: using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3149956.48.help.text
msgid "For example, enable the automatic hyphenation option for the \"Default\" paragraph style, and then apply the style to the paragraphs that you want to hyphenate."
msgstr "Kryss til dømes av for automatisk orddeling i avsnittsstilen <emph>Standard</emph>, og bruk deretter stilen på dei avsnitta du vil ha automatisk orddeling i."
#: using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3149611.54.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>, and then click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon."
msgstr ""
#: using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3149867.55.help.text
msgid "Right-click the paragraph style that you want to hyphenate, and then choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3145106.56.help.text
msgid "Click the Text Flow tab."
msgstr ""
#: using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3149582.57.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Hyphenation</emph> area, select the <emph>Automatically</emph> check box."
msgstr ""
#: using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3156250.58.help.text
msgctxt "using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3156250.58.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3145400.59.help.text
msgid "Apply the style to the paragraphs that you want to hyphenate."
msgstr "Bruk stilen på dei avsnitta du vil ha automatisk orddeling i."
#: using_hyphen.xhp#hd_id3145417.36.help.text
msgid "Manual Hyphenation"
msgstr "Manuell orddeling"
#: using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3154400.23.help.text
msgid "You can insert a hyphen where you want on a line, or let $[officename] search for the words to hyphenate, and then offer a suggested hyphenation."
msgstr "Du kan setja inn ein bindestrek der du vil på ei linje, eller la $[officename] søkja etter ord som bør delast, og deretter føreslå ei orddeling."
#: using_hyphen.xhp#.help.text
msgid "To Manually Hyphenate Single Words"
msgstr ""
#: using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3153363.24.help.text
msgid "To quickly insert a hyphen, click in the word where you want to add the hyphen, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Hyphen(-)."
msgstr "For snøgt å setja inn ein bindestrek, trykk på den staden i ordet der du vil leggja han til, og trykk deretter på <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Kommando </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl </defaultinline></switchinline>+ Bindestrek (-)."
#: using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3154244.37.help.text
msgid "If you insert a manual hyphen in a word, the word is only hyphenated at the manual hyphen. No additional automatic hyphenation is applied for this word. A word with a manual hyphen will be hyphenated without regard to the settings on the <emph>Text Flow</emph> tab page."
msgstr ""
#: using_hyphen.xhp#hd_id3154847.60.help.text
msgid "To Manually Hyphenate Text in a Selection"
msgstr ""
#: using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3154869.61.help.text
msgid "Select the text that you want to hyphenate."
msgstr "Vel den teksten du vil ha orddeling i."
#: using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3155886.26.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Language - Hyphenation</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3154361.46.help.text
msgctxt "using_hyphen.xhp#par_id3154361.46.help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\">Text Flow</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\">Tekstflyt</link>"
#: numbering_lines.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Adding Line Numbers"
msgstr "Leggja til linjenummer"
#: numbering_lines.xhp#bm_id3150101.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>line numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text; line numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraphs;line numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lines of text; numbering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>numbering; lines</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>numbers; line numbering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>marginal numbers on text pages</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: numbering_lines.xhp#hd_id3150101.3.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"numbering_lines\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp\" name=\"Adding Line Numbers\">Adding Line Numbers</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"numbering_lines\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp\" name=\"Adding Line Numbers\">Leggja til linjenummer</link></variable>"
#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3149842.1.help.text
msgid "$[officename] can insert line numbers in an entire document or to selected paragraphs in your document. Line numbers are included when you print your document. You can specify the line numbering interval, the starting line number, and whether to count blank lines or lines in frames. You can also add a separator between line numbers."
msgstr "$[officename] kan leggja til linjenummer i eit heilt dokument eller utvalde avsnitt i dokumentet. Linjenummera vert tekne med når du skriv ut dokumentet. Du kan oppgje intervallar for linjenummer, startlinjenummer og om blanke linjer eller linjer i rammer skal teljast med. Du kan også leggja til eit skiljeteikn mellom linjenummera."
#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id7184972.help.text
msgid "Line numbers are not available in HTML format."
msgstr "Linjenummer er ikkje tilgjengelege i HTML-format."
#: numbering_lines.xhp#hd_id3153410.6.help.text
msgid "To Add Line Numbers to an Entire Document"
msgstr ""
#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3149640.7.help.text
msgctxt "numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3149640.7.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Line Numbering</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3149612.8.help.text
msgid "Select <emph>Show numbering</emph>, and then select the options that you want."
msgstr ""
#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3145101.20.help.text
msgctxt "numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3145101.20.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: numbering_lines.xhp#hd_id3156241.10.help.text
msgid "To Add Line Numbers to Specific Paragraphs"
msgstr ""
#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3156264.21.help.text
msgctxt "numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3156264.21.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Line Numbering</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3153385.11.help.text
msgid "Select <emph>Show numbering</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3154248.12.help.text
msgid "Press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command+T</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline> to open the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window, and then click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon."
msgstr ""
#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3154853.13.help.text
msgid "Right-click the \"Default\" paragraph style and choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3150222.17.help.text
msgid "All paragraph styles are based on the \"Default\" style."
msgstr "Alle avsnittsstilar er baserte på stilen <emph>Standard</emph>."
#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3150931.15.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Click the <emph>Numbering</emph> tab."
msgstr "Trykk på fana <emph>Stilar</emph>."
#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3150956.16.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Line Numbering</item> <emph/>area, clear the <item type=\"menuitem\">Include this paragraph in line numbering</item> <emph/>check box."
msgstr ""
#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3150520.22.help.text
msgctxt "numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3150520.22.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3151077.18.help.text
msgid "Select the paragraph(s) where you want to add the line numbers."
msgstr "Merk avsnittet/avsnitta du vil leggja til linjenummerering på."
#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3151096.19.help.text
msgctxt "numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3151096.19.help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Paragraph</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering</item> <emph/>tab."
msgstr ""
#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3153733.23.help.text
msgid "Select <emph>Include this paragraph in line numbering</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3153758.24.help.text
msgctxt "numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3153758.24.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3146864.2.help.text
msgid "You can also create a paragraph style that includes line numbering, and apply it to the paragraphs that you want to add line numbers to."
msgstr "Du kan også oppretta ein avsnittsstil som inneheld linjenummerering og bruka han på dei avsnitta du vil skal vera nummererte."
#: numbering_lines.xhp#hd_id3146880.25.help.text
msgid "To Specify the Starting Line Number"
msgstr ""
#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3150703.26.help.text
msgid "Click in a paragraph."
msgstr "Trykk i eit avsnitt."
#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3150721.27.help.text
msgctxt "numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3150721.27.help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Paragraph</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering</item> <emph/>tab."
msgstr ""
#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3148389.28.help.text
msgid "Select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Include this paragraph in line numbering</item> <emph/>check box."
msgstr ""
#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3148414.29.help.text
msgid "Select <item type=\"menuitem\">Restart at the paragraph</item> <emph/>check box."
msgstr ""
#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3153779.30.help.text
msgid "Enter a line number in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Start with</item> <emph/>box."
msgstr ""
#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3153804.31.help.text
msgctxt "numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3153804.31.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3153934.5.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Line Numbering\">Tools - Line Numbering</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Line Numbering\">Verktøy → Linjenummerering</link>"
#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id3153960.32.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp\" name=\"Format - Paragraph - Numbering\">Format - Paragraph - Numbering</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp\" name=\"Format - Paragraph - Numbering\">Format → Avsnitt → Nummerering</link>"
#: numbering_lines.xhp#par_id2212591.help.text
msgctxt "numbering_lines.xhp#par_id2212591.help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Documentation/How_Tos/Setting_up_a_Style_for_Numbering_Lines_in_Code_Listings\">Wiki page about numbering paragraphs by styles</link>"
msgstr ""
#: anchor_object.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Positioning Objects"
msgstr "Plassera objekt"
#: anchor_object.xhp#bm_id3147828.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>objects;anchoring options</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>positioning;objects (guide)</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>anchors;options</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>frames;anchoring options</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pictures;anchoring options</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>centering;images on HTML pages</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: anchor_object.xhp#hd_id3147828.45.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"anchor_object\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp\" name=\"Positioning Objects\">Positioning Objects</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"anchor_object\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp\" name=\"Positioning Objects\">Plassera objekt</link></variable>"
#: anchor_object.xhp#par_id3147251.46.help.text
msgid "You can use anchors to position an object, graphic, or frame in a document. An anchored item remains in place, or moves when you modify the document. The following anchoring options are available:"
msgstr "Du kan bruka forankringar for å plassera objekt, bilete og rammer i eit dokument. Eit forankra element forblir der det er, og vert berre flytta når du gjer endringar i dokumentet. Desse forankringsvala er tilgjengelege:"
#: anchor_object.xhp#par_id3145599.47.help.text
msgid "Anchoring"
msgstr "Forankring"
#: anchor_object.xhp#par_id3145622.48.help.text
msgid "Effect"
msgstr "Effekt"
#: anchor_object.xhp#par_id3145650.49.help.text
msgid "As character"
msgstr "Som teikn"
#: anchor_object.xhp#par_id3151181.50.help.text
msgid "Anchors the selected item as a character in the current text. If the height of the selected item is greater than the current font size, the height of the line containing the item is increased."
msgstr "Forankrar det valde elementet som eit teikn i den gjeldande teksten. Dersom høgda på det valde elementet er større enn gjeldande skriftstorleik, vert høgda på linja som inneheld elementet auka."
#: anchor_object.xhp#par_idN10674.help.text
msgid "To center an image on an HTML page, insert the image, anchor it \"as character\", then center the paragraph."
msgstr "For å midtstilla eit bilete på ei nettside, set inn biletet, forankra det «som teikn», og midtstill deretter avsnittet."
#: anchor_object.xhp#par_id3151212.51.help.text
msgid "To character"
msgstr "Til teikn"
#: anchor_object.xhp#par_id3151235.52.help.text
msgid "Anchors the selected item to a character."
msgstr "Forankrar det valde elementet til eit teikn."
#: anchor_object.xhp#par_id3155071.53.help.text
msgid "To paragraph"
msgstr "Til avsnitt"
#: anchor_object.xhp#par_id3155094.54.help.text
msgid "Anchors the selected item to the current paragraph."
msgstr "Forankrar det valde elementet til det gjeldande avsnittet."
#: anchor_object.xhp#par_id3155122.55.help.text
msgid "To page"
msgstr "Til side"
#: anchor_object.xhp#par_id3155144.56.help.text
msgid "Anchors the selected item to the current page."
msgstr "Forankrar det valde elementet til den gjeldande sida."
#: anchor_object.xhp#par_id3145674.57.help.text
msgid "To frame"
msgstr "Til ramme"
#: anchor_object.xhp#par_id3145697.58.help.text
msgid "Anchors the selected item to the surrounding frame."
msgstr "Forankrar det valde elementet til den omsluttande ramma."
#: anchor_object.xhp#par_id3145715.59.help.text
msgid "When you insert an object, graphic, or frame, an anchor icon appears where the item is anchored. You can position an anchored item by dragging the item to another location. To change the anchoring options of an item, right-click the item, and then choose an option from the <item type=\"menuitem\">Anchor</item> <emph/>submenu."
msgstr ""
#: insert_graphic.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Inserting Graphics"
msgstr "Setja inn bilete"
#: insert_graphic.xhp#bm_id3154922.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; inserting pictures in</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>images; inserting in text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting; pictures</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures; inserting options</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekst; setja inn bilete i</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bilete; setja inn i tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>setja inn; bilete</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bilete; innstillingar for innsetjing</bookmark_value>"
#: insert_graphic.xhp#hd_id3154922.2.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_graphic\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Graphics\">Inserting Graphics</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"insert_graphic\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Graphics\">Setja inn bilete</link></variable>"
#: insert_graphic.xhp#par_id3149695.1.help.text
msgid "There are several ways to insert a graphic object in a text document."
msgstr "Det er fleire måtar å setja inn eit bilete i eit tekstdokument på."
#: pageorientation.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Changing Page Orientation (Landscape or Portrait)"
msgstr "Endra sideretning (liggjande eller ståande)"
#: pageorientation.xhp#bm_id9683828.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>page styles;orientation/scope</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>page formats; changing individual pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting; changing individual pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>portrait and landscape</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>landscape and portrait</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>printing;portrait/landscape format</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>orientation of pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paper orientation</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pages;orientation</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sideways orientation of pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>scope of page styles</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_idN106FF.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"pageorientation\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp\">Changing Page Orientation</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"pageorientation\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp\">Endra sideretning (liggjande eller ståande)</link></variable>"
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id6418042.help.text
msgid "All page properties for Writer text documents, like for example the page orientation, are defined by page styles. By default, a new text document uses the “Default” page style for all pages. If you open an existing text document, different page styles may have been applied to the different pages. "
msgstr ""
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id8324533.help.text
msgid "It is important to know that changes that you apply to a page property will only affect the pages that use the current page style. The current page style is listed in the Status Bar at the lower window border."
msgstr "Det er viktig å veta at dei endringane du gjer med ein sideeigenskap berre vil påverka dei sidene som brukar den gjeldande sidestilen. Kva for sidestil som gjeld er vist i statuslinja i nedre vindaugskant."
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id7524033.help.text
msgid "To Change the Page Orientation for All Pages"
msgstr ""
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id6307260.help.text
msgid "If your text document consists only of pages with the same page style, you can change the page properties directly:"
msgstr "Dersom tekstdokumentet berre inneheld sider med same sidestil, kan du endra eigenskapane for sida direkte:"
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id5256508.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Page</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Format → Side</emph>."
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id9681997.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "pageorientation.xhp#par_id9681997.help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Page</emph> tab."
msgstr "Trykk på fana <emph>Stilar</emph>."
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id7994323.help.text
msgctxt "pageorientation.xhp#par_id7994323.help.text"
msgid "Under <item type=\"menuitem\">Paper format</item>, select “Portrait” or “Landscape”."
msgstr ""
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id7069002.help.text
msgctxt "pageorientation.xhp#par_id7069002.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: pageorientation.xhp#hd_id4202398.help.text
msgid "To Change the Page Orientation Only for Some Pages"
msgstr ""
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_idN1071D.help.text
msgid "$[officename] uses page styles to specify the orientation of the pages in a document. Page styles define more page properties, as for example header and footer or page margins. You can either change the “Default” page style for the current document, or you can define own page styles and apply those page styles to any parts of your text. "
msgstr ""
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id1449324.help.text
msgid "At the end of this help page, we'll discuss the scope of page styles in detail. If you are unsure about the page style concept, please read the section at the end of this page."
msgstr "På slutten av denne hjelpesida vert føremålet med sidestilar teke opp i detaljar. Dersom du ikkje heilt forstår deg på sidestilar, kan du lesa avsnittet på slutten av denne sida."
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id1480758.help.text
msgid "Unlike character styles or paragraph styles, the page styles don't know a hierarchy. You can create a new page style based on the properties of an existing page style, but when you later change the source style, the new page style does not automatically inherit the changes."
msgstr "Til skilnad frå teiknstilar og avsnittsstilar står ikkje sidestilane i eit hierarki. Du kan oppretta ein ny sidestil basert på eigenskapane for ein sidestil som finst frå før, men når du seinare endrar på kjeldestilen vil ikkje den nye sidestilen automatisk arva endringane."
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id2962126.help.text
msgid "To change the page orientation for all pages that share the same page style, you first need a page style, then apply that style:"
msgstr "Dersom du berre vil endra sideretningen for den gjeldande sida, kan du først laga ein sidestil og deretter bruka denne stilen:"
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_idN10727.help.text
msgctxt "pageorientation.xhp#par_idN10727.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Format → Stilhandsamar</emph>."
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_idN10741.help.text
msgctxt "pageorientation.xhp#par_idN10741.help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon."
msgstr ""
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_idN10749.help.text
msgid "Right-click a page style and choose <emph>New</emph>. The new page style initially gets all properties of the selected page style."
msgstr ""
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_idN10751.help.text
msgid "On the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab page, type a name for the page style in the <emph>Name</emph> box, for example \"My Landscape\"."
msgstr ""
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_idN1075D.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Next Style</emph> box, select the page style that you want to apply to the next page that follows a page with the new style. See the section about the scope of page styles at the end of this help page."
msgstr ""
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_idN10775.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "pageorientation.xhp#par_idN10775.help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Page</emph> tab."
msgstr "Trykk på fana <emph>Stilar</emph>."
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_idN1077D.help.text
msgctxt "pageorientation.xhp#par_idN1077D.help.text"
msgid "Under <item type=\"menuitem\">Paper format</item>, select “Portrait” or “Landscape”."
msgstr ""
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_idN108AE.help.text
msgctxt "pageorientation.xhp#par_idN108AE.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id1658375.help.text
msgid "Now you have defined a proper page style with the name \"My Landscape\". To apply the new style, double-click the \"My Landscape\" page style in the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window. All pages in the current scope of page styles will be changed. If you defined the \"next style\" to be a different style, only the first page of the current scope of page styles will be changed."
msgstr ""
#: pageorientation.xhp#hd_id6082949.help.text
msgid "The Scope of Page Styles"
msgstr ""
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id2858668.help.text
msgid "You should be aware of the scope of page styles in %PRODUCTNAME. Which pages of your text document get affected by editing a page style?"
msgstr "Du bør vera klar over omfanget til sidestilar i %PRODUCTNAME. Altså kva for sider i eit tekstdokument som vert påverka ved å redigera ein sidestil."
#: pageorientation.xhp#hd_id3278603.help.text
msgid "One Page Long Styles"
msgstr ""
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id5169225.help.text
msgid "A page style can be defined to span one page only. The “First Page” style is an example. You set this property by defining another page style to be the \"next style\", on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Page - Organizer</item> tab page."
msgstr ""
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id6670125.help.text
msgid "A one page long style starts from the lower border of the current page style range up to the next page break. The next page break appears automatically when the text flows to the next page, which is sometimes called a \"soft page break\". Alternatively, you can insert a manual page break."
msgstr "Ein éi side lang stil går frå den nedste kanten på det gjeldande sidestilområdet til det neste sideskiftet. Det neste sideskiftet vert vist automatisk når teksten flyt til den neste sida. Dette vert òg kalla eit mjukt sideskift. Alternativt kan du setja inn eit manuelt sideskift."
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id2118594.help.text
msgid "To insert a manual page break at the cursor position, press <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl+Enter</item> or choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Manual Break</item> and just click OK."
msgstr ""
#: pageorientation.xhp#hd_id166020.help.text
msgid "Manually Defined Range of a Page style"
msgstr ""
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id6386913.help.text
msgid "The “Default” page style does not set a different \"next style\" on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Page - Organizer</item> tab page. Instead, the \"next style\" is set also to be “Default”. All page styles that are followed by the same page style can span multiple pages. The lower and upper borders of the page style range are defined by \"page breaks with style\". All the pages between any two \"page breaks with style\" use the same page style."
msgstr ""
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id6062196.help.text
msgid "You can insert a \"page break with style\" directly at the cursor position. Alternatively, you can apply the \"page break with style\" property to a paragraph or to a paragraph style."
msgstr "Du kan setja inn eit <emph>sideskift med stil</emph> direkte der skrivemerket er plassert. Du kan også bruka eigenskapen <emph>sideskift med stil</emph> på eit avsnitt eller ein avsnittsstil."
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id6054261.help.text
msgid "Perform any one of the following commands:"
msgstr "Gjer éin av desse:"
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id1811578.help.text
msgid "To insert a \"page break with style\" at the cursor position, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Manual Break</item>, select a <emph>Style</emph> name from the listbox, and click OK."
msgstr ""
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id9935911.help.text
msgid "To apply the \"page break with style\" property to the current paragraph, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Paragraph - Text Flow</item>. In the Breaks area, activate <emph>Enable</emph> and <emph>With Page Style</emph>. Select a page style name from the listbox."
msgstr ""
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id4753868.help.text
msgid "To apply the \"page break with style\" property to the current paragraph style, right-click the current paragraph. Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit Paragraph Style</item> from the context menu. Click the <emph>Text Flow</emph> tab. In the Breaks area, activate <emph>Enable</emph> and <emph>With Page Style</emph>. Select a page style name from the listbox."
msgstr ""
#: pageorientation.xhp#par_id4744407.help.text
msgid "To apply the \"page break with style\" property to an arbitrary paragraph style, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Styles and Formatting</item>. Click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon. Right-click the name of the paragraph style you want to modify and choose <emph>Modify</emph>. Click the <emph>Text Flow</emph> tab. In the Breaks area, activate <emph>Enable</emph> and <emph>With Page Style</emph>. Select a page style name from the listbox."
msgstr ""
#: auto_numbering.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Creating Numbered or Bulleted Lists as You Type"
msgstr "Laga nummererte lister og punktlister medan du skriv"
#: auto_numbering.xhp#bm_id3147407.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>numbering; lists, while typing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>bullet lists;creating while typing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lists;automatic numbering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>numbers;lists</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>automatic bullets/numbers; AutoCorrect function</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>bullets; using automatically</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraphs; automatic numbering</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: auto_numbering.xhp#hd_id3147407.26.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"auto_numbering\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Creating Numbered or Bulleted Lists as You Type\">Creating Numbered or Bulleted Lists as You Type</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"auto_numbering\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Creating Numbered or Bulleted Lists as You Type\">Laga nummererte lister og punktlister medan du skriv</link></variable>"
#: auto_numbering.xhp#par_id3155525.16.help.text
msgid "$[officename] can automatically apply numbering or bullets as you type."
msgstr "$[officename] kan laga nummererte lister og punktlister automatisk medan du skriv."
#: auto_numbering.xhp#hd_id3154243.28.help.text
msgid "To Enable Automatic Numbering and Bulleting"
msgstr "Slå på automatisk nummerering og punktliste"
#: auto_numbering.xhp#par_id3152830.29.help.text
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect Options</item>, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Options</item> tab, and then select “Apply numbering – symbol”."
msgstr ""
#: auto_numbering.xhp#par_id3152867.30.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - AutoCorrect</emph>, and ensure that <emph>While Typing</emph> is selected."
msgstr ""
#: auto_numbering.xhp#par_id2357860.help.text
msgid "The automatic numbering option is only applied to paragraphs that are formatted with the \"Default\", \"Text body\", or \"Text body indent\" paragraph style."
msgstr "Valet om automatisk nummerering gjeld berre for avsnitt som er formaterte med avsnittsstilane «Standard», «Brødtekst» eller «Innrykka brødtekst»."
#: auto_numbering.xhp#hd_id3152897.21.help.text
msgid "To Create a Numbered or Bulleted List While You Type"
msgstr "Laga ei nummer- eller punktliste medan du skriv"
#: auto_numbering.xhp#par_id3147773.22.help.text
msgid "Type 1., i., or I. to start a numbered list. Type * or - to start a bulleted list. You can also type a right parenthesis after the number instead of a period , for example, 1) or i)."
msgstr ""
#: auto_numbering.xhp#par_id3147794.23.help.text
msgid "Enter a space, type your text, and then press Enter. The new paragraph automatically receives the next number or bullet."
msgstr "Lag eit mellomrom, skriv inn teksten og trykk deretter på Enter. Det neste talet eller punktet kjem då opp automatisk i det nye avsnittet."
#: auto_numbering.xhp#par_id3147814.31.help.text
msgid "Press Enter again to finish the list."
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>Enter</emph> éin gong til for å avslutta lista."
#: auto_numbering.xhp#par_id3147287.25.help.text
msgid "You can start a numbered list with any number."
msgstr "Du kan starta ei nummerliste med kva tal som helst."
#: auto_numbering.xhp#par_id3154083.27.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06050000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Numbering/Bullets\">Format - Bullets and Numbering</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06050000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Numbering/Bullets\">Format → Punkt og nummerering</link>"
#: border_object.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Defining Borders for Objects "
msgstr "Laga kantlinjer på objekt "
#: border_object.xhp#bm_id3146957.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>objects; defining borders</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>borders; for objects</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>frames; around objects</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>charts;borders</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pictures;borders</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>OLE objects;borders</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>defining;object borders</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: border_object.xhp#hd_id3146957.17.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"border_object\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp\" name=\"Defining Borders for Objects\">Defining Borders for Objects</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"border_object\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp\" name=\"Defining Borders for Objects\">Laga kantlinjer på objekt</link></variable>"
#: border_object.xhp#par_id3146797.1.help.text
msgid "In Writer, you can define borders around OLE objects, plug-ins, diagrams/charts, graphics and frames. The name of the menu to be used depends on the object selected."
msgstr "I $[officename] Writer kan du laga kantlinjer rundt OLE-objekt, programtillegg, diagram, bilete og rammer. Namnet på menyen som skal brukast varierer etter kva type objekt du skal arbeida med."
#: border_object.xhp#hd_id3145673.2.help.text
msgctxt "border_object.xhp#hd_id3145673.2.help.text"
msgid "To Set a Predefined Border Style"
msgstr ""
#: border_object.xhp#par_id3155388.3.help.text
msgid "Select the object for which you want to define a border."
msgstr "Vel objektet du vil laga kantlinje på."
#: border_object.xhp#par_id3149578.4.help.text
msgid "Click the <emph>Borders</emph> icon on the <emph>OLE-Object</emph> toolbar or <emph>Frame</emph> toolbar to open the <emph>Borders</emph> window. "
msgstr ""
#: border_object.xhp#par_id3159176.6.help.text
msgid "Click one of the predefined border styles. This replaces the current border style of the object with the selected style."
msgstr "Trykk på ein av dei førehandslaga kantlinjestilane. Dette erstattar den gjeldande kantlinjestilen på objektet med den valde stilen."
#: border_object.xhp#hd_id3152474.7.help.text
msgctxt "border_object.xhp#hd_id3152474.7.help.text"
msgid "To Set a Customized Border Style"
msgstr ""
#: border_object.xhp#par_id3153896.8.help.text
msgid "Select the table cells that you want to modify."
msgstr "Merk dei cellene i tabellen du vil endra."
#: border_object.xhp#par_id3156344.9.help.text
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - (object name) – Borders</item>.<br/>Replace (object name) with the actual name of the object type you selected."
msgstr ""
#: border_object.xhp#par_id3148797.11.help.text
msgctxt "border_object.xhp#par_id3148797.11.help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>User-defined</emph> area select the edge(s) that you want to appear in a common layout. Click on an edge in the preview to toggle the selection of an edge."
msgstr ""
#: border_object.xhp#par_id3152933.12.help.text
msgctxt "border_object.xhp#par_id3152933.12.help.text"
msgid "Select a line style and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style."
msgstr ""
#: border_object.xhp#par_id3125865.13.help.text
msgctxt "border_object.xhp#par_id3125865.13.help.text"
msgid "Repeat the last two steps for every border edge."
msgstr "Gjenta dei to siste punkta for kvar kantlinje."
#: border_object.xhp#par_id3150447.14.help.text
msgid "Select the distance between the border lines and the page contents in the <emph>Spacing to Contents</emph> area."
msgstr ""
#: border_object.xhp#par_id3154908.15.help.text
msgctxt "border_object.xhp#par_id3154908.15.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes."
msgstr ""
#: text_capital.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Changing the Case of Text"
msgstr "Byta til store/små bokstavar i ein tekst"
#: text_capital.xhp#bm_id3155182.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>characters; uppercase or lowercase</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text; uppercase or lowercase</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lowercase letters; text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>uppercase; formatting text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>capital letters;changing to small letters</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>changing;cases of text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>initial capitals in titles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>small capitals (guide)</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: text_capital.xhp#hd_id3155182.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"text_capital\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp\" name=\"Changing the Case of Text\">Changing the Case of Text</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"text_capital\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp\" name=\"Changing the Case of Text\">Byta til store/små bokstavar i ein tekst</link></variable>"
#: text_capital.xhp#par_id3155916.2.help.text
msgid "You can change the case of text, format text with small capitals, or capitalize the first letter of each word in a selection."
msgstr "Du kan byta mellom store og små bokstaver i ein tekst, formatera tekst med store bokstavar i redusert storleik eller endra første bokstaven i kvart ord i eit merkt område til stor bokstav."
#: text_capital.xhp#par_idN10728.help.text
msgid "When you apply a formatting to your text by <emph>Format - Character</emph>, the text stays the same, it is only displayed in another way. On the other hand, when you choose <emph>Format - Change Case</emph>, the text is permanently changed."
msgstr ""
#: text_capital.xhp#hd_id3155861.8.help.text
msgid "To Capitalize Text"
msgstr ""
#: text_capital.xhp#par_id3147420.9.help.text
msgid "Select the text that you want to capitalize."
msgstr "Merk den teksten du vil endra til store bokstavar."
#: text_capital.xhp#par_id3149841.10.help.text
msgctxt "text_capital.xhp#par_id3149841.10.help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "Gjer éin av desse:"
#: text_capital.xhp#par_id1120200910485778.help.text
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Change Case - Uppercase</item>."
msgstr ""
#: text_capital.xhp#par_id1120200910485775.help.text
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Character</item>, click the Font Effects tab, then select the type of capitalization in the Effects box. \"Capitals\" capitalizes all letters. \"Title\" capitalizes the first letter of each word. \"Small capitals\" capitalizes all letters, but in a reduced font size."
msgstr ""
#: text_capital.xhp#hd_id3149644.11.help.text
msgid "To Change Text to Lowercase"
msgstr ""
#: text_capital.xhp#par_id3149964.12.help.text
msgid "Select the text that you want to change to lowercase."
msgstr "Merk den teksten du vil endra til små bokstavar."
#: text_capital.xhp#par_id3149606.13.help.text
msgctxt "text_capital.xhp#par_id3149606.13.help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "Gjer éin av desse:"
#: text_capital.xhp#par_id112020091049000.help.text
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Change Case - Lowercase</item>."
msgstr ""
#: text_capital.xhp#par_id1120200910490034.help.text
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Character</item>, click the Font Effects tab, then select \"Lowercase\" in the Effects box."
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Finding and Replacing in Writer"
msgstr "Søkja og byta ut i Writer"
#: finding.xhp#bm_id1163670.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>finding; text/text formats/styles/objects</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>replacing; text and text formats</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>styles;finding</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>searching, see also finding</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text formats; finding</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formats; finding and replacing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>searching; formats</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>objects;finding by Navigator</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Asian languages;search options</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#hd_id8568681.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"finding\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp\">Finding and Replacing in Writer</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"finding\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp\">Søkja og byta ut i Writer</link></variable>"
#: finding.xhp#par_id611285.help.text
msgid "In text documents you can find words, formatting, styles, and more. You can navigate from one result to the next, or you can highlight all results at once, then apply another format or replace the words by other text."
msgstr "I tekstdokument kan du søka etter ord, formatering, stilar og meir. Du kan gå frå éitt resultat til det neste, eller du kan framheva alle resultata på éin gong, og deretter endra formatering eller byta ut orda med annan tekst."
#: finding.xhp#hd_id6226081.help.text
msgid "The Find & Replace dialog"
msgstr "Dialogvindauget «Søk og byt ut»"
#: finding.xhp#par_id6702780.help.text
msgid "To find text within the whole document, open the Find & Replace dialog without any active text selection. If you want to search only a part of your document, first select that part of text, then open the Find & Replace dialog."
msgstr "For å søkja etter tekst i heile dokumentet, opna dialogvindauget «Søk og byt ut» (Rediger → Søk og byt ut) utan at tekst er markert i dokumentet. Dersom du berre vil søkja i ein del av dokumentet, merk først denne delen av teksten, og opna deretter dialogvindauget «Søk og byt ut»."
#: finding.xhp#hd_id3158970.help.text
msgid "To Find Text"
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#par_id6957304.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Find & Replace</emph> to open the Find & Replace dialog."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Rediger → Søk og byt ut</emph> for å opna dialogvindauget «Søk og byt ut»."
#: finding.xhp#par_id2164677.help.text
msgid "Enter the text to find in the <emph>Search for</emph> text box."
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#par_id5684072.help.text
msgid "Either click <emph>Find</emph> or <emph>Find All</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#par_id4377269.help.text
msgid "When you click <emph>Find</emph>, Writer will show you the next text that is equal to your entry. You can watch and edit the text, then click <emph>Find</emph> again to advance to the next found text. "
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#par_id1371807.help.text
msgid "If you closed the dialog, you can press a key combination (Ctrl+Shift+F) to find the next text without opening the dialog. "
msgstr "Dersom du har gått ut av dialogvindauget, kan du trykkja Ctrl+Shift+F for å finna den neste teksten utan å opna vindauget. "
#: finding.xhp#par_id924100.help.text
msgid "Alternatively, you can use the icons at the lower right of the document to navigate to the next text or to any other object in the document."
msgstr "Du kan også bruka ikona i det nedre høgre hjørnet av dokumentet for å gå til den neste teksten eller til andre objekt i dokumentet."
#: finding.xhp#par_id9359416.help.text
msgid "When you click <item type=\"menuitem\">Find All</item>, Writer selects all text that is equal to your entry. Now you can for example set all found text to bold, or apply a character style to all at once."
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#hd_id5891598.help.text
msgid "To Replace Text"
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#par_id1780755.help.text
msgid "Unlike searching text, replacing text cannot be restricted to the current selection only."
msgstr "Utbyting av tekst kan ikkje gjelde berre for eit markert område i teksten, slik eit søk kan."
#: finding.xhp#par_id2467421.help.text
msgctxt "finding.xhp#par_id2467421.help.text"
msgid "Choose Edit - Find & Replace to open the Find & Replace dialog."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Rediger → Søk og byt ut</emph> for å opna dialogvindauget «Søk og byt ut»."
#: finding.xhp#par_id4286935.help.text
msgid "Enter the text to search in the <emph>Search for </emph>text box."
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#par_id9959410.help.text
msgid "Enter the text to replace the found text in the <emph>Replace with</emph> text box."
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#par_id24109.help.text
msgid "Either click <emph>Replace</emph> or <emph>Replace All</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#par_id703451.help.text
msgid "When you click <emph>Replace</emph>, Writer will search the whole document for the text in the <emph>Search for</emph> box, starting at the current cursor position. When text is found, Writer highlights the text and waits for your response. Click <emph>Replace</emph> to replace the highlighted text in the document with the text in the <emph>Replace with</emph> text box. Click <emph>Find</emph> to advance to the next found text without replacing the current selection."
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#par_id7540818.help.text
msgid "When you click <emph>Replace All</emph>, Writer replaces all text that matches your entry."
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#hd_id9908444.help.text
msgid "To Find Styles"
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#par_id8413953.help.text
msgid "You want to find all text in your document to which a certain Paragraph Style is assigned, for example the \"Heading 2\" style."
msgstr "Du vil finna all tekst i dokumentet som brukar ein viss avsnittsstil, til dømes stilen <emph>Overskrift 2</emph>."
#: finding.xhp#par_id2696920.help.text
msgctxt "finding.xhp#par_id2696920.help.text"
msgid "Choose Edit - Find & Replace to open the Find & Replace dialog."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Rediger → Søk og byt ut</emph> for å opna dialogvindauget «Søk og byt ut»."
#: finding.xhp#par_id896938.help.text
msgctxt "finding.xhp#par_id896938.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>More Options</emph> to expand the dialog."
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#par_id9147007.help.text
msgid "Check <item type=\"menuitem\">Search for Styles</item>.<br/>The <item type=\"menuitem\">Search for</item> text box now is a list box, where you can select any of the Paragraph Styles that are applied in the current document."
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#par_id679342.help.text
msgid "Select the style to search for, then click <emph>Find</emph> or <emph>Find All</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#hd_id3231299.help.text
msgid "To Find Formats"
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#par_id8087405.help.text
msgid "You want to find all text in your document to which a certain direct character formatting is assigned. "
msgstr "Du vil finna all tekst i dokumentet som brukar ei viss teiknformatering. "
#: finding.xhp#par_id3406170.help.text
msgid "Finding formats only finds direct character attributes, it does not find attributes applied as part of a style."
msgstr "Søking etter formatering finn berre direkte teiknformatering. Formatering som er ein del av ein stil vert altså ikkje funne."
#: finding.xhp#par_id2448805.help.text
msgctxt "finding.xhp#par_id2448805.help.text"
msgid "Choose Edit - Find & Replace to open the Find & Replace dialog."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Rediger → Søk og byt ut</emph> for å opna dialogvindauget «Søk og byt ut»."
#: finding.xhp#par_id4542985.help.text
msgctxt "finding.xhp#par_id4542985.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>More Options</emph> to expand the dialog."
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#par_id4679403.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Click the <emph>Format</emph> button."
msgstr "Trykk på fana <emph>Stilar</emph>."
#: finding.xhp#par_id7783745.help.text
msgid "Click <emph>Find</emph> or <emph>Find All</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#par_id5597094.help.text
msgid "More options"
msgstr "Fleire val"
#: finding.xhp#par_id9919431.help.text
msgid "The similarity search can find text that is almost the same as your search text. You can set the number of characters that are allowed to differ."
msgstr "Likskapssøket kan finna tekst som er nesten lik søketeksten. Du kan velja kor mange teikn som kan vera ulike."
#: finding.xhp#par_id8533280.help.text
msgid "Check the <emph>Similarity search</emph> option and optionally click the <emph>...</emph> button to change the settings. (Setting all three numbers to 1 works fine for English text.)"
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#par_id4646748.help.text
msgid "When you have enabled Asian language support under <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - Language Settings - Languages</emph>, the Find & Replace dialog offers options to search Asian text."
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#hd_id2489394.help.text
msgid "The Navigator"
msgstr "Dokumentstrukturen"
#: finding.xhp#par_id9934385.help.text
msgid "The Navigator is the main tool for finding and selecting objects. You can also use the Navigator to move and arrange chapters, providing an outline view to your document. "
msgstr "Dokumentstrukturen er det viktigaste verktøyet når ein skal finna og markera objekt. Du kan også bruka dette verktøyet til å flytta og organisera kapittel med hjelp av disposisjonsvisinga av dokumentet."
#: finding.xhp#par_id4159062.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Navigator</emph> to open the Navigator window."
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#par_id7421796.help.text
msgid "Use the Navigator for inserting objects, links and references within the same document or from other open documents. See the <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp\">Navigator</link> guide for more information."
msgstr "Bruk dokumentstruktur-verktøyet til å setja inn objekt, lenkjer og referansar i eit dokument, eller frå andre dokument. Sjå <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp\">Dokumentstruktur</link>-rettleiinga for meir informasjon."
#: finding.xhp#par_id6417432.help.text
msgid "Click the icon with the blue circle at the bottom right part of your document to open the small <emph>Navigation</emph> window."
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp#par_id4639728.help.text
msgid "Use the small Navigation window to quickly jump to the next object or find the next text in your document."
msgstr "Bruk det vesle dokumentstruktur-vindauget for å gå til neste objekt eller finna den neste teksten i dokumentet snøgt."
#: fields_userdata.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Querying User Data in Fields or Conditions"
msgstr "Spørja etter brukardata i felt eller vilkår"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#bm_id3153398.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>fields; user data</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>user data; querying</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>conditions; user data fields</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>hiding;text, from specific users</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text; hiding from specific users, with conditions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>user variables in conditions/fields</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: fields_userdata.xhp#hd_id3153398.59.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"fields_userdata\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp\" name=\"Querying User Data in Fields or Conditions\">Querying User Data in Fields or Conditions</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"fields_userdata\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp\" name=\"Querying User Data in Fields or Conditions\">Spørja etter brukardata i felt eller vilkår</link></variable>"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3154239.60.help.text
msgid "You can access and compare some user data from conditions or fields. For example, you can compare user data with the following operators:"
msgstr "Du kan opna og samanlikna nokre brukardata frå vilkår og felt. Til dømes kan du samanlikna brukardata med desse operatorane:"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3155889.94.help.text
msgid "Operator"
msgstr "Operator"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3147110.95.help.text
msgctxt "fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3147110.95.help.text"
msgid "Meaning"
msgstr "Tyding"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3150508.96.help.text
msgid "== or EQ"
msgstr "== eller EQ"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3150531.97.help.text
msgid "equals"
msgstr "er lik"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3150725.98.help.text
msgid "!= or NEQ"
msgstr "!= eller NEQ"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3150748.99.help.text
msgid "is not equal to"
msgstr "er ikkje lik"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3153167.101.help.text
msgid "If you want, you can use a condition to hide specific text in your document from a specific user."
msgstr "Dersom du vil, kan du bruka eit vilkår til å gøyma tekst i dokumentet for visse brukarar."
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3153190.102.help.text
msgid "Select the text in the document that you want to hide."
msgstr "Merk teksten i dokumentet som du vil gøyma."
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3145273.103.help.text
msgctxt "fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3145273.103.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Set inn → Bolk</emph>."
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3145297.104.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Hide</item> <emph/>area, select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Hide</item> check box."
msgstr ""
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3155533.105.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>With Condition</emph> box, type <emph>user_lastname == \"Doe\"</emph>, where \"Doe\" is the last name of the user that you want to hide the text from. "
msgstr ""
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3155573.107.help.text
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph> and then save the document."
msgstr ""
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3147760.108.help.text
msgid "The name of the hidden section can still be seen in the Navigator."
msgstr "Ein kan framleis sjå namnet på den gøymde bolken med dokumentstruktur-verktøyet."
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3147777.61.help.text
msgid "The following table is a list of the user variables that you can access when defining a condition or a field:"
msgstr "Dette er ei liste over brukarvariablane du kan bruka når du lagar eit vilkår eller eit felt:"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3147819.62.help.text
msgid "User variables"
msgstr "Brukarvariabel"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3147218.63.help.text
msgctxt "fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3147218.63.help.text"
msgid "Meaning"
msgstr "Tyding"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3147245.64.help.text
msgid "user_firstname"
msgstr "user_firstname"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3147268.65.help.text
msgid "First name"
msgstr "Førenamn"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3145592.66.help.text
msgid "user_lastname"
msgstr "user_lastname"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3145615.67.help.text
msgid "Last name"
msgstr "Etternamn"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3145642.68.help.text
msgid "user_initials"
msgstr "user_initials"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3145666.69.help.text
msgid "Initials"
msgstr "Førebokstavar"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3151200.70.help.text
msgid "user_company"
msgstr "user_company"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3151223.71.help.text
msgid "Company"
msgstr "Firma"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3151250.72.help.text
msgid "user_street"
msgstr "user_street"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3152912.73.help.text
msgid "Street"
msgstr "Gatenamn"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3152940.74.help.text
msgid "user_country"
msgstr "user_country"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3152963.75.help.text
msgid "Country"
msgstr "Land"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3152990.76.help.text
msgid "user_zipcode"
msgstr "user_zipcode"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3145679.77.help.text
msgid "Zip Code"
msgstr "Postnummer"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3145706.78.help.text
msgid "user_city"
msgstr "user_city"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3145729.79.help.text
msgid "City"
msgstr "Poststad"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3145756.80.help.text
msgid "user_title"
msgstr "user_title"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3145779.81.help.text
msgid "Title"
msgstr "Tittel"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3156284.82.help.text
msgid "user_position"
msgstr "user_position"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3156307.83.help.text
msgid "Position"
msgstr "Stilling"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3156334.84.help.text
msgid "user_tel_work"
msgstr "user_tel_work"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3156357.85.help.text
msgid "Business telephone number"
msgstr "Jobbtelefon"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3156384.86.help.text
msgid "user_tel_home"
msgstr "user_tel_home"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3149728.87.help.text
msgid "Home telephone number"
msgstr "Heimetelefon"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3149756.88.help.text
msgid "user_fax"
msgstr "user_fax"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3149778.89.help.text
msgid "Fax number"
msgstr "Faksnummer"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3149806.90.help.text
msgid "user_email"
msgstr "user_email"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3147294.91.help.text
msgid "E-mail address"
msgstr "E-postadresse"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3147321.92.help.text
msgid "user_state"
msgstr "user_state"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3147344.93.help.text
msgid "State"
msgstr "Delstat/område"
#: fields_userdata.xhp#par_id3147392.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"List of operators\">List of operators</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"List of operators\">Liste over operatorar</link>"
#: tablemode.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Modifying Rows and Columns by Keyboard"
msgstr "Endra rader og kolonnar med tastaturet"
#: tablemode.xhp#bm_id3155856.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>table mode selection</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>proportional distribution of tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>relative distribution of table cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; adapting the width by keyboard</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; adapting the width by keyboard</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>keyboard;modifying the behavior of rows/columns</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>behavior of rows/columns</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: tablemode.xhp#hd_id3155856.7.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"tablemode\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp\" name=\"Modifying the Behavior of Rows and Columns for Table\">Modifying Rows and Columns by Keyboard</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"tablemode\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp\" name=\"Modifying the Behavior of Rows and Columns for Table\">Endra rader og kolonnar med tastaturet</link></variable>"
#: tablemode.xhp#par_id3149835.12.help.text
msgid "When you insert or delete cells, rows or columns in a table, the <item type=\"menuitem\">Behavior of rows/columns</item> options determine how the neighboring elements are affected. For example, you can only insert new rows and columns into a table with fixed row and column dimensions if space permits."
msgstr ""
#: tablemode.xhp#par_id7344279.help.text
msgid "Note that these properties are valid only for changes to the column width that are made using the keyboard. Using the mouse, you are free to make any column width changes."
msgstr "Merk at desse eigenskapane berre gjeld for endringar av kolonnebreidda som er gjorde ved å bruka tastaturet. Ved å bruka musa kan du fritt endra kolonnebreidda."
#: tablemode.xhp#par_id3156110.8.help.text
msgid "To set the <item type=\"menuitem\">Behavior of rows/columns</item> options for tables in text documents, choose <item type=\"menuitem\"><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</item>, or use the <item type=\"menuitem\">Fixed</item>, <item type=\"menuitem\">Fixed/Proportional</item>, and <item type=\"menuitem\">Variable</item> icons on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Table</item> Bar. There are three display modes for tables:"
msgstr ""
#: tablemode.xhp#par_id3149638.9.help.text
msgid "<emph>Fixed</emph> - changes only affect the adjacent cell, and not the entire table. For example, when you widen a cell, the adjacent cell becomes narrower, but the width of the table remains constant."
msgstr ""
#: tablemode.xhp#par_id3149613.10.help.text
msgid "<emph>Fixed, proportional</emph> - changes affect the entire table, and wide cells shrink more than narrow cells. For example, when you widen a cell, the adjacent cells become proportionally narrower, but the width of the table remains constant."
msgstr ""
#: tablemode.xhp#par_id3149864.11.help.text
msgid "<emph>Variable</emph> - changes affect the table size. For example, when you widen a cell, the width of the table increases."
msgstr ""
#: field_convert.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Converting a Field into Text"
msgstr "Gjera eit felt om til tekst"
#: field_convert.xhp#bm_id3154079.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>fields; converting into text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>converting;fields, into text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>replacing;fields, by text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>changing;fields, into text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: field_convert.xhp#hd_id3154079.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"field_convert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/field_convert.xhp\" name=\"Converting a Field into Text\">Converting a Field into Text</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"field_convert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/field_convert.xhp\" name=\"Converting a Field into Text\">Gjera eit felt om til tekst</link></variable>"
#: field_convert.xhp#par_id3149281.2.help.text
msgid "You can change a field to regular text, so that it is no longer updated. After you change a field to text, you cannot change the text back into a field."
msgstr "Du kan gjera eit felt om til vanleg tekst, slik at det ikkje lenger vert oppdatert. Etter at du har endra eit felt til tekst, kan du ikkje endra teksten tilbake til eit felt."
#: field_convert.xhp#par_id3155608.7.help.text
msgid "Select the field and choose <emph>Edit - Cut</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: field_convert.xhp#par_id3154238.9.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Paste Special</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Rediger → Lim inn utval</emph>."
#: field_convert.xhp#par_id3154262.10.help.text
msgid "Click \"Unformatted text\" in the<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">Selection</item> list, and then click<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
msgstr ""
#: field_convert.xhp#par_id3157551.11.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02070000.xhp\" name=\"Paste Special\">Paste Special</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02070000.xhp\" name=\"Paste Special\">Lim inn utval</link>"
#: footnote_with_line.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Spacing Between Footnotes"
msgstr "Avstand mellom fotnotar"
#: footnote_with_line.xhp#bm_id3147683.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>spacing; endnotes/footnotes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>endnotes; spacing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>footnotes; spacing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>borders;for footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lines;footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: footnote_with_line.xhp#hd_id3147683.40.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"footnote_with_line\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp\" name=\"Spacing Between Footnotes\">Spacing Between Footnotes</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"footnote_with_line\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp\" name=\"Spacing Between Footnotes\">Avstand mellom fotnotar</link></variable>"
#: footnote_with_line.xhp#par_id3145808.39.help.text
msgid "If you want to increase the spacing between footnote or endnote texts, you can add a top and bottom border to the corresponding paragraph style."
msgstr "Dersom du vil auka avstanden mellom fot- eller sluttnotetekstar, kan du leggja til ei kantlinje på toppen og botnen av den gjeldande avsnittsstilen."
#: footnote_with_line.xhp#par_id3155603.41.help.text
msgid "Click in a footnote or endnote."
msgstr "Trykk på ein fotnote eller sluttnote."
#: footnote_with_line.xhp#par_id3155620.42.help.text
msgctxt "footnote_with_line.xhp#par_id3155620.42.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Format → Stilhandsamar</emph>."
#: footnote_with_line.xhp#par_id3154251.43.help.text
msgid "Right-click the Paragraph Style that you want to modify, for example, \"Footnote\", and choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: footnote_with_line.xhp#par_id3155884.45.help.text
msgid "Click the <link href=\"text/shared/01/05030500.xhp\" name=\"Borders\"><emph>Borders</emph></link> tab."
msgstr ""
#: footnote_with_line.xhp#par_id3147110.51.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Default</item> <emph/>area, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Set Top and Bottom Borders Only</item> icon."
msgstr ""
#: footnote_with_line.xhp#par_id3150931.52.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Line</item> area, click a line in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style</item> <emph/>list."
msgstr ""
#: footnote_with_line.xhp#par_id3150961.53.help.text
msgid "Select \"White\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Color</item> <emph/>box. If the background of the page is not white, select the color that best matches the background color."
msgstr ""
#: footnote_with_line.xhp#par_id3150519.50.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Spacing to contents</emph> area, clear the <emph>Synchronize</emph> check box."
msgstr ""
#: footnote_with_line.xhp#par_id3150709.47.help.text
msgid "Enter a value in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Top</item> <emph/>and <item type=\"menuitem\">Bottom</item> <emph/>boxes."
msgstr ""
#: footnote_with_line.xhp#par_id3150740.48.help.text
msgctxt "footnote_with_line.xhp#par_id3150740.48.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: footnote_with_line.xhp#par_id3148846.49.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030500.xhp\" name=\"Format - Paragraph - Borders\">Format - Paragraph - Borders</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030500.xhp\" name=\"Format - Paragraph - Borders\">Format → Avsnitt → Kantlinjer</link>"
#: number_sequence.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Defining Number Ranges"
msgstr "Oppgje talfølgjer"
#: number_sequence.xhp#bm_id3149695.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>numbering;quotations/similar items</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>nummerering;prisar og liknande element</bookmark_value>"
#: number_sequence.xhp#hd_id3149695.36.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"number_sequence\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp\" name=\"Defining Number Ranges\">Defining Number Ranges</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"number_sequence\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp\" name=\"Defining Number Ranges\">Oppgje talfølgjer</link></variable>"
#: number_sequence.xhp#par_id3155918.37.help.text
msgid "You can automatically number similar items, such as quotations, in your document."
msgstr "Du kan automatisk nummerera like element, som til dømes prisar, i dokumentet."
#: number_sequence.xhp#par_id3149829.38.help.text
msgid "Type the text that you want to assign numbering to, for example, \"Quotation Number \"."
msgstr "Skriv inn teksten du vil bruka nummerering på, til dømes «Pris nr. »."
#: number_sequence.xhp#par_id3155048.39.help.text
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Fields - Other</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Variables</item> <emph/>tab."
msgstr ""
#: number_sequence.xhp#par_id3156240.40.help.text
msgid "Click \"Number range\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> <emph/>list."
msgstr ""
#: number_sequence.xhp#par_id3153363.61.help.text
msgid "Type \"Quotation\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Name</item> <emph/>box."
msgstr ""
#: number_sequence.xhp#par_id3153387.62.help.text
msgctxt "number_sequence.xhp#par_id3153387.62.help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "Gjer éin av desse:"
#: number_sequence.xhp#par_id3154250.42.help.text
msgid "Type a number in the <emph>Value</emph> box, or leave the box empty to use automatic numbering."
msgstr ""
#: number_sequence.xhp#par_id3154851.58.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select the outline level where you want the numbering to restart in the <emph>Level </emph>box."
msgstr "Trykk på den linja du vil setja inn i lista <emph>Utval</emph>."
#: number_sequence.xhp#par_id3155886.41.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "number_sequence.xhp#par_id3155886.41.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>Ny</emph>, og deretter <emph>Lukk</emph>."
#: border_page.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Defining Borders for Pages"
msgstr "Laga kantlinjer på sider"
#: border_page.xhp#bm_id3156136.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>pages;defining borders</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>borders; for pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>frames; around pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>defining;page borders</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: border_page.xhp#hd_id3156136.15.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "<variable id=\"border_page\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp\" name=\"Defining Borders for Pages\">Defining Borders for Pages</link> </variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"border_object\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp\" name=\"Defining Borders for Objects\">Laga kantlinjer på objekt</link></variable>"
#: border_page.xhp#par_id3148473.1.help.text
msgid "In Writer, you define borders for <emph>page styles</emph>, not individual pages. All changes made to borders apply to all pages that use the same page style. Note that page style changes cannot be undone by the Undo function in $[officename]."
msgstr ""
#: border_page.xhp#hd_id3150503.2.help.text
msgctxt "border_page.xhp#hd_id3150503.2.help.text"
msgid "To Set a Predefined Border Style"
msgstr ""
#: border_page.xhp#par_id3148491.3.help.text
msgctxt "border_page.xhp#par_id3148491.3.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Page - Borders</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Format → Side → Kantlinjer</emph>."
#: border_page.xhp#par_id3150771.4.help.text
msgid "Select one of the default border styles in the <emph>Default</emph> area."
msgstr ""
#: border_page.xhp#par_id3154046.5.help.text
msgctxt "border_page.xhp#par_id3154046.5.help.text"
msgid "Select a line style and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style."
msgstr ""
#: border_page.xhp#par_id3152472.6.help.text
msgctxt "border_page.xhp#par_id3152472.6.help.text"
msgid "Select the distance between the border lines and the page contents in the <emph>Spacing to contents</emph> area."
msgstr ""
#: border_page.xhp#par_id3156023.7.help.text
msgctxt "border_page.xhp#par_id3156023.7.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes."
msgstr ""
#: border_page.xhp#hd_id3145068.8.help.text
msgctxt "border_page.xhp#hd_id3145068.8.help.text"
msgid "To Set a Customized Border Style"
msgstr ""
#: border_page.xhp#par_id3148663.9.help.text
msgctxt "border_page.xhp#par_id3148663.9.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Page - Borders</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Format → Side → Kantlinjer</emph>."
#: border_page.xhp#par_id3150541.10.help.text
msgctxt "border_page.xhp#par_id3150541.10.help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>User-defined</emph> area select the edge(s) that you want to appear in a common layout. Click on an edge in the preview to toggle the selection of an edge."
msgstr ""
#: border_page.xhp#par_id3159149.11.help.text
msgctxt "border_page.xhp#par_id3159149.11.help.text"
msgid "Select a line style and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style."
msgstr ""
#: border_page.xhp#par_id3156282.12.help.text
msgctxt "border_page.xhp#par_id3156282.12.help.text"
msgid "Repeat the last two steps for every border edge."
msgstr "Gjenta dei to siste punkta for kvar kantlinje."
#: border_page.xhp#par_id3151041.13.help.text
msgctxt "border_page.xhp#par_id3151041.13.help.text"
msgid "Select the distance between the border lines and the page contents in the <emph>Spacing to contents</emph> area."
msgstr ""
#: border_page.xhp#par_id3145606.14.help.text
msgctxt "border_page.xhp#par_id3145606.14.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes."
msgstr ""
#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Repeating a Table Header on a New Page"
msgstr "Gjenta ei tabelloverskrift på ei ny side"
#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp#bm_id3155870.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>tables; heading repetition after page breaks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>repeating; table headings after page breaks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>headings; repeating in tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>multi-page tables</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp#hd_id3153406.6.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"table_repeat_multiple_headers\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\" name=\"Repeating a Table Header on a New Page\">Repeating a Table Heading on a New Page</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"table_repeat_multiple_headers\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\" name=\"Repeating a Table Header on a New Page\">Gjenta ei tabelloverskrift på ei ny side</link></variable>"
#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp#par_id3149636.7.help.text
msgid "You can repeat a table heading on each new page that the table spans."
msgstr "Du kan gjenta ei tabelloverskrift på kvar nye side tabellen går over."
#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp#par_id3145098.8.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Table - Insert - Table</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Tabell → Set inn → Tabell</emph>."
#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp#par_id3156240.9.help.text
msgid "Select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Heading</item> <emph/>and the <item type=\"menuitem\">Repeat heading</item> <emph/>check boxes."
msgstr ""
#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp#par_id3153376.10.help.text
msgid "Select the number of rows and columns for the table."
msgstr "Vel talet på rader og kolonnar tabellen skal ha."
#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp#par_id3153393.11.help.text
msgctxt "table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp#par_id3153393.11.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: jump2statusbar.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Going to Specific Bookmark"
msgstr "Gå til eit visst bokmerke"
#: jump2statusbar.xhp#bm_id3145778.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>bookmarks; positioning cursor</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>jumping;to bookmarks</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: jump2statusbar.xhp#hd_id3145778.30.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"jump2statusbar\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/jump2statusbar.xhp\" name=\"Going to Specific Bookmark\">Going to Specific Bookmark</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"jump2statusbar\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/jump2statusbar.xhp\" name=\"Going to Specific Bookmark\">Gå til eit visst bokmerke</link></variable>"
#: jump2statusbar.xhp#par_id3155178.31.help.text
msgid "To go to a specific bookmark in your document, <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">hold down Ctrl and click </caseinline><defaultinline>right-click</defaultinline></switchinline> in the <emph>Page</emph> field on the <emph>Status Bar</emph>, and then choose the bookmark."
msgstr ""
#: jump2statusbar.xhp#par_id3153396.32.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Bookmark\">Insert Bookmark</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Bookmark\">Set inn bokmerke</link>"
#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Inserting a Calc Chart into a Text Document"
msgstr "Setja inn eit Calc-diagram i eit tekstdokument"
#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp#bm_id3152999.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>charts;copying from Calc into Writer</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>copying; charts from $[officename] Calc</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text documents;inserting Calc charts</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp#hd_id3152999.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_fromchart\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Calc Chart into a Text Document\">Inserting a Calc Chart into a Text Document</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_fromchart\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Calc Chart into a Text Document\">Setja inn eit Calc-diagram i eit tekstdokument</link></variable>"
#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp#par_id3155890.16.help.text
msgid "You can insert a copy of a chart that is not updated when you modify the chart data in the spreadsheet."
msgstr "Du kan setja inn ein kopi av eit diagram i eit tekstdokument. Dette bil ikkje bli oppdatert når du endrar diagramdataa i reknearket."
#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp#par_id3149054.3.help.text
msgid "Open the text document that you want to copy the chart to."
msgstr "Opna tekstdokumentet du vil kopiera diagrammet til."
#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp#par_id3155854.4.help.text
msgid "Open the spreadsheet containing the chart that you want to copy."
msgstr "Opna reknearket som inneheld diagrammet du vil kopiera."
#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp#par_id3153396.5.help.text
msgid "In the spreadsheet, click the chart. Eight handles appear."
msgstr "Trykk på diagrammet i reknearket. Åtte handtak dukkar då opp."
#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp#par_id3153414.7.help.text
msgid "Drag the chart from the spreadsheet to the text document."
msgstr "Dra diagrammet frå reknearket til tekstdokumentet."
#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp#par_id3145102.9.help.text
msgid "You can resize and move the chart in the text document as you would any object. To edit the chart data, double-click the chart."
msgstr "Du kan endra storleiken på og flytte diagrammet i tekstdokumentet på same måten som med andre objekt. For å redigera diagramdataa kan du dobbeltklikka på diagrammet."
#: text_centervert.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Using a Frame to Center Text on a Page"
msgstr "Bruka ei ramme for å midtstilla teksten på ei side"
#: text_centervert.xhp#bm_id3155177.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>text frames; centering on pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>centering;text frames on pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>title pages; centering text on</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: text_centervert.xhp#hd_id3155177.94.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"text_centervert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp\" name=\"Using a Frame to Center Text on a Page\">Using a Frame to Center Text on a Page</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"text_centervert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp\" name=\"Using a Frame to Center Text on a Page\">Bruka ei ramme for å midtstilla teksten på ei side</link></variable>"
#: text_centervert.xhp#par_id3155920.78.help.text
msgid "Select the text that you want to center on the page."
msgstr "Vel den teksten du vil midtstilla på sida."
#: text_centervert.xhp#par_id3155868.79.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Frame</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Set inn → Fil</emph>."
#: text_centervert.xhp#par_id3152765.82.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Anchor</item> <emph/>area, select <item type=\"menuitem\">To page</item>."
msgstr ""
#: text_centervert.xhp#par_id3149844.95.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Size</item> <emph/>area, set the dimensions of the frame."
msgstr ""
#: text_centervert.xhp#par_id3156114.96.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Position</item> <emph/>area, select \"Center\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Horizontal</item> <emph/>and <item type=\"menuitem\">Vertical</item> <emph/>boxes."
msgstr ""
#: text_centervert.xhp#par_id3153410.97.help.text
msgctxt "text_centervert.xhp#par_id3153410.97.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: text_centervert.xhp#par_id3149615.84.help.text
msgid "To hide the borders of the frame, select the frame, and then choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Frame/Object</item>. Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Borders</item> tab, and then click in the<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">Set No Border</item> box in the<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">Line Arrangement</item> area."
msgstr ""
#: text_centervert.xhp#par_id3145098.83.help.text
msgid "To resize the frame, drag the edges of the frame."
msgstr "Dra i kantane på ramma for å endra storleik på henne."
#: template_default.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Changing the Default Template"
msgstr "Endra standardmalen"
#: template_default.xhp#bm_id3155913.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>default templates;defining/resetting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>defaults; templates</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>templates; default templates</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text documents;default templates</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: template_default.xhp#hd_id3155913.28.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"template_default\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp\" name=\"Changing the Default Template\">Changing the Default Template</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"template_default\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp\" name=\"Changing the Default Template\">Endra standardmalen</link></variable>"
#: template_default.xhp#par_id3145569.68.help.text
msgid "The default template contains the default formatting information for new text documents. If you want, you can create a new template and use it as the default template."
msgstr "Standardmalen inneheld informasjon om standardformateringa i nye tekstdokument. Dersom du vil, kan du laga ein ny mal og bruka denne som standardmal."
#: template_default.xhp#hd_id6414990.help.text
msgid "To Create a Default Template"
msgstr ""
#: template_default.xhp#par_id3149838.102.help.text
msgid "Create a document and the content and formatting styles that you want."
msgstr "Opprett eit dokument og legg til det innhaldet og dei stilane du vil ha."
#: template_default.xhp#par_id3156101.113.help.text
msgctxt "template_default.xhp#par_id3156101.113.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>File - Templates - Save</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Fil → Malar → Lagra</emph>."
#: template_default.xhp#par_id3149283.106.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>New Template</emph> box, type a name for the new template."
msgstr ""
#: template_default.xhp#par_id3153409.114.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Categories</item> list, select \"My Templates\", and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
msgstr ""
#: template_default.xhp#par_id3153140.107.help.text
msgctxt "template_default.xhp#par_id3153140.107.help.text"
msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/shared/01/01110100.xhp\" name=\"File - Templates - Organize\"><emph>File - Templates - Organize</emph></link>."
msgstr ""
#: template_default.xhp#par_id3149952.108.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Templates</item> list, double-click the \"My Templates\" folder."
msgstr "Dobbeltklikk på mappa <emph>Mine malar</emph> i kategorilista."
#: template_default.xhp#par_id3149970.105.help.text
msgid "Right-click the template that you created, and choose <emph>Set as Default Template</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: template_default.xhp#par_id3149620.115.help.text
msgctxt "template_default.xhp#par_id3149620.115.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Close</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>Lukk</emph>."
#: template_default.xhp#hd_id3149867.109.help.text
msgid "To Reset the Default Template"
msgstr ""
#: template_default.xhp#par_id3145102.110.help.text
msgctxt "template_default.xhp#par_id3145102.110.help.text"
msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/shared/01/01110100.xhp\" name=\"File - Templates - Organize\"><emph>File - Templates - Organize</emph></link>."
msgstr ""
#: template_default.xhp#par_id3149582.111.help.text
msgid "Right-click a text file in any of the two lists, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Reset Default Template - Text Document</item>."
msgstr ""
#: template_default.xhp#par_id3156245.112.help.text
msgctxt "template_default.xhp#par_id3156245.112.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Close</emph>."
msgstr "Klikk <emph>Lukk</emph>."
#: registertrue.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Printing Register-true"
msgstr "Skriva ut i kegel"
#: registertrue.xhp#bm_id4825891.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>rows; register-true text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lines of text; register-true</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pages;register-true</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraphs;register-true</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>register-true;pages and paragraphs</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>spacing;register-true text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting;register-true text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: registertrue.xhp#par_idN10652.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"registertrue\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp\">Printing Register-true</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"registertrue\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp\">Skriva ut i kegel</link></variable>"
#: registertrue.xhp#par_idN1065E.help.text
msgid "To Set a Document to Register-True Printing"
msgstr ""
#: registertrue.xhp#par_idN10665.help.text
msgid "Select the whole document."
msgstr "Merk heile dokumentet."
#: registertrue.xhp#par_idN10669.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Page - Page</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Format → Side → Side</emph>."
#: registertrue.xhp#par_idN10671.help.text
msgid "Select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Register-true</item> checkbox and click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
msgstr ""
#: registertrue.xhp#par_idN10678.help.text
msgid "All the paragraphs in the document will be printed register-true, unless otherwise specified."
msgstr "Alle avsnitta i dokumentet vert skrivne ut i kegel, med mindre anna vert oppgjeve."
#: registertrue.xhp#par_idN1067B.help.text
msgid "To Exempt Paragraphs From Register-True Printing"
msgstr ""
#: registertrue.xhp#par_idN10682.help.text
msgctxt "registertrue.xhp#par_idN10682.help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "Gjer éin av desse:"
#: registertrue.xhp#par_idN10685.help.text
msgid "Select all the paragraphs you want to exempt, then choose <emph>Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: registertrue.xhp#par_idN1068C.help.text
msgid "Open the Styles and Formatting window, click the Paragraph Style you want to exempt, right-click that style, choose <emph>Modify</emph>. In the dialog, click the <emph>Indents & Spacing</emph> tab."
msgstr ""
#: registertrue.xhp#par_idN10698.help.text
msgid "Clear the <emph>Register-true</emph> checkbox."
msgstr ""
#: registertrue.xhp#par_idN106AA.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030100.xhp\">Register-true</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030100.xhp\">Set i kegel</link>"
#: page_break.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Inserting and Deleting Page Breaks"
msgstr "Setja inn og fjerna sideskift"
#: page_break.xhp#bm_id3155183.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>page breaks; inserting and deleting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting; page breaks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deleting;page breaks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pages; inserting/deleting page breaks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>manual page breaks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables;deleting page breaks before</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: page_break.xhp#hd_id3155183.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"page_break\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp\" name=\"Inserting and Deleting Page Breaks\">Inserting and Deleting Page Breaks</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"page_break\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp\" name=\"Inserting and Deleting Page Breaks\">Setja inn og fjerna sideskift</link></variable>"
#: page_break.xhp#hd_id3149833.2.help.text
msgid "To Insert a Manual Page Break"
msgstr ""
#: page_break.xhp#par_id3153402.3.help.text
msgid "Click in your document where you want the new page to begin."
msgstr "Trykk på den staden i dokumentet der du vil at den nye sida skal byrja."
#: page_break.xhp#par_id3153119.4.help.text
msgid "Press Ctrl+Enter."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>Ctrl + Enter</emph>."
#: page_break.xhp#hd_id3153135.6.help.text
msgid "To Delete a Manual Page Break"
msgstr ""
#: page_break.xhp#par_id3149641.7.help.text
msgid "Click in front of the first character on the page that follows the manual page break."
msgstr "Trykk framfor det første teiknet på sida som kjem etter eit manuelt sideskift."
#: page_break.xhp#par_id3149608.8.help.text
msgid "Press Backspace."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>Rettetast</emph>."
#: page_break.xhp#hd_id3149624.10.help.text
msgid "To Delete a Manual Page Break That Occurs Before a Table"
msgstr ""
#: page_break.xhp#par_id3145111.11.help.text
msgid "Right-click in the table, and choose <emph>Table</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: page_break.xhp#par_id3156254.13.help.text
msgid "Click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\"><emph>Text Flow</emph></link> tab."
msgstr ""
#: page_break.xhp#par_id3153380.14.help.text
msgid "Clear the <emph>Break</emph> check box."
msgstr ""
#: page_break.xhp#par_id3154249.15.help.text
msgctxt "page_break.xhp#par_id3154249.15.help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Break dialog\">Insert Break dialog</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Break dialog\">Dialogvindauget «Set inn skift»</link>"
#: dragdroptext.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Moving and Copying Text in Documents"
msgstr "Flytta og kopiera tekst i dokument"
#: dragdroptext.xhp#bm_id3155919.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>sections;moving and copying</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>moving; text sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>copying; text sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pasting;cut/copied text sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>mouse;moving and copying text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: dragdroptext.xhp#hd_id3155919.10.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"dragdroptext\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp\" name=\"Moving and Copying Text in Documents\">Moving and Copying Text in Documents</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"dragdroptext\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp\" name=\"Moving and Copying Text in Documents\">Flytta og kopiera tekst i dokument</link></variable>"
#: dragdroptext.xhp#par_id3152994.11.help.text
msgid "Select the text that you want to move or copy."
msgstr "Merk teksten du vil flytta eller kopiera."
#: dragdroptext.xhp#par_id3155606.21.help.text
msgctxt "dragdroptext.xhp#par_id3155606.21.help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "Gjer éin av desse:"
#: dragdroptext.xhp#par_id3154236.13.help.text
msgid "To move the selected text, drag the text to a different location in the document and release. While you drag, the mouse pointer changes to include a gray box.<br/><image id=\"img_id3153148\" src=\"res/helpimg/movedata.png\" width=\"0.3335in\" height=\"0.3335in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153148\">Mouse cursor moving data</alt></image>"
msgstr ""
#: dragdroptext.xhp#par_id3154257.14.help.text
msgid "To copy the selected text, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> while you drag. The mouse pointer changes to include a plus sign (+).<br/><image id=\"img_id3152868\" src=\"res/helpimg/copydata.png\" width=\"0.3335in\" height=\"0.3335in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3152868\">Mouse cursor copying data</alt></image>"
msgstr ""
#: print_preview.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Previewing a Page Before Printing"
msgstr "Førehandsvisa ei side før utskrift"
#: print_preview.xhp#bm_id3155179.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>printing; previews</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>previews; print layouts</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>print layout checks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>book view</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pages;previews</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: print_preview.xhp#hd_id3155179.9.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"print_preview\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp\" name=\"Previewing a Page Before Printing\">Previewing a Page Before Printing</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"print_preview\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp\" name=\"Previewing a Page Before Printing\">Førehandsvisa ei side før utskrift</link></variable>"
#: print_preview.xhp#par_id3149847.34.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>File</emph> - <emph>Page Preview</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Fil</emph> → <emph>Førehandsvis sida</emph>."
#: print_preview.xhp#par_id3155055.35.help.text
msgid "Use the zoom icons on the <emph>Page Preview</emph> bar to reduce or enlarge the view of the page."
msgstr ""
#: print_preview.xhp#par_idN1067F.help.text
msgid "To print your document scaled down, set the print options on the <emph>Page Layout</emph> tab page of the <item type=\"menuitem\">File - Print</item> dialog."
msgstr ""
#: print_preview.xhp#par_id3145093.36.help.text
msgid "Use the arrow keys or the arrow icons on the <emph>Page Preview</emph> bar to scroll through the document."
msgstr ""
#: print_preview.xhp#par_id3154265.37.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01120000.xhp\" name=\"File - Page Preview\">File - Page Preview</link>."
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01120000.xhp\" name=\"File - Page Preview\">Fil → Førehandsvis sida</link>."
#: text_emphasize.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Emphasizing Text"
msgstr "Framheva tekst"
#: text_emphasize.xhp#bm_id3149820.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; emphasizing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>emphasizing text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekst; framheva</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>framheva tekst</bookmark_value>"
#: text_emphasize.xhp#hd_id3149820.65.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"text_emphasize\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp\" name=\"Emphasizing Text\">Emphasizing Text</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"text_emphasize\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp\" name=\"Emphasizing Text\">Framheva tekst</link></variable>"
#: text_emphasize.xhp#par_id3155922.66.help.text
msgid "Here are a few examples of how to emphasize text in a document:"
msgstr "Her er nokre få døme på korleis ein framhevar tekst i eit dokument:"
#: text_emphasize.xhp#par_id3147412.67.help.text
msgid "Select the text and apply a different font style or effect, such as <emph>bold</emph>."
msgstr "Merk teksten, og bruk ein annan skriftstil eller effekt, som til dømes <emph>halvfeit</emph>."
#: text_emphasize.xhp#par_id3149840.68.help.text
msgid "Right-click in a paragraph, choose <emph>Paragraph, </emph>set the options that you want, for example, the background color, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: text_emphasize.xhp#par_id3150084.69.help.text
msgid "Select the text, and then choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Frame</item>."
msgstr ""
#: text_emphasize.xhp#par_id6924649.help.text
msgid "Use the Text tool on the Drawing toolbar. "
msgstr "Bruk tekstverktøyet på verktøylinja <emph>Teikning</emph>. "
#: text_emphasize.xhp#par_idN106E7.help.text
msgid "Use Fontwork. To open the Fontwork window, click the Fontwork Gallery icon on the Drawing bar."
msgstr ""
#: conditional_text.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Conditional Text"
msgstr "Vilkårstekst"
#: conditional_text.xhp#bm_id3155619.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>matching conditional text in fields</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>if-then queries as fields</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>conditional text; setting up</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text; conditional text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>defining;conditions</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: conditional_text.xhp#hd_id3155619.4.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"conditional_text\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp\" name=\"Conditional Text\">Conditional Text</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"conditional_text\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp\" name=\"Conditional Text\">Vilkårstekst</link></variable>"
#: conditional_text.xhp#par_id3155879.5.help.text
msgid "You can set up fields in your document that display text when a condition that you define is met. For example, you can define the conditional text that is displayed in a series of reminder letters."
msgstr "Du kan setja opp felt i dokumentet som viser tekst når eit valt vilkår er møtt. Til dømes kan du laga ein vilkårstekst som skal visast i ein serie purrebrev."
#: conditional_text.xhp#par_id3155895.6.help.text
msgid "Setting up conditional text in this example is a two-part process. First you create a variable, and then you create the condition."
msgstr "Å setja opp ein vilkårstekst er i dette dømet ein prosess i to delar. Først lagar du ein variabel, og deretter lagar du vilkåret."
#: conditional_text.xhp#hd_id3153175.61.help.text
msgid "To Define a Conditional Variable"
msgstr ""
#: conditional_text.xhp#par_id3153185.62.help.text
msgid "The first part of the example is to define a variable for the condition statement. "
msgstr "Den første delen av dette dømet er å laga ein variabel for vilkårsteksten."
#: conditional_text.xhp#par_id3155566.8.help.text
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Fields - Other</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Variables</item> tab."
msgstr ""
#: conditional_text.xhp#par_id3147759.9.help.text
msgid "Click \"Set variable\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> <emph/>list."
msgstr ""
#: conditional_text.xhp#par_id3147784.10.help.text
msgid "Type a name for the variable in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Name</item> box, for example <item type=\"literal\">Reminder</item>."
msgstr ""
#: conditional_text.xhp#par_id3147810.57.help.text
msgid "Click \"Text\" in the<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">Format</item> list."
msgstr ""
#: conditional_text.xhp#par_id7748344.help.text
msgid "Enter <item type=\"literal\">1</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Value</item> box, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item>.<br/>The Format list now displays a \"General\" format."
msgstr ""
#: conditional_text.xhp#hd_id3145645.63.help.text
msgid "To Define a Condition and the Conditional Text"
msgstr ""
#: conditional_text.xhp#par_id3145659.64.help.text
msgid "The second part of the example is to define the condition that must be met, and to insert a placeholder for displaying the conditional text in your document."
msgstr "Den andre delen av dette dømet er å laga vilkåret som må møtast, og å setja inn ein plasshaldar for å visa vilkårsteksten i dokumentet."
#: conditional_text.xhp#par_id3151193.12.help.text
msgid "Place the cursor where you want to insert the conditional text in your text."
msgstr "Plasser skrivemerket på den staden i teksten der du vil setja inn vilkårsteksten."
#: conditional_text.xhp#par_id3151212.65.help.text
msgctxt "conditional_text.xhp#par_id3151212.65.help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Fields - Other</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Functions</item> tab."
msgstr ""
#: conditional_text.xhp#par_id3151250.13.help.text
msgctxt "conditional_text.xhp#par_id3151250.13.help.text"
msgid "Click \"Conditional text\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> <emph/>list."
msgstr ""
#: conditional_text.xhp#par_id3155936.14.help.text
msgid "Type <item type=\"literal\">Reminder EQ \"3\"</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Condition</item> <emph/>box. In other words, the conditional text will be displayed when the variable in the field that you defined in the first part of this example is equal to three."
msgstr ""
#: conditional_text.xhp#par_id3155969.15.help.text
msgid "The quotation marks enclosing the \"3\" indicate that the variable that you defined in the first part of this example is a text string."
msgstr "Hermeteikna tretalet står i, tyder at variabelen du laga i den første delen av dette dømet er ein tekststreng."
#: conditional_text.xhp#par_id3150446.16.help.text
msgid "Type the text that you want to display when the condition is met in the <emph>Then</emph> box. There is almost no limit to the length of the text that you can enter. You can paste a paragraph into this box."
msgstr ""
#: conditional_text.xhp#par_id3150473.17.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "conditional_text.xhp#par_id3150473.17.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>Ny</emph>, og deretter <emph>Lukk</emph>."
#: conditional_text.xhp#hd_id3155073.66.help.text
msgid "To Display the Conditional Text"
msgstr ""
#: conditional_text.xhp#par_id3155086.67.help.text
msgid "In this example, the conditional text is displayed when the value of the conditional variable is equal to 3."
msgstr "I dette dømet vert vilkårsteksten vist når verdien på vilkårsvariabelen er lik 3."
#: conditional_text.xhp#par_id3155110.19.help.text
msgid "Place your cursor in front of the field that you defined in the first part of this example, and then choose <emph>Edit - Fields</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: conditional_text.xhp#par_id3155136.68.help.text
msgid "Replace the number in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Value</item> <emph/>box with 3, and then click<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">Close</item>."
msgstr ""
#: conditional_text.xhp#par_id3155168.20.help.text
msgid "If the field does not automatically update, press F9."
msgstr "Trykk på F9 dersom feltet ikkje automatisk vert oppdatert."
#: conditional_text.xhp#par_id3145714.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"List of conditional operators\">List of conditional operators</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"List of conditional operators\">Liste over vilkårsoperatorar</link>"
#: section_edit.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Editing Sections"
msgstr "Redigera bolkar"
#: section_edit.xhp#bm_id3149816.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "<bookmark_value>sections; editing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sections;deleting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>deleting;sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editing;sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>read-only sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>protecting;sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>converting;sections, into normal text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>hiding;sections</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tabellar; transponera</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>transponera tabellar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabellar; invertera</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>invertera tabellar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabellar; byta om på</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>byta om på tabellar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>kolonnar; endra til rader</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rader; endra til kolonnartabellar; rotera</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rotera; tabellar</bookmark_value>"
#: section_edit.xhp#hd_id3149816.13.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "<variable id=\"section_edit\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp\" name=\"Editing Sections\">Editing Sections</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"section_insert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Sections\">Setja inn bolkar</link></variable>"
#: section_edit.xhp#par_id3155858.14.help.text
msgid "You can protect, hide, and convert sections to normal text in your document."
msgstr "Du kan verna, gøyma og gjera om bolkar til normal tekst i dokumentet."
#: section_edit.xhp#par_id3154224.15.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Sections\"><emph>Format - Sections</emph></link>."
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Sections\">Format → Bolkar</link>"
#: section_edit.xhp#par_id3149848.16.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Section</item> list, click the section you want to modify. You can press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A to select all sections in the list, and you can Shift+click or <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+click to select some sections."
msgstr "Du kan også trykkja <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Kommando </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl </defaultinline></switchinline>+ B</emph>, skriva den teksten du vil formatera med halvfeit skrift og deretter trykkje <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Kommando </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl </defaultinline></switchinline>+ B</emph> att når du er ferdig."
#: section_edit.xhp#par_id3153397.17.help.text
msgctxt "section_edit.xhp#par_id3153397.17.help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "Gjer éin av desse:"
#: section_edit.xhp#par_id3153120.18.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "To convert a section into normal text, click <emph>Remove</emph>."
msgstr "For å sletta ein makro, vel makroen og trykk <emph>Slett</emph>."
#: section_edit.xhp#par_id3149631.19.help.text
msgid "To make a section read-only, select the <emph>Protected</emph> check box in the <emph>Write Protection</emph> area."
msgstr ""
#: section_edit.xhp#par_id3149609.20.help.text
msgid "To hide a section, select the <emph>Hide</emph> check box in the <emph>Hide</emph> area."
msgstr ""
#: section_edit.xhp#par_id3156255.22.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Sections\">Format - Sections</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Sections\">Format → Bolkar</link>"
#: section_edit.xhp#par_id973540.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp\">Protecting Content in %PRODUCTNAME Writer</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp\">Verna innhald i %PRODUCTNAME Writer</link>"
#: footnote_usage.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Inserting and Editing Footnotes or Endnotes"
msgstr "Setja inn og redigera fotnotar og sluttnotar"
#: footnote_usage.xhp#bm_id3145819.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>endnotes;inserting and editing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deleting;footnotes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editing;footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>organizing;footnotes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>footnotes; inserting and editing</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: footnote_usage.xhp#hd_id3145819.16.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"footnote_usage\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp\" name=\"Inserting and Editing Footnotes or Endnotes\">Inserting and Editing Footnotes or Endnotes</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"footnote_usage\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp\" name=\"Inserting and Editing Footnotes or Endnotes\">Setja inn og redigera fotnotar og sluttnotar</link></variable>"
#: footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3154258.14.help.text
msgid "Footnotes reference more information about a topic at the bottom of a page and endnotes reference information at the end of the document. $[officename] automatically numbers the footnotes and endnotes."
msgstr "Fotnotar refererer til meir informasjon om eit emne på botnen av sida, medan sluttnotar refererer til informasjon på botnen av dokumentet. $[officename] nummererer fotnotar og sluttnotar automatisk."
#: footnote_usage.xhp#hd_id3155881.24.help.text
msgid "To Insert a Footnote or Endnote"
msgstr ""
#: footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3155903.25.help.text
msgid "Click in your document where you want to place the anchor of the note."
msgstr "Trykk på den staden i dokumentet der du vil plassera referansepunktet til fot-/sluttnoten."
#: footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3147120.26.help.text
msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Footnote\"><emph>Insert - Footnote/Endnote</emph></link>."
msgstr ""
#: footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3150937.34.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering</item> <emph/>area, select the format that you want to use. If you select <item type=\"menuitem\">Character</item>, click the browse button (<item type=\"menuitem\">...</item>) and select the character that you want to use for the footnote."
msgstr ""
#: footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3150508.35.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> <emph/>area, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Footnote</item> <emph/>or <item type=\"menuitem\">Endnote</item>."
msgstr ""
#: footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3150704.36.help.text
msgctxt "footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3150704.36.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3150729.37.help.text
msgid "Type the note."
msgstr "Skriv inn fot-/sluttnoten."
#: footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3148843.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3148857\" src=\"cmd/sc_insertfootnote.png\" width=\"0.222in\" height=\"0.222in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148857\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3149622\" src=\"cmd/sc_optimizetable.png\" width=\"0.423cm\" height=\"0.423cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149622\">Ikon</alt></image>"
#: footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3153176.27.help.text
msgid "You can also insert footnotes by clicking the <emph>Insert Footnote Directly</emph> icon on the <emph>Insert</emph> toolbar."
msgstr ""
#: footnote_usage.xhp#hd_id3155543.28.help.text
msgid "To Edit a Footnote or Endnote"
msgstr ""
#: footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3150167.6.help.text
msgid "The mouse pointer changes to a hand when you rest it over a footnote or endnote anchor in your document."
msgstr "Musepeikaren endrar seg til ei hand når du held musa over referansepunktet til ein fotnote eller sluttnote i dokumentet."
#: footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3155563.29.help.text
msgid "To edit the text of a footnote or endnote, click in the note, or click the anchor for the note in the text."
msgstr "For å redigera teksten i ein fotnote eller sluttnote, trykk på han, eller på referansepunktet i teksten."
#: footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3145029.40.help.text
msgid "To change the format of a footnote, click in the footnote, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command+T</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline> to open the Styles and Formatting window, right-click \"Footnote\" in the list, and then choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3145062.30.help.text
msgid "To jump from the footnote or endnote text to the note anchor in the text, press PageUp."
msgstr "For å gå frå ein fotnote eller sluttnote til referansepunktet i teksten, trykk «Page Up»."
#: footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3145081.4.help.text
msgid "To edit the numbering properties of a footnote or endnote anchor, click in front of the anchor, and choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp\" name=\"Edit - Footnote\"><emph>Edit - Footnote/Endnote</emph></link>."
msgstr ""
#: footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3147776.3.help.text
msgid "To change the formatting that $[officename] applies to footnotes and endnotes, choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Footnotes\"><emph>Tools - Footnotes/Endnotes</emph></link>."
msgstr ""
#: footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3147813.15.help.text
msgid "To edit the properties of the text area for footnotes or endnotes, choose <emph>Format - Page</emph>, and then click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp\" name=\"Footnote\"><emph>Footnote</emph></link> tab."
msgstr ""
#: footnote_usage.xhp#par_id3147232.41.help.text
msgid "To remove a footnote, delete the footnote anchor in the text."
msgstr "For å fjerna ein fotnote, slett fotnoteteiknet i teksten."
#: words_count.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Counting Words"
msgstr "Ordteljing"
#: words_count.xhp#bm_id3149686.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>words; counting in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>number of words</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>documents; number of words/characters</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text; number of words/characters</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>characters; counting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>number of characters</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>counting words</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>word counts</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: words_count.xhp#hd_id3149686.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"words_count\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp\" name=\"Counting Words\">Counting Words</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"words_count\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp\" name=\"Counting Words\">Ordteljing</link></variable>"
#: words_count.xhp#par_idN105D1.help.text
msgid "Word count is shown in the status bar, and is kept up to date as you edit."
msgstr ""
#: words_count.xhp#par_idN106D1.help.text
msgid "If you want to count only some text of your document, select the text."
msgstr "Dersom du berre vil telja noko av teksten i dokumentet, merkar du denne teksten."
#: words_count.xhp#par_id3149821.5.help.text
msgid "To display extended statistics such as character count, double click the word count in the status bar, or choose <emph>Tools - Word Count</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: words_count.xhp#hd_id1116200901133957.help.text
msgid "How does %PRODUCTNAME count words?"
msgstr ""
#: words_count.xhp#par_id1116200901133998.help.text
msgid "In general, every string of characters between two spaces is a word. Tabs, line breaks, and paragraph breaks are word limits, too."
msgstr ""
#: words_count.xhp#par_id1116200901133985.help.text
msgid "Words with dashes or always visible hyphens, as in plug-in, add-on, user/config, are counted as one word each."
msgstr ""
#: words_count.xhp#par_id111620090113399.help.text
msgid "The words can be a mix of letters, numbers, and special characters. So the following text counts as four words: abc123 1.23 \"$\" http://www.example.com."
msgstr ""
#: words_count.xhp#par_idN106E2.help.text
msgid "To get some more statistics about the document, choose <emph>File - Properties - Statistics</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: words_count.xhp#par_id3147418.4.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/01100400.xhp\" name=\"File - Properties - Statistics\">File - Properties - Statistics</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/01100400.xhp\" name=\"File - Properties - Statistics\">Fil → Eigenskapar → Statistikk</link>"
#: resize_navigator.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Docking and Resizing Windows"
msgstr "Festa og endra storleik på vindauge"
#: resize_navigator.xhp#bm_id3145088.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>Navigator;docking and resizing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Styles and Formatting window;docking and resizing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Gallery;docking and resizing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>docking; Navigator window</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>resizing;windows</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>Dokumentstrukturen;festa og endra storleik på</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Stilhandsamaren;festa og endra storleik på</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Galleriet;festa og endra storleik på</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>festa; vindauge</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>endra storleik på;vindauge</bookmark_value>"
#: resize_navigator.xhp#hd_id3145088.26.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"resize_navigator\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/resize_navigator.xhp\" name=\"Docking and Resizing Windows\">Docking and Resizing Windows</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"resize_navigator\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/resize_navigator.xhp\" name=\"Docking and Resizing Windows\">Festa og endra storleik på vindauge</link></variable>"
#: resize_navigator.xhp#par_id3155916.25.help.text
msgid "You can dock, undock and resize most $[officename] program windows such as the Navigator or the Styles and Formatting window."
msgstr "Du kan festa, losna og endra storleik på dei fleste programvindauga i $[officename], som til dømes Dokumentstruktur og Stilhandsamar."
#: resize_navigator.xhp#par_id3155861.27.help.text
msgid "To dock or undock the Navigator or the Styles and Formatting window, hold down the <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl</item> key and double-click on a gray area in the window. Alternatively, press <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl+Shift+F10</item>."
msgstr "For å festa eller losna Dokumentstruktur eller Stilhandsamar, held du <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl</item> nede og dobbeltklikkar på eit grått område i vindauget. Alternativt kan du trykkja <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl + Skift + F10</item>."
#: resize_navigator.xhp#par_id3156096.28.help.text
msgid "To resize the window, drag a corner or an edge of the window."
msgstr "For å endra størrelsen på vindauget, kan du dra i eit hjørne eller ein kant på det."
#: templates_styles.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Templates and Styles"
msgstr "Malar og stilar"
#: templates_styles.xhp#bm_id3153396.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>formatting styles; styles and templates</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>styles; styles and templates</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>organizing; templates (guide)</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>templates; organizing (guide)</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: templates_styles.xhp#hd_id3153396.15.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"templates_styles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp\" name=\"Templates and Styles\">Templates and Styles</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"templates_styles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp\" name=\"Templates and Styles\">Malar og stilar</link></variable>"
#: templates_styles.xhp#par_id3149635.2.help.text
msgid "A template is a document that contains specific formatting styles, graphics, tables, objects, and other information. A template is used as the basis for creating other documents. For example, you can define paragraph and character styles in a document, save the document as a template, and then use the template to create a new document with the same styles."
msgstr "Ein mal er eit dokument som inneheld visse stilar, bilete, tabellar, objekt og annan informasjon. Ein mal vert brukt som grunnlag for å oppretta andre dokument. Du kan til dømes laga avsnitts- og teiknstilar i eit dokument, lagra det som ein mal, og så bruka malen til å oppretta eit nytt dokument med dei same stilane."
#: templates_styles.xhp#par_id3149957.18.help.text
msgid "Unless you specify otherwise, every new $[officename] text document is based on the default template."
msgstr "Med mindre du oppgjev noko anna, vil alle nye tekstdokument i $[officename] verta baserte på standardmalen."
#: templates_styles.xhp#par_id3149974.3.help.text
msgid "$[officename] has a number of <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp\" name=\"predefined templates\">predefined templates</link> that you can use to create different types or text documents, such as business letters."
msgstr "$[officename] har fleire <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp\" name=\"predefined templates\">førehandslaga malar</link> som du kan bruka til å oppretta ulike typar tekstdokument, som til dømes forretningsbrev."
#: templates_styles.xhp#hd_id3149613.4.help.text
msgid "Viewing and Organizing Styles in Templates"
msgstr "Visa og ordna stilar i malar"
#: templates_styles.xhp#par_idN106B0.help.text
msgid "Use the <link href=\"text/shared/01/01110100.xhp\" name=\"Template Management\">Template Management</link> dialog to copy styles from one document to another."
msgstr "Bruk dialogvindauget <link href=\"text/shared/01/01110100.xhp\" name=\"Template Management\">Malhandtering</link> for å kopiere stilar frå eit dokument til eit anna."
#: templates_styles.xhp#par_id3153377.7.help.text
msgid "To copy a style, drag it to another template or document."
msgstr "For å kopiera ein stil, dreg du han til ein annan mal eller eit anna dokument."
#: insert_tab_innumbering.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Changing the Outline Level of Numbered and Bulleted Lists"
msgstr "Endra disposisjonsnivået i nummererte lister og punktlister"
#: insert_tab_innumbering.xhp#bm_id3145078.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>tab stops; inserting in lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>numbering; changing the level of</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lists;changing levels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>levels;changing outline levels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bullet lists;changing levels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lowering outline levels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rising outline levels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>changing;outline levels</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tabulatorar; setja inn i lister</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>nummerering; endra nivået på</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lister;endra nivå</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>nivå;endra disposisjonsnivå</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>punktlister;endra nivå</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>senka disposisjonsnivå</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>heva disposisjonsnivå</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>endra;disposisjonsnivå</bookmark_value>"
#: insert_tab_innumbering.xhp#hd_id3145078.6.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_tab_innumbering\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp\" name=\"Changing the Outline Level of Numbered and Bulleted Lists\">Changing the Outline Level of Numbered and Bulleted Lists</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"insert_tab_innumbering\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp\" name=\"Changing the Outline Level of Numbered and Bulleted Lists\">Endra disposisjonsnivået i nummererte lister og punktlister</link></variable>"
#: insert_tab_innumbering.xhp#par_id3155909.5.help.text
msgid "To move a numbered or bulleted paragraph down one outline level, click at the beginning of the paragraph, and then press Tab."
msgstr "For å flytte eit avsnitt som inneheld ei nummerert liste eller punktliste eitt disposisjonsnivå ned, trykk ved byrjinga av avsnittet og deretter på Tabulator-tasten."
#: insert_tab_innumbering.xhp#par_id3155859.7.help.text
msgid "To move a numbered or bulleted paragraph up one outline level, click at the beginning of the paragraph, and then press Shift+Tab."
msgstr "For å flytte eit avsnitt som inneheld ei nummerert liste eller punktliste eitt disposisjonsnivå opp, trykk ved byrjinga av avsnittet og deretter på Shift + Tabulator."
#: insert_tab_innumbering.xhp#par_id3153403.8.help.text
msgid "To insert a tab between the number or bullet and the paragraph text, click at the beginning of the paragraph, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab."
msgstr "For å setja inn ein tabulator mellom talet eller punktteiknet og avsnittsteksten, trykkjer du ved byrjinga av avsnittet og deretter på <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Kommando</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> + Tabulator."
#: indices_literature.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Creating a Bibliography"
msgstr "Laga ei litteraturliste"
#: indices_literature.xhp#bm_id3149687.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes;creating bibliographies</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>databases;creating bibliographies</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>bibliographies</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>entries;bibliographies</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>storing bibliographic information</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: indices_literature.xhp#hd_id3149687.46.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_literature\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Bibliography\">Creating a Bibliography</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_literature\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Bibliography\">Laga ei litteraturliste</link></variable>"
#: indices_literature.xhp#par_id3155864.60.help.text
msgid "A bibliography is a list of works that you reference in a document."
msgstr "Ei litteraturliste er ei liste over verk det er referert til i eit dokument."
#: indices_literature.xhp#hd_id3153402.61.help.text
msgid "Storing Bibliographic Information"
msgstr "Lagra litteraturinformasjon"
#: indices_literature.xhp#par_id3153414.62.help.text
msgid "$[officename] stores bibliographic information in a bibliography database, or in an individual document."
msgstr "$[officename] lagrar litteraturinformasjon i ein litteraturdatabase eller i eit eige dokument."
#: indices_literature.xhp#hd_id3154244.63.help.text
msgid "To Store Information in the Bibliography Database"
msgstr ""
#: indices_literature.xhp#par_id3155872.50.help.text
msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/shared/01/02250000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Bibliography Database\"><emph>Tools - Bibliography Database</emph></link>"
msgstr ""
#: indices_literature.xhp#par_id3155900.64.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Record</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Set inn → Oppføring</emph>."
#: indices_literature.xhp#par_id3147123.65.help.text
msgid "Type a name for the bibliography entry in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Short name</item> <emph/>box, and then add additional information to the record in the remaining boxes."
msgstr ""
#: indices_literature.xhp#par_id3150219.66.help.text
msgid "Close the<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">Bibliography Database</item> window. "
msgstr ""
#: indices_literature.xhp#hd_id3150242.67.help.text
msgid "To Store Bibliographic Information in an Individual Document"
msgstr ""
#: indices_literature.xhp#par_id3150945.68.help.text
msgctxt "indices_literature.xhp#par_id3150945.68.help.text"
msgid "Click in your document where you want to add the bibliography entry."
msgstr "Trykk på den staden i dokumentet der du vil leggja til litteraturtilvisinga."
#: indices_literature.xhp#par_id3150964.51.help.text
msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Indexes and Tables - Bibliography Entry\"><emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Bibliography Entry</emph></link>."
msgstr ""
#: indices_literature.xhp#par_id3150525.69.help.text
msgid "Select <emph>From document content</emph> and click <emph>New</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: indices_literature.xhp#par_id3153738.70.help.text
msgid "Type a name for the bibliography entry in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Short name</item> <emph/>box."
msgstr ""
#: indices_literature.xhp#par_id3153763.71.help.text
msgid "Select the publication source for the record in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> <emph/>box, and then add additional information in the remaining boxes."
msgstr ""
#: indices_literature.xhp#par_id3146873.72.help.text
msgctxt "indices_literature.xhp#par_id3146873.72.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: indices_literature.xhp#par_id3146897.73.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert Bibliography Entry</item> <emph/>dialog, click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item>, and then <item type=\"menuitem\">Close</item>."
msgstr ""
#: indices_literature.xhp#hd_id3150741.74.help.text
msgid "Inserting Bibliography Entries From the Bibliography Database"
msgstr "Setja inn oppføringar frå litteraturdatabasen"
#: indices_literature.xhp#par_id3148402.75.help.text
msgctxt "indices_literature.xhp#par_id3148402.75.help.text"
msgid "Click in your document where you want to add the bibliography entry."
msgstr "Trykk på den staden i dokumentet der du vil leggja til litteraturtilvisinga."
#: indices_literature.xhp#par_id3148421.52.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Bibliography Entry</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: indices_literature.xhp#par_id3153231.53.help.text
msgid "Select <emph>From bibliography database</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: indices_literature.xhp#par_id3147059.54.help.text
msgid "Select the name of the bibliography entry that you want to insert in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Short name</item> <emph/>box."
msgstr ""
#: indices_literature.xhp#par_id3147085.76.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "indices_literature.xhp#par_id3147085.76.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph> and then click <emph>Close</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>Ny</emph>, og deretter <emph>Lukk</emph>."
#: indices_literature.xhp#par_id3156060.77.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp\" name=\"Bibliography Database\">Bibliography Database</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp\" name=\"Bibliography Database\">Litteraturdatabasen</link>"
#: indices_literature.xhp#par_id6367076.help.text
msgid "Some external tools exist that can interact with %PRODUCTNAME. One example is called <link href=\"http://bibus-biblio.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php/Main_Page\">Bibus</link>."
msgstr "Nokre eksterne verktøy som er laga til handsaming av litteraturdatabasar kan brukast saman med %PRODUCTNAME. Eit døme på dette er <link href=\"http://bibus-biblio.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php/Main_Page\">Bibus</link>."
#: header_footer.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "About Headers and Footers"
msgstr "Om topp- og botntekstar"
#: header_footer.xhp#bm_id3155863.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>headers;about</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>footers;about</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>HTML documents; headers and footers</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: header_footer.xhp#hd_id3155863.38.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"header_footer\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp\" name=\"About Headers and Footers\">About Headers and Footers</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"header_footer\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp\" name=\"About Headers and Footers\">Om topp- og botntekstar</link></variable>"
#: header_footer.xhp#par_id3154255.35.help.text
msgid "Headers and footers are areas in the top and the bottom page margins, where you can add text or graphics. Headers and footers are added to the current page style. Any page that uses the same style automatically receives the header or footer that you add. You can insert <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Fields\">Fields</link>, such as page numbers and chapter headings, in headers and footers in a text document."
msgstr "Topp- og botntekstar er område i dei øvste og nedste sidemargane der du kan leggja til tekst eller bilete. Topp- og botntekstar vert lagde til den gjeldande sidestilen. Alle sidene som brukar den same stilen får automatisk den topp- eller botnteksten du legg til. Du kan setja inn <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Fields\">felt</link>, som til dømes sidetal og kapitteloverskrifter, i topp- og botntekstane i eit tekstdokument."
#: header_footer.xhp#par_id3150511.44.help.text
msgid "The page style for the current page is displayed in the <emph>Status Bar</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: header_footer.xhp#par_id3155896.39.help.text
msgid "To add a header to a page, choose <emph>Insert - Header</emph>, and then select the page style for the current page from the submenu."
msgstr ""
#: header_footer.xhp#par_id3147119.43.help.text
msgid "To add a footer to a page, choose <emph>Insert - Footer</emph>, and then select the page style for the current page from the submenu."
msgstr ""
#: header_footer.xhp#par_id3153726.40.help.text
msgid "You can also choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Page</item>, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Header</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Footer</item> <emph/>tab, and then select <item type=\"menuitem\">Header on</item> <emph/>or <item type=\"menuitem\">Footer on</item>. Clear the <item type=\"menuitem\">Same content left/right</item> check box if you want to define different headers and footers for even and odd pages."
msgstr ""
#: header_footer.xhp#par_id3146876.36.help.text
msgid "To use different headers or footers in your document, you must add them to different <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Page Styles\">Page Styles</link>, and then apply the styles to the pages where you want the headers or footer to appear."
msgstr "For å bruka ulike topp- eller botntekstar i dokumentet, kan du leggja dei til ulike <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Page Styles\">sidestilar</link>, og deretter bruka dei ulike stilane på dei sidene vil ha topp- eller botntekstar på."
#: header_footer.xhp#hd_id3150704.41.help.text
msgid "Headers and Footers in HTML Documents"
msgstr "Topp- og botntekstar i HTML-dokument"
#: header_footer.xhp#par_id3150717.34.help.text
msgid "Some of the header and footer options are also available for HTML documents. Headers and footers are not supported by HTML and instead are exported with special tags, so that they can be viewed in a browser. Headers and footers are only exported in HTML documents if they are enabled in Web Layout mode. When you reopen the document in $[officename], the headers and footers are displayed correctly, including any fields that you inserted. "
msgstr "Nokre av topptekst- og botntekstinnstillingane er også tilgjengelege for HTML-dokument. Topp- og botntekstar er ikkje støtta av HTML og vert i staden eksporterte med spesielle taggar, så ein kan sjå dei med ein nettlesar. Topp- og botntekstar vert berre eksporterte til HTML-dokument dersom dei er tekne i bruk i vevoppsett-modus. Når du opnar dokumentet i $[officename] att, vert topp- og botntekstane viste på rett måte. Det vert også eventuelle felt du har sett inn i dei."
#: header_footer.xhp#par_id3153174.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Page Styles\">Page Styles</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Page Styles\">Sidestilar</link>"
#: insert_line.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Inserting a Horizontal Line"
msgstr "Setja inn ei vassrett linje"
#: insert_line.xhp#bm_id3151178.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>horizontal lines</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lines; inserting horizontal lines</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>rules</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting; horizontal lines</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>vassrette linjer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>linjer; setja inn vassrette linjer</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>linjalar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>setja inn; vassrette linjer</bookmark_value>"
#: insert_line.xhp#hd_id3151178.76.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_line\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_line.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Horizontal Line\">Inserting a Horizontal Line</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"insert_line\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_line.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Horizontal Line\">Setja inn ei vassrett linje</link></variable>"
#: insert_line.xhp#par_id2165898.help.text
msgid "This guide is about inserting graphical rules. You can also insert other lines, see <link href=\"text/shared/guide/line_intext.xhp\">Drawing Lines in Text</link>."
msgstr "Denne rettleiinga handlar om å setja inn vassrette linjalar. Du kan også setja inn andre linjer, sjå rettleiinga for å <link href=\"text/shared/guide/line_intext.xhp\">teikna linjer i tekst</link>."
#: insert_line.xhp#par_id3149691.82.help.text
msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the line."
msgstr "Trykk på den staden i dokumentet der du vil setja inn linja."
#: insert_line.xhp#par_id3155186.77.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Horizontal Rule</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Set inn → Vassrett linjal</emph>."
#: insert_line.xhp#par_id3155902.83.help.text
msgid "Click the line that you want to insert in the <emph>Selection </emph>list."
msgstr "Trykk på den linja du vil setja inn i lista <emph>Utval</emph>."
#: insert_line.xhp#par_id3147124.84.help.text
msgctxt "insert_line.xhp#par_id3147124.84.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: insert_line.xhp#hd_id5338602.help.text
msgid "The \"Plain\" type"
msgstr "Typen «Enkel»"
#: insert_line.xhp#par_id5342265.help.text
msgid "If you select the \"Plain\" type of rules, an empty paragraph is inserted at the position of the cursor. This paragraph has the style \"Horizontal Line\", with a line as the lower border of the paragraph. You can edit that Paragraph Style to change the properties of all \"Plain\" rules in your document. For example you can set the left indent to 3 inches, or you can change the line style, thickness, and color."
msgstr "Dersom du vel typen <emph>Enkel</emph> for ei linje, vert det sett inn eit tomt avsnitt der skrivemerket er plassert. Dette avsnittet har stilen <emph>Vassrett linje</emph> med ei linje som den nedre grensa på avsnittet. Du kan redigera denne avsnittsstilen for å endra eigenskapane på alle «enkle» linjer i dokumentet. Til dømes kan du oppgje venstre innrykk til 6 centimeter eller endra på stilen til linja, fargen og kor tjukk ho skal vera."
#: insert_line.xhp#hd_id707113.help.text
msgid "To edit the \"Plain\" rule style"
msgstr "Redigera linjestilen «Enkel»"
#: insert_line.xhp#par_id5267494.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph> to open the Styles and Formatting window."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Format → Stilhandsamar</emph> for å opna Stilhandsamaren."
#: insert_line.xhp#par_id5074922.help.text
msgid "In the listbox at the bottom, select to display \"All Styles\"."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Alle stilar</emph> i lista nedst."
#: insert_line.xhp#par_id8491470.help.text
msgid "Right-click the \"Horizontal Line\" paragraph style."
msgstr "Høgreklikk på avsnittsstilen <emph>Vassrett linje</emph>."
#: insert_line.xhp#par_id3253883.help.text
msgid "Choose Modify."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Rediger</emph>."
#: insert_line.xhp#par_id3196203.help.text
msgid "For example, open the Borders tab page to set the thickness and style of the lines. Open the Indents & Spacing tab page to set the indents of the line."
msgstr "Opna til dømes fana <emph>Kantlinjer</emph> for å velja kor tjukke og kva type linjene skal vera. Opna fana <emph>Innrykk og avstand</emph> for å stilla inn innrykket til linja."
#: insert_line.xhp#hd_id8385265.help.text
msgid "The graphical type"
msgstr "Bilettypen"
#: insert_line.xhp#par_id2582476.help.text
msgid "Select any rule type below of the \"Plain\" rule type. This inserts a new paragraph at the position of the cursor. A picture showing a graphical horizontal line is inserted."
msgstr "Vel ein av linjetypane under <emph>Enkel</emph>. Det vert då sett inn eit nytt avsnitt der skrivemerket er plassert. Eit bilete av ein vassrett strek vert då sett inn."
#: insert_line.xhp#par_id3150217.78.help.text
msgid "The inserted line is anchored to the current paragraph and centered between the page margins."
msgstr "Den innsette linja vert forankra til det gjeldande avsnittet og midtstilt mellom sidemargane."
#: insert_line.xhp#par_id2111575.help.text
msgid "To edit the graphical line, right-click the line and choose <emph>Picture</emph>."
msgstr "For å redigera den grafiske linja kan du høgreklikka på linja og velja <emph>Bilete</emph>."
#: insert_line.xhp#par_id3150231.79.help.text
msgid "You can also insert one of these lines by dragging it from the <emph>Rulers</emph> folder in the <emph>Gallery</emph> into the current document."
msgstr "Du kan også setja inn ei av desse linjene ved å dra henne frå biblioteket <emph>Linjalar</emph> i <emph>galleriet</emph> og inn i det gjeldande dokumentet."
#: insert_line.xhp#par_id3150944.80.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/gallery.xhp\" name=\"Gallery\">Gallery</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/gallery.xhp\" name=\"Gallery\">Galleriet</link>"
#: conditional_text2.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Conditional Text for Page Counts"
msgstr "Vilkårstekst som viser tal sider"
#: conditional_text2.xhp#bm_id3153108.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>page counts</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>conditional text;page counts</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: conditional_text2.xhp#hd_id3153108.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"conditional_text2\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp\" name=\"Conditional Text for Page Counts\">Conditional Text for Page Counts</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"conditional_text2\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp\" name=\"Conditional Text for Page Counts\">Vilkårstekst som viser tal sider</link></variable>"
#: conditional_text2.xhp#par_id3156228.3.help.text
msgid "You can create a conditional text field that displays the word \"pages\" instead of \"page\" in conjunction with a page count field if your document contains more than one page."
msgstr "Du kan laga ein vilkårstekst som viser ordet «sider» i staden for «side», i tillegg til eit felt som viser tal sider dersom dokumentet inneheld meir enn éi side."
#: conditional_text2.xhp#par_id3156257.4.help.text
msgid "Place the cursor in your document where you want to insert the page count."
msgstr "Plasser skrivemerket på staden i dokumentet der du vil setja inn talet på sider."
#: conditional_text2.xhp#par_id3150513.5.help.text
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Fields - Page Count</item>, and then enter a space."
msgstr ""
#: conditional_text2.xhp#par_id3150537.6.help.text
msgctxt "conditional_text2.xhp#par_id3150537.6.help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Fields - Other</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Functions</item> tab."
msgstr ""
#: conditional_text2.xhp#par_id3153166.9.help.text
msgctxt "conditional_text2.xhp#par_id3153166.9.help.text"
msgid "Click \"Conditional text\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> <emph/>list."
msgstr ""
#: conditional_text2.xhp#par_id3145256.7.help.text
msgid "Type <item type=\"literal\">Page > 1</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Condition</item> box."
msgstr ""
#: conditional_text2.xhp#par_id3145280.10.help.text
msgid "Type <item type=\"literal\">Pages</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Then</item> box."
msgstr ""
#: conditional_text2.xhp#par_id3145305.11.help.text
msgid "Type <item type=\"literal\">Page</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Else</item> box."
msgstr ""
#: conditional_text2.xhp#par_id3155535.8.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "conditional_text2.xhp#par_id3155535.8.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>Ny</emph>, og deretter <emph>Lukk</emph>."
#: sections.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Using Sections"
msgstr "Bruka bolkar"
#: sections.xhp#bm_id3149832.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>multi-column text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text; multi-column</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>columns; on text pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text columns</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sections; columns in/use of</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: sections.xhp#hd_id3149832.40.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "<variable id=\"sections\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp\" name=\"Using Sections\">Using Sections</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"section_insert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Sections\">Setja inn bolkar</link></variable>"
#: sections.xhp#par_id3153128.2.help.text
msgid "Sections are named blocks of text, including graphics or objects, that you can use in a number of ways:"
msgstr "Bolker er namngjevne tekstblokker, inkludert bilete og objekt, som du kan bruka på flere måtar:"
#: sections.xhp#par_id3149284.5.help.text
msgid "To prevent text from being edited."
msgstr "For å hindra tekst i å verta redigert."
#: sections.xhp#par_id3149630.4.help.text
msgid "To show or hide text."
msgstr "For å visa eller gøyma tekst."
#: sections.xhp#par_id3149647.20.help.text
msgid "To reuse text and graphics from other $[officename] documents."
msgstr "For å bruka tekst og bilete frå andre $[officename]-dokument om att."
#: sections.xhp#par_id3149612.38.help.text
msgid "To insert sections of text that uses a different column layout than the current page style."
msgstr "For å setja inn tekstbolkar som brukar eit anna spalteoppsett enn den gjeldande sidestilen."
#: sections.xhp#par_id3149855.7.help.text
msgid "A section contains at least one paragraph. When you select a text and create a section, a paragraph break is automatically inserted at the end of the text."
msgstr "Ein bolk inneheld minst eitt avsnitt. Når du vel ein tekst og opprettar ein bolk, vert eit avsnittsskift automatisk sett inn på slutten av teksten."
#: sections.xhp#par_id3149872.8.help.text
msgid "You can insert sections from a text document, or an entire text document as a section into another text document. You can also insert sections from a text document as links in another text document, or in the same document."
msgstr "Du kan setja inn bolkar frå eit tekstdokument eller eit heilt tekstdokument som ein bolk i eit anna tekstdokument. Du kan òg setja inn bolkar frå eitt tekstdokument som lenkje til eit anna tekstdokument eller i det same dokumentet."
#: sections.xhp#par_id3153367.39.help.text
msgid "To insert a new paragraph immediately before or after a section, click in front or behind the section, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter."
msgstr ""
#: sections.xhp#hd_id3154242.44.help.text
msgid "Sections and Columns"
msgstr "Bolkar og spalter"
#: sections.xhp#par_id3154255.41.help.text
msgid "You can insert sections into an existing section. For example, you can insert a section containing two columns into a section that contains one column."
msgstr "Du kan setja inn bolkar i ein eksisterande bolk. Til dømes kan du setja inn ein bolk som inneheld to spalter i ein bolk som inneheld éi spalte."
#: sections.xhp#par_id3154845.42.help.text
msgid "A section layout, for example on the number of columns, has priority over the page layout defined in a page style."
msgstr "Eit bolkoppsett på til dømes talet på spalter er prioritert over sideoppsettet som er oppgjeve i ein sidestil."
#: sections.xhp#par_id3155883.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#dde\" name=\"DDE\">DDE</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#dde\" name=\"DDE\">DDE</link>"
#: pagebackground.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Changing Page Backgrounds"
msgstr "Endra sidebakgrunn"
#: pagebackground.xhp#bm_id8431653.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>page styles;backgrounds</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>backgrounds; different pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>changing;page backgrounds</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pages;backgrounds</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN107F4.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"pagebackground\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp\">Changing Page Background</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"pagebackground\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp\">Endra sidebakgrunn</link></variable>"
#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN10812.help.text
msgid "$[officename] uses page styles to specify the background of the pages in a document. For example, to change the page background of one or more pages in a document to a watermark, you need to create a page style that uses the watermark background, and then apply the page style to the pages."
msgstr "$[officename] brukar sidestilar for å velja bakgrunn for sidene i eit dokument. Eit døme: For å endra bakgrunnen på éi eller fleire sider i eit dokument til eit vassmerke, kan du oppretta ein sidestil, som brukar dette vassmerket som bakgrunn, og deretter bruka sidestilen på sidene."
#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN10820.help.text
msgid "To Change the Page Background"
msgstr "Endra sidebakgrunnen"
#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN10827.help.text
msgctxt "pagebackground.xhp#par_idN10827.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Format → Stilhandsamar</emph>."
#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN1082F.help.text
msgctxt "pagebackground.xhp#par_idN1082F.help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon."
msgstr ""
#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN10837.help.text
msgctxt "pagebackground.xhp#par_idN10837.help.text"
msgid "In the list of page styles, right-click an item, and then choose <emph>New</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN1083F.help.text
msgid "On the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab page, type a name for the page style in the <emph>Name</emph> box."
msgstr ""
#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN1084B.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Next Style</emph> box, select the page style that you want to apply to the next page."
msgstr ""
#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN10855.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "To only apply the new page style to a single page, select \"Default\"."
msgstr "Ta i bruk sidestilen på dei sidene du ønskjer."
#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN10859.help.text
msgid "To apply the new page style to all subsequent pages, select the name of the new page style."
msgstr ""
#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN1085F.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Click the <emph>Background</emph> tab."
msgstr "Trykk på fana <emph>Stilar</emph>."
#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN10867.help.text
msgid "In the list box at the top, select whether you want a solid color or a graphic. Then select your options from the tab page. "
msgstr "I listeboksen øvst kan du velja om du ønskjer ein farge eller eit bilete til bakgrunn. Deretter kan du velja dei andre inntillingane. "
#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN1086B.help.text
msgctxt "pagebackground.xhp#par_idN1086B.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN1087A.help.text
msgid "To Change the Page Background of All Pages in a Document"
msgstr "Endra sidebakgrunnen på alle sidene i eit dokument"
#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN1087E.help.text
msgctxt "pagebackground.xhp#par_idN1087E.help.text"
msgid "Before you begin, ensure that you have created a page style that uses a page background. See <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#define\">To Change the Page Background</link> for details."
msgstr "Sjå til at du har laga ein sidestil som brukar sidebakgrunn før du held fram. Sjå <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#define\">Endra sidebakgrunnen</link> for detaljar om det."
#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN10892.help.text
msgctxt "pagebackground.xhp#par_idN10892.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Format → Stilhandsamar</emph>."
#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN1089A.help.text
msgctxt "pagebackground.xhp#par_idN1089A.help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon."
msgstr ""
#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN108A2.help.text
msgid "Double-click the page style that uses the page background that you want to apply."
msgstr "Dobbeltklikk på sidestilen som har den sidebakgrunnen du vil bruka."
#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN108A5.help.text
msgid "To Use Different Page Backgrounds in the Same Document"
msgstr "Bruka ulike sidebakgrunnar i det same dokumentet"
#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN108A9.help.text
msgctxt "pagebackground.xhp#par_idN108A9.help.text"
msgid "Before you begin, ensure that you have created a page style that uses a page background. See <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#define\">To Change the Page Background</link> for details."
msgstr "Sjå til at du har laga ein sidestil som brukar sidebakgrunn før du held fram. Sjå <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#define\">Endra sidebakgrunnen</link> for detaljar om det."
#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN108BD.help.text
msgid "Click in front of the first character of the paragraph where you want to change the page background."
msgstr "Trykk framfor det første teiknet i avsnittet du vil skifta sidebakgrunn på."
#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN108C1.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "pagebackground.xhp#par_idN108C1.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Manual Break</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Set inn → Fil</emph>."
#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN108C9.help.text
msgctxt "pagebackground.xhp#par_idN108C9.help.text"
msgid "Select <emph>Page break</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Sideskift</emph>."
#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN108D1.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style</item> <emph/>box, select a page style that uses the page background."
msgstr ""
#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN108DB.help.text
msgid "To change the background of the current page only, select a page style where the Next Style option is set to \"Default\"."
msgstr ""
#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN108DF.help.text
msgid "To change the background of the current and subsequent pages, select a page style where the Next Style option is set to the name of the page style."
msgstr ""
#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN108E2.help.text
msgid "If you want to change the page background later on in the document, repeat steps 1 to 3."
msgstr "Dersom du vil endra sidebakgrunn seinare i dokumentet, så gjenta trinn 1 til 3."
#: pagebackground.xhp#par_idN108E8.help.text
msgctxt "pagebackground.xhp#par_idN108E8.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: footer_pagenumber.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Inserting Page Numbers in Footers"
msgstr "Setja inn sidetal i botntekstar"
#: footer_pagenumber.xhp#bm_id3155624.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>footers; with page numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pages; numbers and count of</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>page numbers; footers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>numbering;pages</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: footer_pagenumber.xhp#hd_id3155624.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"footer_pagenumber\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Page Numbers in Footers\">Inserting Page Numbers in Footers</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"footer_pagenumber\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Page Numbers in Footers\">Setja inn sidetal i botntekstar</link></variable>"
#: footer_pagenumber.xhp#par_id8230842.help.text
msgid "You can easily insert a page number field in the footer of your document. You can also add a page count to the footer, for example, in the form \"Page 9 of 12\""
msgstr ""
#: footer_pagenumber.xhp#hd_id7867366.help.text
msgid "To Insert a Page Number"
msgstr ""
#: footer_pagenumber.xhp#par_id3150508.2.help.text
msgctxt "footer_pagenumber.xhp#par_id3150508.2.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Footer</emph> and select the page style that you want to add the footer to."
msgstr ""
#: footer_pagenumber.xhp#par_id3150534.3.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Page Number</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: footer_pagenumber.xhp#par_id3153155.4.help.text
msgid "If you want, you can align the page number field as you would text."
msgstr ""
#: footer_pagenumber.xhp#hd_id2988677.help.text
msgid "To Additionally Add a Page Count"
msgstr ""
#: footer_pagenumber.xhp#par_id3155532.6.help.text
msgid "Click in front of the page number field, type <item type=\"literal\">Page</item> and enter a space; click after the field, enter a space and then type <item type=\"literal\">of</item> and enter another space."
msgstr ""
#: footer_pagenumber.xhp#par_id3155554.7.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Page Count</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: template_create.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Creating a Document Template"
msgstr "Laga ein dokumentmal"
#: template_create.xhp#bm_id3149688.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>document templates</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>templates; creating document templates</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: template_create.xhp#hd_id3149688.62.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"template_create\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/template_create.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Document Template\">Creating a Document Template</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"template_create\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/template_create.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Document Template\">Laga ein dokumentmal</link></variable>"
#: template_create.xhp#par_id3149492.63.help.text
msgid "You can create a template to use as the basis for creating new text documents."
msgstr "Du kan oppretta ein mal til bruk som grunnlag for nye tekstdokument."
#: template_create.xhp#par_id3155915.64.help.text
msgid "Create a document and add the content and formatting styles that you want."
msgstr "Opprett eit dokument og legg til det innhaldet og dei stilane du vil ha."
#: template_create.xhp#par_id3147422.65.help.text
msgctxt "template_create.xhp#par_id3147422.65.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>File - Templates - Save</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Fil → Malar → Lagra</emph>."
#: template_create.xhp#par_id3149829.66.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">New Template</item> <emph/>box, type a name for the new template."
msgstr ""
#: template_create.xhp#par_id3156098.70.help.text
msgid "Select a template category in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Categories</item> <emph/>list."
msgstr ""
#: template_create.xhp#par_id3149281.71.help.text
msgctxt "template_create.xhp#par_id3149281.71.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: template_create.xhp#par_id3153404.67.help.text
msgid "To create a document based on the template, choose<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">File - New - Templates and Documents</item>, select the template, and then click<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">Open</item>."
msgstr ""
#: template_create.xhp#par_id3149636.68.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/01110300.xhp\" name=\"File - Templates - Save\">File - Templates - Save</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/01110300.xhp\" name=\"File - Templates - Save\">Fil → Malar → Lagra</link>"
#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Inserting Graphics From $[officename] Draw or Impress"
msgstr "Setja inn bilete frå $[officename] Draw eller Impress"
#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp#bm_id3155917.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; inserting pictures from Draw</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures; inserting from Draw</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekst; setja inn bilete frå Draw</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bilete; setja inn frå Draw</bookmark_value>"
#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp#hd_id3155917.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_fromdraw\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Graphics From $[officename] Draw or Impress\">Inserting Graphics From $[officename] Draw or Impress</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_fromdraw\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Graphics From $[officename] Draw or Impress\">Setja inn bilete frå $[officename] Draw eller Impress</link></variable>"
#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp#par_id3153414.3.help.text
msgid "Open the document where you want to insert the object."
msgstr "Opna dokumentet du vil setja objektet inn i."
#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp#par_id3149640.4.help.text
msgid "Open the Draw or Impress document containing the object that you want to copy."
msgstr "Opna det Draw- eller Impressdokumentet som inneheld objektet du vil kopiera."
#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp#par_id3145098.5.help.text
msgid "Hold down <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl</item> and click and hold the object for a moment."
msgstr "Hald nede <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl</item> og trykk og hald objektet ei lita stund."
#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp#par_id3156250.7.help.text
msgid "Drag to the document where you want to insert the object."
msgstr "Dra det til dokumentet du vil setja det inn i."
#: table_cellmerge.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Merging and Splitting Cells"
msgstr "Dela og slå saman celler"
#: table_cellmerge.xhp#bm_id3147240.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>cells; merging/splitting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables; merging cells</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>cell merges</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>splitting cells;by menu command</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>merging;cells</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: table_cellmerge.xhp#hd_id6618243.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"table_cellmerge\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp\" name=\"Merging and Splitting Cells\">Merging and Splitting Cells</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"table_cellmerge\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp\" name=\"Merging and Splitting Cells\">Dela og slå saman celler</link></variable>"
#: table_cellmerge.xhp#par_id1211890.help.text
msgid "You can select adjacent cells, then merge them into a single cell. Conversely, you can take a large cell and divide it into individual cells."
msgstr "Du kan merkja fleire tilstøytande celler og slå dei saman til éi enkelt celle. Omvendt kan du ta éi stor celle og dela henne inn i fleire mindre celler."
#: table_cellmerge.xhp#hd_id3463850.help.text
msgid "To Merge Cells"
msgstr ""
#: table_cellmerge.xhp#par_id5708792.help.text
msgid "Select the adjacent cells."
msgstr "Merk dei tilstøytande cellene."
#: table_cellmerge.xhp#par_id6301461.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Table - Merge Cells</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Tabell → Slå saman celler</emph>."
#: table_cellmerge.xhp#hd_id9156468.help.text
msgid "To Split Cells"
msgstr ""
#: table_cellmerge.xhp#par_id3415936.help.text
msgid "Place the cursor in the cell to be split."
msgstr "Plasser skrivemerket i cella som kan delast."
#: table_cellmerge.xhp#par_id4044312.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Table - Split Cells</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Tabell → Del celler</emph>."
#: table_cellmerge.xhp#par_id634174.help.text
msgid "A dialog allows you to split the cell into two or more cells, horizontally or vertically."
msgstr "Eit dialogvindauge gjev deg høve til å dela cella i to eller fleire celler, vassrett eller loddrett."
#: indices_delete.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Editing or Deleting Index and Table Entries"
msgstr "Redigera og fjerna stikkord i register og innhaldslister"
#: indices_delete.xhp#bm_id3155186.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes; editing or deleting entries</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables of contents; editing or deleting entries</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deleting;entries of indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editing;table/index entries</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: indices_delete.xhp#hd_id3155186.11.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_delete\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp\" name=\"Editing or Deleting Index and Table Entries\">Editing or Deleting Index and Table Entries</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_delete\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp\" name=\"Editing or Deleting Index and Table Entries\">Redigera og fjerna stikkord i register og innhaldslister</link></variable>"
#: indices_delete.xhp#par_id3155855.12.help.text
msgid "Index entries are inserted as fields into your document. To view fields in your document, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View</item> <emph/>and ensure that <item type=\"menuitem\">Field Shadings</item> <emph/>is selected. "
msgstr ""
#: indices_delete.xhp#par_id3155507.13.help.text
msgid "Place the cursor immediately in front of the index entry in your document."
msgstr "Plasser skrivemerket rett framfor stikkordet i dokumentet."
#: indices_delete.xhp#par_id3155526.16.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Index Entry</emph>, and do one of the following: "
msgstr ""
#: indices_delete.xhp#par_id3154238.17.help.text
msgid "To change the entry, enter different text in the <emph>Entry</emph> box."
msgstr ""
#: indices_delete.xhp#par_id3154263.18.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "To remove the entry, click <emph>Delete</emph>."
msgstr "For å sletta ein makro, vel makroen og trykk <emph>Slett</emph>."
#: indices_delete.xhp#par_id3155893.15.help.text
msgid "To cycle through the index entries in your document, click the next or the previous arrows in the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp\" name=\"Edit Index Entry dialog\"><emph>Edit Index Entry</emph> dialog</link>."
msgstr ""
#: word_completion.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Word Completion for Text Documents"
msgstr "Fullføring av ord i tekstdokument"
#: word_completion.xhp#bm_id3148882.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>automatic word completion</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>completion of words</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function; word completion</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>word completion;using/disabling</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>disabling;word completion</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>switching off;word completion</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deactivating;word completion</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>refusing word completions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>rejecting word completions</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: word_completion.xhp#par_idN10751.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"word_completion\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp\">Word Completion for Text Documents</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"word_completion\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp\">Fullføring av ord i tekstdokument</link></variable>"
#: word_completion.xhp#par_idN1076F.help.text
msgid "$[officename] collects words that you frequently use in the current session. When you later type the first three letters of a collected word, $[officename] automatically completes the word. "
msgstr "$[officename] lagrar dei orda du brukar ofte i den noverande økta. Når du seinare skriv dei tre første bokstavane (eller fleire) i eit lagra ord, vil $[officename] automatisk fullføra ordet."
#: word_completion.xhp#par_id3149346.91.help.text
msgid "If there is more than one word in the AutoCorrect memory that matches the three letters that you type, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab to cycle through the available words. To cycle in the opposite direction, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+Tab. "
msgstr ""
#: word_completion.xhp#par_idN1078D.help.text
msgid " To Accept/Reject a Word Completion"
msgstr ""
#: word_completion.xhp#par_idN10794.help.text
msgid "By default, you accept the word completion by pressing the Enter key. "
msgstr "Som standard godtek du ei ordfullføring ved å trykkja <emph>Enter</emph>. "
#: word_completion.xhp#par_idN1079B.help.text
msgid " To reject the word completion, continue typing with any other key. "
msgstr " For å avvisa ei ordfullføring, held du berre fram med å skriva. "
#: word_completion.xhp#par_idN1079E.help.text
msgid " To Switch off the Word Completion "
msgstr ""
#: word_completion.xhp#par_idN107A5.help.text
msgid " Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect Options - Word Completion</item>. "
msgstr ""
#: word_completion.xhp#par_idN107AD.help.text
msgid " Clear <emph>Enable word completion</emph> . "
msgstr ""
#: word_completion.xhp#par_id7504806.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp\">Fine-Tuning the Word Completion</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp\">Finjustera fullføring av ord</link>"
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Automatically Check Spelling"
msgstr "Automatisk stavekontroll"
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp#bm_id3154265.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>spellcheck;AutoSpellcheck on/off</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>automatic spellcheck</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>checking spelling;while typing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>words;disabling spellcheck</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp#hd_id3154265.31.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"auto_spellcheck\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp\" name=\"Automatically Check Spelling\">Automatically Check Spelling</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"auto_spellcheck\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp\" name=\"Automatically Check Spelling\">Automatisk stavekontroll</link></variable>"
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp#par_id3154664.5.help.text
msgid "You can have $[officename] automatically check spelling while you type and underline possible misspelt words with a red wavy line."
msgstr "$[officename] kan automatisk kontrollera staving medan du skriv og streka under ord som kan vera feilstava med ein raud krøllstrek."
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp#hd_id3154678.41.help.text
msgid "To Check Spelling Automatically While You Type"
msgstr ""
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp#par_id3155531.42.help.text
msgid "Activate the <emph>AutoSpellcheck </emph>icon on the Standard bar."
msgstr ""
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp#par_id3155569.33.help.text
msgid "Right-click a word with a red wavy underline, and then choose a suggested replacement word from the list, or from the <emph>AutoCorrect </emph>submenu."
msgstr ""
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp#par_id3147759.6.help.text
msgid "If you choose a word from the <item type=\"menuitem\">AutoCorrect</item> submenu, the underlined word and the replacement word are automatically added to the AutoCorrect list for the current language. To view the AutoCorrect list, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools – AutoCorrect Options</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Replace</item> tab."
msgstr ""
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp#par_id3147819.7.help.text
msgid "You can also add the underlined word to your custom dictionary by choosing <emph>Add</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp#hd_id3147220.32.help.text
msgid "To Exclude Words From the Spellcheck"
msgstr ""
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp#par_id3147263.35.help.text
msgid "Select the words that you want to exclude."
msgstr "Vel orda du vil fjerna."
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp#par_id3147282.36.help.text
msgid "Click the Language control on the Status bar to open a menu."
msgstr "Trykk på språknamnet på statuslinja for å opna ein meny."
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp#par_id3145602.38.help.text
msgid "Choose “None (Do not check spelling)”."
msgstr ""
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp#par_id3145648.40.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01010401.xhp\" name=\"Creating a new dictionary.\">Creating a new dictionary.</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01010401.xhp\" name=\"Creating a new dictionary.\">Laga ei ny ordliste</link>"
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Fine-Tuning the Word Completion for Text Documents"
msgstr "Finjustera fullføring av ord i tekstdokument"
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#bm_id3148882.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>settings;word completion</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>word completion;settings</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text documents;word completion settings</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>weekdays; automatically completing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>months; automatically completing</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#hd_id4745017.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "<variable id=\"word_completion_adjust\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp\">Fine-Tuning the Word Completion for Text Documents</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"word_completion\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp\">Fullføring av ord i tekstdokument</link></variable>"
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_id4814294.help.text
msgid "If you like it that $[officename] automatically completes the words that you frequently use, you can make further adjustments to refine that behavior. If you want, you can also save the current list of collected words so that it can be used in the next session."
msgstr ""
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_id2593462.help.text
msgid "To fine-tune the word completion choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools – AutoCorrect Options - Word Completion</item> and select any of the following options:"
msgstr ""
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN107C6.help.text
msgid "To Insert an Additional Space Character"
msgstr ""
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN10B03.help.text
msgid "Select <emph>Append space</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN10B0E.help.text
msgid "The space character is appended after you type the first character of the next word after the auto-completed word. The space character is suppressed if the next character is a delimiter, such as a full stop or a new line character."
msgstr " Mellomromsteiknet vert lagt til etter du har skrive det første teiknet i ordet som kjem etter det automatisk fullførte ordet. Mellomromsteiknet vert ikkje lagt til dersom det neste teiknet er eit skiljeteikn, som til dømes eit punktum eller eit linjeskift. "
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN107CC.help.text
msgid "To Define the Accept Key"
msgstr ""
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN10B20.help.text
msgid "Choose the key to accept the suggested word using the <emph>Accept with</emph> list box."
msgstr ""
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN107D2.help.text
msgid "To Select the Minimum Number of Characters"
msgstr ""
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN10B36.help.text
msgid "Use the <emph>Min. word length</emph> box to set the minimum number of characters a word must have to be collected into the list."
msgstr ""
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN107D8.help.text
msgid "To Select the Scope of Collected Words"
msgstr ""
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN10B4C.help.text
msgid "Disable the option <emph>When closing a document, remove the words collected from it from the list</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN10B53.help.text
msgid "Now the list is also valid for other documents that you open. When you close the last %PRODUCTNAME document, the word list is deleted."
msgstr " No gjeld lista også i andre dokument du opnar. Når du lukkar det siste dokumentet, vert ordlista sletta."
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN10B56.help.text
msgid "If you enable the checkbox, the list is only valid as long as the current document is open."
msgstr " Dersom du ikkje kryssar av for dette, gjeld lista berre så lenge det gjeldande dokumentet er ope. "
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_id2634968.help.text
msgid "If you want the word list to exist longer than the current %PRODUCTNAME session, save it as a document, as described in the following section."
msgstr "Dersom du vil at ordlista skal eksistera lenger enn i den gjeldande %PRODUCTNAME-økta, kan du lagra henne som eit dokument. Dette er skildra i det følgjande avsnittet."
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN107DE.help.text
msgid "To Use the Word List for Further Sessions"
msgstr ""
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN10B94.help.text
msgid "If the automatic spellcheck option is enabled, only the words that are recognized by the spellcheck are collected."
msgstr " Dersom innstillinga for automatisk stavekontroll slått på, er det berre dei orda som vert attkjende av stavekontrollen som vert lagra. "
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN10BA1.help.text
msgid "Use the word list to always start with a defined set of technical terms for the word completion feature."
msgstr " Bruka ordlista til alltid å byrja med ei viss mengd tekniske omgrep til ordfullføring. "
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN10BA7.help.text
msgid "Open the text document that contains the terms that you want to use for word completion."
msgstr " Opna tekstdokumentet som inneheld dei orda du vil bruka i ordfullføringa. "
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN10BAB.help.text
msgid "The word completion feature collects the words."
msgstr " Ordfullføringsfunksjonen lagrar orda. "
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN107ED.help.text
msgid "Select all or some of the words in the list."
msgstr "Vel alle eller nokre av orda på lista. "
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN107F4.help.text
msgid "Use <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+C to copy all selected words into the clipboard. Paste the clipboard into a new document and save it to get a reference list of collected words."
msgstr " Trykk <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Kommando </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl </defaultinline></switchinline>+ C for å kopiera alle dei valde orda til utklippstavla. Set så innhaldet på utklippstavla inn i eit nytt dokument og lagra det for å få ei liste over lagra ord. "
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN10BC6.help.text
msgid "Later you can open the reference list and automatically collect the words, so that the word completion feature starts with a defined set of words."
msgstr " Seinare kan du opna denne lista og automatisk lagra orda, slik at ordfullføringa startar med ei viss mengd ord på førehand. "
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_idN10809.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040600.xhp\">Word Completion</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040600.xhp\">Fullføring av ord</link>"
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp#par_id5458845.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp\">Using Word Completion</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp\">Bruka fullføring av ord</link>"
#: calculate_multitable.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Calculating Across Tables"
msgstr "Rekning på tvers av tabellar"
#: calculate_multitable.xhp#bm_id3154248.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>calculating; across multiple text tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables;calculating across</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: calculate_multitable.xhp#hd_id3154248.11.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"calculate_multitable\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp\" name=\"Calculating Across Tables\">Calculating Across Tables</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"calculate_multitable\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp\" name=\"Calculating Across Tables\">Rekning på tvers av tabellar</link></variable>"
#: calculate_multitable.xhp#par_id3147773.12.help.text
msgid "You can perform calculations that span across more than one table in a text document."
msgstr "Du kan utføra utrekningar som strekk seg over meir enn éin tabell i eit tekstdokument."
#: calculate_multitable.xhp#par_id3147795.13.help.text
msgid "Open a text document, insert two tables, and type numbers in a few cells in both tables."
msgstr "Opna eit tekstdokument, set inn to tabellar, og skriv inn tal i nokre få celler i kvar tabell."
#: calculate_multitable.xhp#par_id3147815.14.help.text
msgid "Place your cursor in an empty cell in one of the tables."
msgstr "Plasser skrivemerket i ei tom celle i éin av tabellane."
#: calculate_multitable.xhp#par_id3147833.16.help.text
msgid "Press F2."
msgstr "Trykk på F2."
#: calculate_multitable.xhp#par_id3147228.17.help.text
msgctxt "calculate_multitable.xhp#par_id3147228.17.help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formula Bar</item>, enter the function that you want to perform, for example, <item type=\"literal\">=SUM</item>."
msgstr ""
#: calculate_multitable.xhp#par_id3147254.18.help.text
msgid "Click in a cell containing a number, press the plus sign (+), and then click in a different cell containing a number."
msgstr "Trykk på ei celle i den store tabellen som inneheld eit tal, trykk på plussteiknet (+), og trykk deretter i ei anna celle som inneheld eit tal."
#: calculate_multitable.xhp#par_id3147274.19.help.text
msgctxt "calculate_multitable.xhp#par_id3147274.19.help.text"
msgid "Press <emph>Enter</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>Enter</emph>."
#: indices_userdef.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "User-Defined Indexes"
msgstr "Tilpassa register"
#: indices_userdef.xhp#bm_id3154896.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes; creating user-defined indexes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>user-defined indexes</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: indices_userdef.xhp#hd_id3154896.30.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_userdef\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp\" name=\"User-Defined Indexes\">User-Defined Indexes</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_userdef\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp\" name=\"User-Defined Indexes\">Tilpassa register</link></variable>"
#: indices_userdef.xhp#par_id3155184.31.help.text
msgid "You can create as many user-defined indexes as you want."
msgstr "Du kan oppretta så mange tilpassa register som du vil."
#: indices_userdef.xhp#hd_id3155915.47.help.text
msgid "To Create a User-Defined Index"
msgstr ""
#: indices_userdef.xhp#par_id3155867.48.help.text
msgid "Select a word or words that you want to add to a user-defined index."
msgstr "Merk eitt eller fleire ord du vil leggja til i eit tilpassa register."
#: indices_userdef.xhp#par_id3153410.49.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Entry</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: indices_userdef.xhp#par_id3154248.50.help.text
msgid "Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">New User-defined Index</item> button next to the <item type=\"menuitem\">Index</item> <emph/>box."
msgstr ""
#: indices_userdef.xhp#par_id3155886.51.help.text
msgid "Type a name for the index in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Name</item> <emph/>box and click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
msgstr ""
#: indices_userdef.xhp#par_id3147114.52.help.text
msgid "Click<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> to add the selected word(s) to the new index. "
msgstr ""
#: indices_userdef.xhp#par_id3147139.53.help.text
msgid "Click<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">Close</item>."
msgstr ""
#: indices_userdef.xhp#hd_id3150231.54.help.text
msgid "To Insert a User-Defined Index"
msgstr ""
#: indices_userdef.xhp#par_id3150933.32.help.text
msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the index."
msgstr "Trykk på den staden i dokumentet der du vil setja inn registeret."
#: indices_userdef.xhp#par_id3150952.33.help.text
msgctxt "indices_userdef.xhp#par_id3150952.33.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Indexes and Tables</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: indices_userdef.xhp#par_id3150509.55.help.text
msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Index/Table</item> tab, select the name of the user-defined index that you created in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> <emph/>box."
msgstr ""
#: indices_userdef.xhp#par_id3146881.56.help.text
msgctxt "indices_userdef.xhp#par_id3146881.56.help.text"
msgid "Select any options that you want."
msgstr "Vel dei innstillingane som skal brukast."
#: indices_userdef.xhp#par_id3146897.34.help.text
msgctxt "indices_userdef.xhp#par_id3146897.34.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: indices_userdef.xhp#par_id3150720.20.help.text
msgid "If you want to use a different paragraph style as a table of contents entry, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Styles</item>, and then click the (<item type=\"menuitem\">...</item>) button next to the box. Click the style in the list, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">>></item> <emph/>or the <item type=\"menuitem\"><<</item> <emph/>button to define the outline level for the paragraph style."
msgstr ""
#: table_insert.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Inserting Tables"
msgstr "Setja inn tabellar"
#: table_insert.xhp#bm_id3156377.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>tables; inserting text tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting; tables in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>DDE; inserting tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>OLE objects; inserting tables in</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>cells;inserting from spreadsheets</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables in spreadsheets;inserting in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>spreadsheets;inserting tables from</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: table_insert.xhp#hd_id3156377.31.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"table_insert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Tables\">Inserting Tables</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"table_insert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Tables\">Setja inn tabellar</link></variable>"
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3149489.32.help.text
msgid "There are several ways to create a table in a text document. You can insert a table from a toolbar, through a menu command, or from a spreadsheet. "
msgstr "Det finst fleire måtar å oppretta ein tabell i eit tekstdokument på. Du kan setja inn ein tabell frå ei verktøylinje, gjennom ein menyfunksjon eller frå eit rekneark. "
#: table_insert.xhp#hd_id3155908.33.help.text
msgid "To Insert a Table From a Toolbar"
msgstr ""
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3155861.34.help.text
msgctxt "table_insert.xhp#par_id3155861.34.help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in your document where you want to insert the table."
msgstr "Plasser skrivemerket på den staden i dokumentet der du vil setja inn tabellen."
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3147416.28.help.text
msgid "On the <emph>Standard</emph> or the <emph>Insert</emph> bar, click the arrow next to the <emph>Table</emph> icon."
msgstr ""
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3153398.29.help.text
msgid "In the table grid, drag to select the numbers of rows and columns that you want, and then release."
msgstr "Dra i tabellrutenettet for å velja talet på rader og kolonnar du vil ha, og slepp deretter."
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3153416.30.help.text
msgid "To cancel, drag to the other side until <emph>Cancel</emph> appears in the preview area of the grid."
msgstr ""
#: table_insert.xhp#hd_id3153135.35.help.text
msgid "To Insert a Table With a Menu Command"
msgstr ""
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3149642.36.help.text
msgctxt "table_insert.xhp#par_id3149642.36.help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in your document where you want to insert the table."
msgstr "Plasser skrivemerket på den staden i dokumentet der du vil setja inn tabellen."
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3149609.37.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Table - Insert - Table</emph>. "
msgstr "Vel <emph>Tabell → Set inn → Tabell</emph>."
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3149858.66.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Size</emph> area, enter the number of rows and columns."
msgstr ""
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3145097.67.help.text
msgid "Select the options that you want, click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: table_insert.xhp#hd_id3149572.43.help.text
msgid "To Insert a Table From a Calc Spreadsheet"
msgstr ""
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3149594.44.help.text
msgctxt "table_insert.xhp#par_id3149594.44.help.text"
msgid "Open the $[officename] Calc spreadsheet containing the cell range that you want to insert."
msgstr "Opna $[officename] Calc-reknearket som inneheld celleområdet du vil setja inn."
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3156250.45.help.text
msgctxt "table_insert.xhp#par_id3156250.45.help.text"
msgid "In the spreadsheet, drag to select the cells."
msgstr "Dra for å markera celler i reknearket."
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3154395.68.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Copy</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Rediger → Kopier</emph>."
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3154420.46.help.text
msgid "In your text document, do one of the following:"
msgstr "Gjer éin av desse i tekstdokumentet:"
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3153383.47.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Paste</emph>. The cell range is pasted as an OLE object. To edit the contents of the cells, double-click the object."
msgstr ""
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3154248.48.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Paste Special</emph>, and choose from the following options:"
msgstr "Vel <emph>Endra → Former</emph> og éin av desse:"
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3154844.49.help.text
msgid "Options"
msgstr "Innstillingar"
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3154867.50.help.text
msgid "Is inserted as..."
msgstr "Vert sett inn som …"
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3155893.51.help.text
msgid "$[officename] $[officeversion] Spreadsheet"
msgstr "$[officename] $[officeversion]-rekneark"
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3149986.52.help.text
msgid "OLE object - as with <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+V or drag-and-drop"
msgstr "OLE-objekt – som ved <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Kommando </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl </defaultinline></switchinline>+ V eller dra og slepp."
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3148674.53.help.text
msgid "GDIMetaFile"
msgstr "GDIMetaFile"
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3148697.54.help.text
msgctxt "table_insert.xhp#par_id3148697.54.help.text"
msgid "Graphic"
msgstr "Bilete"
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3153027.55.help.text
msgid "Bitmap"
msgstr "Punktbilete"
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3148957.56.help.text
msgctxt "table_insert.xhp#par_id3148957.56.help.text"
msgid "Graphic"
msgstr "Bilete"
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3147104.57.help.text
msgid "HTML"
msgstr "HTML"
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3147126.58.help.text
msgid "HTML table"
msgstr "HTML-tabell"
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3150223.59.help.text
msgid "Unformatted text"
msgstr "Uformatert tekst"
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3150246.60.help.text
msgid "Text only, tab stops as separators"
msgstr "Berre tekst, tabulatorar som skiljeteikn"
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3145227.61.help.text
msgid "Formatted text [RTF]"
msgstr "Formatert tekst (RTF)"
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3150938.62.help.text
msgid "Text table"
msgstr "Teksttabell"
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3150965.63.help.text
msgid "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">DDE link (only under Windows) </caseinline></switchinline>"
msgstr "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">DDE-lenkje (berre i Windows)</caseinline></switchinline>"
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3154377.64.help.text
msgid "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">Table structure and contents, without formatting. With updating </caseinline></switchinline>"
msgstr "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">Tabellstruktur og innhald, utan å formatera. Med oppdatering.</caseinline></switchinline>"
#: table_insert.xhp#hd_id3151093.38.help.text
msgid "Drag-and-Drop a Cell Range From a Calc Spreadsheet"
msgstr "Dra og sleppa eit celleområde frå eit Calc-regneark"
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3151116.39.help.text
msgctxt "table_insert.xhp#par_id3151116.39.help.text"
msgid "Open the $[officename] Calc spreadsheet containing the cell range that you want to insert."
msgstr "Opn det $[officename] Calc-reknearket som inneheld celleområdet du vil setja inn."
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3150515.69.help.text
msgctxt "table_insert.xhp#par_id3150515.69.help.text"
msgid "In the spreadsheet, drag to select the cells."
msgstr "Dra for å merkja cellene i reknearket."
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3150534.40.help.text
msgid "Click and hold the mouse button in the selected cells."
msgstr "Trykk og hald nede museknappen ei av dei merkte cellene."
#: table_insert.xhp#par_id3147527.41.help.text
msgid "Drag the selected cells into the text document."
msgstr "Dra dei merkte cellene inn i tekstdokumentet."
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Navigating and Selecting With the Keyboard"
msgstr "Navigera og merkja med tastaturet"
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#bm_id3159260.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; navigating and selecting with keyboard</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>navigating; in text, with keyboard</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>selecting;text, with keyboard</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>keyboard; navigating and selecting in text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#hd_id3159260.33.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"text_nav_keyb\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp\" name=\"Navigating and Selecting With the Keyboard\">Navigating and Selecting With the Keyboard</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"text_nav_keyb\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp\" name=\"Navigating and Selecting With the Keyboard\">Navigera og merkja med tastaturet</link></variable>"
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3155179.13.help.text
msgid "You can navigate through a document and make selections with the keyboard."
msgstr "Du kan navigera gjennom eit dokument og merkja av med tastaturet."
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id1031200810571916.help.text
msgid "To move the cursor, press the key or key combination given in the following table."
msgstr "Trykk på tastane som er oppgjevne i tabellen nedanfor for å flytta skrivemerket."
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id1031200810571929.help.text
msgid "To select the characters under the moving cursor, additionally hold down the Shift key when you move the cursor."
msgstr "For å merkja teikna under skrivemerket, hald i tillegg inne <emph>Shift</emph> når du flyttar det."
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3155918.23.help.text
msgid "Key"
msgstr "Tast"
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3155870.24.help.text
msgid "Function"
msgstr "Funksjon"
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3156220.25.help.text
msgid " <emph>+</emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>Command key</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Ctrl key</emph></defaultinline></switchinline>"
msgstr ""
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3156113.26.help.text
msgid "Right, left arrow keys"
msgstr "Pil høgre og venstre"
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3150105.27.help.text
msgid "Moves the cursor one character to the left or to the right."
msgstr "Flyttar skrivemerket eitt teikn til venstre eller høgre."
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3153418.28.help.text
msgid "Moves the cursor one word to the left or to the right."
msgstr "Flyttar skrivemerket eitt ord til venstre eller høgre."
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3149629.29.help.text
msgid "Up, down arrow keys"
msgstr "Pil opp og ned"
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3149949.30.help.text
msgid "Moves the cursor up or down one line."
msgstr "Flyttar skrivemerket éi linje opp eller ned."
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3149972.31.help.text
msgid "(<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command+Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>) Moves the current paragraph up or down."
msgstr ""
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3149624.32.help.text
msgctxt "text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3149624.32.help.text"
msgid "Home"
msgstr "Home"
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3149871.56.help.text
msgid "Moves the cursor to the beginning of the current line."
msgstr "Flyttar skrivemerket til byrjinga av den gjeldande linja."
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3145108.34.help.text
msgid "Moves the cursor to the beginning of the document."
msgstr "Flyttar skrivemerket til byrjinga av dokumentet."
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3149586.35.help.text
msgctxt "text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3149586.35.help.text"
msgid "Home"
msgstr "Home"
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3156237.36.help.text
msgctxt "text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3156237.36.help.text"
msgid "In a table"
msgstr "I ein tabell"
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3156260.37.help.text
msgid "Moves the cursor to the beginning of the contents in the current cell."
msgstr "Flyttar skrivemerket til byrjinga av innhaldet i den gjeldande cella."
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3145409.38.help.text
msgid "Moves the cursor to the beginning of the contents of the current cell. Press again to move the cursor to the first cell in the table. Press again to move the cursor to the beginning of the document."
msgstr "Flyttar skrivemerket til byrjinga av innhaldet i den gjeldande cella. Trykk ein gong til for å flytta skrivemerket til den første cella i tabellen. Trykk endå ein gong for å flytta skrivemerket til byrjinga av dokumentet."
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3154410.41.help.text
msgctxt "text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3154410.41.help.text"
msgid "End"
msgstr "End"
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3153372.42.help.text
msgid "Moves the cursor to the end of the current line."
msgstr "Flyttar skrivemerket til slutten av den gjeldande linja."
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3154235.43.help.text
msgid "Moves the cursor to the end of the document"
msgstr "Flyttar skrivemerket til slutten av dokumentet."
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3154262.44.help.text
msgctxt "text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3154262.44.help.text"
msgid "End"
msgstr "End"
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3154850.45.help.text
msgctxt "text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3154850.45.help.text"
msgid "In a table"
msgstr "I ein tabell"
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3154873.46.help.text
msgid "Moves to the end of the contents in the current cell."
msgstr "Flyttar skrivemerket til slutten av innhaldet i den gjeldande cella."
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3155894.47.help.text
msgid "Moves the cursor to the end of the contents of the current cell. Press again to move the cursor to the last cell in the table. Press again to move the cursor to the end of the document."
msgstr "Flyttar skrivemerket til slutten av innhaldet i den gjeldande cella. Trykk ein gong til for å flytta skrivemerket til den siste cella i tabellen. Trykk endå ein gong for å flytta skrivemerket til slutten av dokumentet."
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3155944.50.help.text
msgid "PgUp"
msgstr "Page Up"
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3148678.54.help.text
msgid "Scrolls up one page."
msgstr "Rullar éi side opp."
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3148701.52.help.text
msgid "Moves the cursor to the header."
msgstr "Flyttar skrivemerket til toppteksten."
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3149998.53.help.text
msgid "PgDn"
msgstr "Page Down"
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3153018.51.help.text
msgid "Scroll down one page."
msgstr "Rullar éi side ned."
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp#par_id3148949.55.help.text
msgid "Moves the cursor to the footer."
msgstr "Flyttar skrivemerket til botnteksten."
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Preventing Hyphenation of Specific Words"
msgstr "Unngå deling av visse ord"
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp#bm_id3149695.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>hyphenation;preventing for specific words</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>words;wrapping/not wrapping in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>switching off;hyphenation for specific words</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>orddeling;unngå for visse ord</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ord;bryting eller ikkje i tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>slå av;deling av visse ord</bookmark_value>"
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp#hd_id3149695.20.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"hyphen_prevent\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hyphen_prevent.xhp\" name=\"Preventing Hyphenation of Specific Words\">Preventing Hyphenation of Specific Words</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"hyphen_prevent\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hyphen_prevent.xhp\" name=\"Preventing Hyphenation of Specific Words\">Unngå deling av visse ord</link></variable>"
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp#par_id5640125.help.text
msgid "If your text is <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp\">automatically hyphenated</link> and certain hyphenated words look ugly, or if you want specific words never to be hyphenated you can switch off hyphenation for those words:"
msgstr "Dersom du brukar <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp\">automatisk orddeling</link> på teksten og visse ord vert delte feil, eller dersom du vil at visse ord aldri skal bli delte, kan du slå av deling av desse orda:"
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp#par_id3153634.40.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - Language Settings - Writing Aids</emph> "
msgstr "Vel <emph>Verktøy → Innstillingar → Språkinnstillingar → Skrivestøtte</emph>"
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp#par_id3153658.41.help.text
msgid "Select a dictionary in the <emph>User-defined dictionary </emph>list, and then click <emph>Edit</emph>."
msgstr "Vel ei ordbok i lista <emph>Eigne ordlister</emph>, og trykk på <emph>Rediger</emph>."
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp#par_id3147125.43.help.text
msgid "If the list is empty, click <emph>New</emph> to create a dictionary."
msgstr "Dersom lista er tom, trykk på <emph>Ny</emph> for å oppretta ei ordliste."
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp#par_id3150218.42.help.text
msgid "In the<emph> Word</emph> box, type the word you want to exclude from hyphenation, followed by an equal sign (=), for example, \"pretentious=\"."
msgstr "Skriv inn ordet som ikkje skal delast i boksen <emph>Ord</emph>, og eit er lik-teikn (=) etter det, til dømes «fantastisk=»."
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp#par_id3150247.65.help.text
msgid "Click <emph>New</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>Ny</emph>, og deretter <emph>Lukk</emph>."
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp#par_id3147036.29.help.text
msgid "To quickly exclude a word from hyphenation, select the word, choose <emph>Format - Character</emph>, click the <emph>Font </emph>tab, and select \"None\" in the <emph>Language </emph>box."
msgstr "For snøgt å unngå at eit ord vert delt, merk det, vel <emph>Format → Teikn</emph>, trykk på fana <emph>Skrift</emph>, og vel <emph>Ingen</emph> i <emph>språkboksen</emph>."
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp#par_id0302200910262761.help.text
msgid "Some words contain special characters that %PRODUCTNAME treats as a hyphen. If you do not want such words to be hyphenated, you can insert a special code that prevents hyphenation at the position where the special code is inserted. Proceed as follows:"
msgstr ""
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp#par_id0302200910262850.help.text
msgid "Enable the special features of complex text layout (CTL) languages: Choose <item type=\"menuitem\"><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - Language Settings - Languages</item> and check <emph>Enabled for complex text layout (CTL)</emph>. Click OK."
msgstr ""
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp#par_id0302200910262837.help.text
msgid "Position the cursor at the place where no hyphenation should occur."
msgstr "Plasser skrivemerket på den staden i teksten der du ikkje vil at eit ord skal verta delt."
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp#par_id0302200910262867.help.text
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Formatting Mark - No-width no break</item>."
msgstr ""
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp#par_id0302200910572128.help.text
msgid "Once the special character is inserted, you might disable CTL again. Support of CTL was only necessary to insert the special character."
msgstr ""
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp#par_id3154361.46.help.text
msgctxt "hyphen_prevent.xhp#par_id3154361.46.help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\">Text Flow</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\">Tekstflyt</link>"
#: header_with_line.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Formatting Headers or Footers"
msgstr "Formatera topp- og botntekstar"
#: header_with_line.xhp#bm_id3154866.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>inserting;lines under headers/above footers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lines; under headers/above footers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>headers;formatting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>footers;formatting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>shadows;headers/footers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>borders;for headers/footers</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: header_with_line.xhp#hd_id3154866.20.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"header_with_line\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp\" name=\"Formatting Headers or Footers\">Formatting Headers or Footers</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"header_with_line\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp\" name=\"Formatting Headers or Footers\">Formatera topp- og botntekstar</link></variable>"
#: header_with_line.xhp#par_id3154243.21.help.text
msgid "You can apply direct formatting to the text in a header or footer. You can also adjust the spacing of the text relative to the header or footer frame or apply a border to the header or footer."
msgstr "Du kan bruka direkte formatering på teksten i ein topp- eller botntekst. Du kan òg tilpassa avstanden på teksten i høve til topp- eller botntekstramma eller bruka kantlinjer på topp- eller botnteksten."
#: header_with_line.xhp#par_id3155873.22.help.text
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Page</item> <emph/>and select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Header</item> <emph/>or <item type=\"menuitem\">Footer</item> <emph/>tab."
msgstr ""
#: header_with_line.xhp#par_id3147109.27.help.text
msgid "Set the spacing options that you want to use."
msgstr "Vel avstandsinnstillingane du vil bruka."
#: header_with_line.xhp#par_id3147128.23.help.text
msgid "To add a border or a shadow to the header or the footer, click <item type=\"menuitem\">More</item>. The <item type=\"menuitem\">Border/Background</item> <emph/>dialog opens."
msgstr ""
#: header_with_line.xhp#par_id3150520.24.help.text
msgid "To add a separator line between the header or the footer and the content of the page, click the bottom edge of the square in the <emph>Line arrangement</emph> area. Click a line style in the <emph>Style</emph> box."
msgstr ""
#: header_with_line.xhp#par_id3153742.25.help.text
msgid "To adjust the spacing between the content of the header or footer and the line, clear the <emph>Synchronize</emph> box, and then enter a value in the<emph> Bottom</emph> box."
msgstr ""
#: using_numbered_lists.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Adding Bullets"
msgstr "Leggja til ei punktliste"
#: using_numbered_lists.xhp#bm_id3155186.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>bullet lists;turning on and off</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraphs; bulleted</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>bullets;adding and editing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting;bullets</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>removing;bullets in text documents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>changing;bulleting symbols</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: using_numbered_lists.xhp#hd_id3155186.6.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"using_numbered_lists\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp\" name=\"Adding Bullets\">Adding Bullets</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"using_numbered_lists\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp\" name=\"Adding Bullets\">Leggja til ei punktliste</link></variable>"
#: using_numbered_lists.xhp#hd_id3291116.help.text
msgid "To Add Bullets"
msgstr ""
#: using_numbered_lists.xhp#par_id3149829.7.help.text
msgid "Select the paragraph(s) that you want to add bullets to."
msgstr "Merk dei avsnitta du vil leggja til på punktlista."
#: using_numbered_lists.xhp#par_id3149635.16.help.text
msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatting</item> Bar, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Bullets On/Off</item> icon <image id=\"img_id3156108\" src=\"cmd/sc_defaultbullet.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3156108\">Icon</alt></image>."
msgstr ""
#: using_numbered_lists.xhp#par_id3145403.17.help.text
msgid "To remove bullets, select the bulleted paragraphs, and then click the <emph>Bullets On/Off</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> Bar."
msgstr ""
#: using_numbered_lists.xhp#hd_id3154403.26.help.text
msgid "To Format Bullets"
msgstr ""
#: using_numbered_lists.xhp#par_id3154416.9.help.text
msgid "To change the formatting of a bulleted list, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Bullets and Numbering</item>."
msgstr ""
#: using_numbered_lists.xhp#par_id3153390.14.help.text
msgid "For example, to change the bulleting symbol, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Options</item> tab, click the browse button (<item type=\"menuitem\">...</item>) next to <item type=\"menuitem\">Character</item>, and then select a special character. You can also click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Graphics</item> tab, and then click a symbol style in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Selection</item> <emph/>area."
msgstr ""
#: printer_tray.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Selecting printer paper trays"
msgstr "Val av papirkjelde"
#: printer_tray.xhp#bm_id6609088.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>selecting;paper trays</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paper tray selection</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: printer_tray.xhp#hd_id3155909.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"printer_tray\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhp\" name=\"Selecting printer paper trays\">Selecting Printer Paper Trays</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"printer_tray\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhp\" name=\"Selecting printer paper trays\">Val av papirkjelde</link></variable>"
#: printer_tray.xhp#par_id3155858.2.help.text
msgid "Use page styles to specify different paper sources for different pages in your document."
msgstr "Bruk sidestilar til å oppgje ulike papirkjelder for dei ulike sidene i dokumentet."
#: printer_tray.xhp#par_id3149841.7.help.text
msgctxt "printer_tray.xhp#par_id3149841.7.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Format → Stilhandsamar</emph>."
#: printer_tray.xhp#par_id3156108.8.help.text
msgid "Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page Styles</item> <emph/>icon."
msgstr ""
#: printer_tray.xhp#par_id3155066.9.help.text
msgid "Right-click the page style in the list that you want to specify the paper source for, and then choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: printer_tray.xhp#par_id3153416.10.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Paper tray</item> <emph/>box, select the paper tray that you want to use."
msgstr ""
#: printer_tray.xhp#par_id3153140.11.help.text
msgctxt "printer_tray.xhp#par_id3153140.11.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: printer_tray.xhp#par_id3149649.12.help.text
msgid "Repeat steps 1-5 for each page style that you want to specify the paper for."
msgstr "Gjenta steg 1–5 for kvar sidestil du vil oppgje papirkjelde for."
#: printer_tray.xhp#par_id3149616.5.help.text
msgid "Apply the page style to the pages that you want."
msgstr "Ta i bruk sidestilen på dei sidene du ønskjer."
#: printer_tray.xhp#par_id3154260.13.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Creating and applying page styles\">Creating and applying page styles</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Creating and applying page styles\">Oppretta og bruka sidestilar</link>"
#: navigator.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Navigator for Text Documents"
msgstr "Dokumentstrukturen i tekstdokument"
#: navigator.xhp#bm_id3154897.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>Navigator; overview in texts</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>hyperlinks;jumping to</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>objects;quickly moving to, within text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>frames;jumping to</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables;jumping to</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>headings;jumping to</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pages;jumping to</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>jumping;to text elements</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>overviews;Navigator in text documents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: navigator.xhp#hd_id3154897.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"navigator\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp\" name=\"Navigator for Text Documents\">Navigator for Text Documents</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"navigator\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp\" name=\"Navigator for Text Documents\">Dokumentstrukturen i tekstdokument</link></variable>"
#: navigator.xhp#par_id3153402.2.help.text
msgid "The Navigator<emph/>displays the different parts of your document, such as headings, tables, frames, objects, or hyperlinks."
msgstr ""
#: navigator.xhp#par_id3154247.3.help.text
msgid "To open the <emph>Navigator</emph>, press F5."
msgstr ""
#: navigator.xhp#par_id3155878.5.help.text
msgid "To quickly jump to a location in your document, double-click an item listed in the <emph>Navigator</emph> window or enter the respective page number in the spin box."
msgstr ""
#: navigator.xhp#par_id3147108.4.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator\">Navigator</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator\">Dokumentstruktur</link>"
#: shortcut_writing.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Applying Text Formatting While You Type"
msgstr "Bruka tekstformatering medan du skriv"
#: shortcut_writing.xhp#bm_id3149689.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; formatting bold while typing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting; bold, while typing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>keyboard;bold formatting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>bold;formatting while typing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>shortcut keys;bold formatting</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: shortcut_writing.xhp#hd_id3149689.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"shortcut_writing\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp\" name=\"Applying Text Formatting While You Type\">Applying Text Formatting While You Type</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"shortcut_writing\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp\" name=\"Applying Text Formatting While You Type\">Bruka tekstformatering medan du skriv</link></variable>"
#: shortcut_writing.xhp#hd_id3155909.2.help.text
msgid "To apply bold formatting"
msgstr "Bruka halvfeit formatering"
#: shortcut_writing.xhp#par_id3155861.14.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "shortcut_writing.xhp#par_id3155861.14.help.text"
msgid "Select the text that you want to format."
msgstr "Vel den teksten du vil formatera."
#: shortcut_writing.xhp#par_id3149836.5.help.text
msgid "Press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B."
msgstr "Trykk <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Kommando </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl </defaultinline></switchinline>+ B."
#: shortcut_writing.xhp#par_id3156112.6.help.text
msgid "You can also press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B, type the text that you want to format in bold, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B when you are finished."
msgstr "Du kan også trykkja <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Kommando </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl </defaultinline></switchinline>+ B</emph>, skriva den teksten du vil formatera med halvfeit skrift og deretter trykkje <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Kommando </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl </defaultinline></switchinline>+ B</emph> att når du er ferdig."
#: shortcut_writing.xhp#hd_id3151909.2.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "To apply italic formatting"
msgstr "Bruka halvfeit formatering"
#: shortcut_writing.xhp#par_id3151861.14.help.text
msgctxt "shortcut_writing.xhp#par_id3151861.14.help.text"
msgid "Select the text that you want to format."
msgstr "Vel den teksten du vil formatera."
#: shortcut_writing.xhp#par_id3141836.5.help.text
msgid "Press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+I."
msgstr ""
#: shortcut_writing.xhp#par_id3151112.6.help.text
msgid "You can also press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+I, type the text that you want to format in italic, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+I when you are finished."
msgstr ""
#: shortcut_writing.xhp#hd_id3152909.2.help.text
msgid "To underline text"
msgstr ""
#: shortcut_writing.xhp#par_id3152861.14.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Select the text that you want to underline."
msgstr "Merk den teksten du vil endra til store bokstavar."
#: shortcut_writing.xhp#par_id3142836.5.help.text
msgid "Press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+U."
msgstr ""
#: shortcut_writing.xhp#par_id3152112.6.help.text
msgid "You can also press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+U, type the text that you want underlined, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+U when you are finished."
msgstr ""
#: shortcut_writing.xhp#par_id3149648.12.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp\" name=\"Keyboard shortcut for text documents\">Keyboard shortcut for text documents</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp\" name=\"Keyboard shortcut for text documents\">Snøggtast for tekstdokument</link>"
#: shortcut_writing.xhp#par_id3149611.13.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/main0400.xhp\" name=\"Keyboard shortcut in $[officename]\">Keyboard shortcut in $[officename]</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/main0400.xhp\" name=\"Keyboard shortcut in $[officename]\">Snøggtast i $[officename]</link>"
#: chapter_numbering.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Outline Numbering"
msgstr "Disposisjonsnummerering"
#: chapter_numbering.xhp#bm_id3147682.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>outlines;numbering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deleting;heading numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>chapter numbering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>headings; numbering/paragraph styles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>numbering;headings</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: chapter_numbering.xhp#hd_id3147682.22.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"chapter_numbering\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Outline Numbering\">Outline Numbering</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"chapter_numbering\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Outline Numbering\">Disposisjonsnummerering</link></variable>"
#: chapter_numbering.xhp#par_id3155605.23.help.text
msgid "You can modify the heading hierarchy or assign a level in the hierarchy to a custom paragraph style. You can also add chapter and section numbering to heading paragraph styles. By default, the \"Heading 1\" paragraph style is at the top of the outline hierarchy."
msgstr "Du kan endra disposisjonen på overskriftene eller gje eit nivå i disposisjonen ein tilpassa avsnittsstil. Du kan også leggja nummerering av kapittel og inndelingar til avsnittsoverskrifter. Som standard står avsnittsstilen «Overskrift 1» på øvste stilnivå."
#: chapter_numbering.xhp#hd_id3155626.35.help.text
msgid "To Add Automatic Numbering to a Heading Style"
msgstr ""
#: chapter_numbering.xhp#par_id3154255.36.help.text
msgctxt "chapter_numbering.xhp#par_id3154255.36.help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Outline Numbering</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering</item> <emph/>tab."
msgstr ""
#: chapter_numbering.xhp#par_id3155891.37.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Paragraph Style</item> <emph/>box, select the heading style that you want to add chapter numbers to."
msgstr ""
#: chapter_numbering.xhp#par_id3150513.25.help.text
msgid "In the<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbers</item> box, select the numbering style that you want to use, and then click<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
msgstr ""
#: chapter_numbering.xhp#par_idN107CE.help.text
msgid "To Remove Automatic Outline Numbering From a Heading Paragraph"
msgstr ""
#: chapter_numbering.xhp#par_idN107D5.help.text
msgid "Click at the beginning of the text in the heading paragraph, after the number."
msgstr "Trykk på byrjinga av teksten i avsnittsoverskrifta, etter talet."
#: chapter_numbering.xhp#par_idN107D9.help.text
msgid "Press the <item type=\"keycode\">Backspace</item> key to delete the number."
msgstr ""
#: chapter_numbering.xhp#hd_id3155552.26.help.text
msgid "To Use a Custom Paragraph Style as a Heading"
msgstr ""
#: chapter_numbering.xhp#par_id3155571.38.help.text
msgctxt "chapter_numbering.xhp#par_id3155571.38.help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Outline Numbering</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering</item> <emph/>tab."
msgstr ""
#: chapter_numbering.xhp#par_id3147758.27.help.text
msgid "Select the custom style in the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> box."
msgstr ""
#: chapter_numbering.xhp#par_id3147782.39.help.text
msgid "Click the heading level that you want to assign to the custom paragraph style in the<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">Level</item> list. "
msgstr ""
#: chapter_numbering.xhp#par_id3147808.28.help.text
msgctxt "chapter_numbering.xhp#par_id3147808.28.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: reset_format.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Resetting Font Attributes"
msgstr "Nullstilla skrifteigenskapar"
#: reset_format.xhp#bm_id3149963.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>formats; resetting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>font attributes; resetting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>fonts; resetting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>resetting; fonts</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>direct formatting;exiting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting;exiting direct formatting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>exiting;direct formatting</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: reset_format.xhp#hd_id3149963.26.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"reset_format\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/reset_format.xhp\" name=\"Resetting Font Attributes\">Resetting Font Attributes</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"reset_format\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/reset_format.xhp\" name=\"Resetting Font Attributes\">Nullstilla skrifteigenskapar</link></variable>"
#: reset_format.xhp#par_id3154091.27.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "You can quickly exit manual formatting by pressing Ctrl+Shift+X. For example, if you have pressed Ctrl+B to apply the bold typeface to the text that you type, press Ctrl+Shift+X to return to the default character format of the paragraph."
msgstr "Du kan snøgt avslutte manuell formatering ved å trykkja på høgrepil-tasten. Dersom du til dømes har har trykt <emph>Ctrl + B</emph> for å bruke halvfeit skrift i teksten du skriv, kan du trykkja på høgrepila for å gå tilbake til standardteiknformatet i avsnittet."
#: reset_format.xhp#par_id3155854.28.help.text
msgid "To reset all direct formatting of existing text, select that text, then choose the menu command <emph>Format - Clear Direct Formatting</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: header_pagestyles.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Defining Different Headers and Footers"
msgstr "Laga ulike topp- og botntekstar"
#: header_pagestyles.xhp#bm_id3155920.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>headers;defining for left and right pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>footers;defining for left and right pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>page styles; changing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>defining; headers/footers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>mirrored page layout</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: header_pagestyles.xhp#hd_id3155920.25.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"header_pagestyles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Defining Different Headers and Footers\">Defining Different Headers and Footers</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"header_pagestyles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Defining Different Headers and Footers\">Laga ulike topp- og botntekstar</link></variable>"
#: header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3154263.26.help.text
msgid "You can use different headers and footers on different pages in your document, so long as the pages use different page styles. $[officename] provides several predefined page styles, such as <emph>First page</emph>, <emph>Left page</emph> and <emph>Right page</emph>, or you can create a custom page style."
msgstr "Du kan bruka ulike topp- og botntekstar på ulike sider i dokumentet så lenge sidene brukar ulike sidestilar. $[officename] tilbyr fleire førehandslaga sidestilar, som til dømes <emph>Første side</emph>,<emph>Venstreside</emph> og <emph>Høgreside</emph>. I tillegg til desse kan du òg oppretta ein tilpassa sidestil."
#: header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3147105.27.help.text
msgid "You can also use the mirrored page layout if you want to add a header to a page style that has different inner and outer page margins. To apply this option to a page style, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Page</item>, click the<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">Page</item> tab, and in the<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">Layout settings</item> area, choose “Mirrored” in the<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">Page layout</item> box."
msgstr ""
#: header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3150224.28.help.text
msgid "For example, you can use page styles to define different headers for even and odd pages in a document."
msgstr "Til dømes kan du bruka sidestilar for å laga ulike topptekstar til par- og oddetalssidene i eit dokument."
#: header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3150929.29.help.text
msgid "Open a new text document."
msgstr "Opna eit nytt tekstdokument."
#: header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3150946.31.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph> and click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon in the Styles and Formatting window."
msgstr ""
#: header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3150510.30.help.text
msgid "Right-click \"Right Page\" in the list of page styles and choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3150536.33.help.text
msgctxt "header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3150536.33.help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page Styles</item> dialog, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Header</item> <emph/>tab."
msgstr ""
#: header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3153750.34.help.text
msgctxt "header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3153750.34.help.text"
msgid "Select<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">Header on</item> and click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Organizer</item> tab."
msgstr ""
#: header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3146865.35.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Next Style</item> <emph/>box, select \"Left Page\"."
msgstr ""
#: header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3146889.36.help.text
msgctxt "header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3146889.36.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3150714.37.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window, right-click \"Left Page\" in the list of page styles and choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3150748.38.help.text
msgctxt "header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3150748.38.help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page Styles</item> dialog, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Header</item> <emph/>tab."
msgstr ""
#: header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3153172.39.help.text
msgctxt "header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3153172.39.help.text"
msgid "Select<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">Header on</item> and click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Organizer</item> tab."
msgstr ""
#: header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3147061.40.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Next Style</item> <emph/>box, select \"Right Page\"."
msgstr ""
#: header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3147086.41.help.text
msgctxt "header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3147086.41.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3145263.42.help.text
msgid "Double-click \"Right Page\" in the list of page styles to apply the style to the current page."
msgstr "Dobbeltklikk på <emph>Høgreside</emph> i lista over sidestilar for å bruka denne stilen på den gjeldande sida."
#: header_pagestyles.xhp#par_id3145284.43.help.text
msgid "Enter text or graphics in the header for the Left Page style. After the next page is added to your document, enter text or graphics in the header for the Right Page style. "
msgstr "Legg inn tekst og bilete i toppteksten for venstresider. Etter at den neste sida er lagd til i dokumentet kan du leggja inn tekst og bilete i toppteksten for høgresider."
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Inserting an Entire Text Document"
msgstr "Setja inn eit heilt tekstdokument"
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp#bm_id3155185.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>sections;inserting external content</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text documents;merging</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>links;inserting text documents as</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;text documents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp#hd_id3155185.23.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"textdoc_inframe\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp\" name=\"Inserting an Entire Text Document\">Inserting an Entire Text Document</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"textdoc_inframe\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp\" name=\"Inserting an Entire Text Document\">Setja inn eit heilt tekstdokument</link></variable>"
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp#hd_id1812799.help.text
msgid "To Insert a Text File"
msgstr ""
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp#par_id3155855.28.help.text
msgctxt "textdoc_inframe.xhp#par_id3155855.28.help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in the document where you want to insert the file."
msgstr "Plasser skrivemerket på den staden i dokumentet der du vil setja inn fila."
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp#par_id3147412.30.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - File</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Set inn → Fil</emph>."
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp#par_id3149839.31.help.text
msgid "Locate the text document that you want to insert, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp#par_id3148858.32.help.text
msgid "The contents of the text document are embedded into the current document and are not updated if the source file is changed. If you want the contents to automatically update when you change the source document, insert the file as a link."
msgstr "Innhaldet i tekstdokumentet vert innebygd i det gjeldande dokumentet. Det vert ikkje oppdatert dersom kildefilen vert endra. Dersom du vil at innhaldet skal verta oppdatert automatisk når du endrar kjeldedokumentet, så set du inn fila som ei lenkje."
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp#hd_id3156105.33.help.text
msgid "To Insert an Entire Text Document as a Link"
msgstr ""
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp#par_id3150096.34.help.text
msgctxt "textdoc_inframe.xhp#par_id3150096.34.help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in the document where you want to insert the file."
msgstr "Plasser skrivemerket i det dokumentet der du vil setja inn fila."
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp#par_id3153404.35.help.text
msgctxt "textdoc_inframe.xhp#par_id3153404.35.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Set inn → Bolk</emph>."
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp#par_id3153127.36.help.text
msgid "Type a name in the <emph>New Section</emph> box, and then select the <emph>Link</emph> check box."
msgstr ""
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp#par_id3149642.37.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">File Name</item> <emph/>box, type the name of the file that you want to insert, or click the browse button (<item type=\"menuitem\">...</item>) and locate the file."
msgstr ""
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp#par_id3149968.38.help.text
msgid "If the target text document contains sections, you can select the section that you want to insert in the<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">Sections</item> box."
msgstr ""
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp#par_id3149619.39.help.text
msgid "If you want, set the formatting options for the section."
msgstr "Dersom du ønskjer det, kan du velja formateringsinnstillingar for bolken."
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp#par_id3149862.40.help.text
msgctxt "textdoc_inframe.xhp#par_id3149862.40.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Set inn</emph>."
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp#par_id3145099.41.help.text
msgid "$[officename] automatically updates the contents of the inserted section whenever the source document is changed. To manually update the contents of the section, choose <emph>Tools - Update - Update All</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: form_letters_main.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Creating a Form Letter"
msgstr "Laga eit fletta brev"
#: form_letters_main.xhp#bm_id3159257.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>serial letters</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>form letters</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>mail merge</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>letters; creating form letters</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>wizards;form letters</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>fletta brev</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>standardbrev</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>brevfletting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>brev; laga fletta brev</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>vegvisarar;fletta brev</bookmark_value>"
#: form_letters_main.xhp#hd_id3159257.29.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"form_letters\"><variable id=\"form_letters_main\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Form Letter\">Creating a Form Letter</link></variable></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"form_letters\"><variable id=\"form_letters_main\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Form Letter\">Laga eit fletta brev</link></variable></variable>"
#: form_letters_main.xhp#par_id3150502.1.help.text
msgid "To create a form letter, you need a text document that contains fields for address data, and an address database. Then you combine or merge the address data and the text document to either print the letters or send them by e-mail."
msgstr "For å laga eit fletta brev treng du først eit tekstdokument som inneheld felt for adressedata, i tillegg til ein adressedatabase. Deretter kan du kombinera eller fletta adressedataa og tekstdokumentet, anten for å skriva ut brev, eller for å senda dei som e-post."
#: form_letters_main.xhp#par_id0805200801132382.help.text
msgid "If the document is in HTML format, any embedded or linked images will not be sent with the e-mail."
msgstr "Dersom dokumentet er i HTML-format, vil ikkje eventuelle bilete i dokumentet eller bilete det er lenkja til verte sende med i e-posten."
#: form_letters_main.xhp#par_idN10653.help.text
msgid "The <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp\">Mail Merge Wizard</link> helps you to create form letters."
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp\">Vegvisaren for brevfletting</link> hjelper deg med å laga fletta brev."
#: form_letters_main.xhp#par_idN10664.help.text
msgid "To create a form letter"
msgstr "Laga eit fletta brev"
#: form_letters_main.xhp#par_idN1066B.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Mail Merge Wizard</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Verktøy → Vegvisar for brevfletting</emph>."
#: form_letters_main.xhp#par_idN10672.help.text
msgid "You see the Mail Merge Wizard dialog. The following is an example of one of many possible ways to navigate the wizard's pages:"
msgstr "No er du komen til <emph>Vegvisaren for brevfletting</emph>. Dette er ein av mange måtar å bruka han på:"
#: form_letters_main.xhp#par_idN10676.help.text
msgid "Select <emph>Start from a template</emph>, and click the <emph>Browse</emph> button."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Start frå ein mal</emph>, og trykk <emph>Bla gjennom</emph>."
#: form_letters_main.xhp#par_idN10681.help.text
msgid "You see the <emph>New</emph> dialog."
msgstr ""
#: form_letters_main.xhp#par_idN10685.help.text
msgid "Select <item type=\"literal\">Business Correspondence</item> in the left list, and then <item type=\"literal\">Modern letter</item> in the right list. Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the Templates dialog, and click <emph>Next</emph> in the wizard."
msgstr "Vel ein av brevmalane. Trykk <emph>OK</emph> for å lukka dialogvindauget <emph>Malar</emph>, og trykk på <emph>Neste</emph> i vegvisaren."
#: form_letters_main.xhp#par_id2669759.help.text
msgid "Select <emph>Letter</emph> and click <emph>Next</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Brev</emph> og trykk på <emph>Neste</emph>."
#: form_letters_main.xhp#par_idN106BD.help.text
msgid "On the next step of the wizard, click the <emph>Select Address List</emph> button to check that you are using the correct address list. If you want to use an address block, select an address block type, match the data fields if necessary, and click <emph>Next</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: form_letters_main.xhp#par_idN106C5.help.text
msgid "Next follows the <emph>Create a salutation</emph> step. Deselect the <emph>Insert personalized salutation</emph> box. Under <emph>General salutation</emph>, select the salutation that you want on top of all letters."
msgstr "No er du komen til trinnet <emph>Lag helsing</emph>. Fjern avkryssinga for <emph>Set inn personleg helsing</emph>. Under <emph>Generell helsing</emph> kan du velja kva starthelsing du vil ha øvst på alle breva."
#: form_letters_main.xhp#par_idN106C6.help.text
msgid "If you want to place mail merge fields anywhere else in the document select the corresponding column in your address data source and then drag and drop the column header into the document where you would like the field to be. Be sure to select the entire column."
msgstr ""
#: form_letters_main.xhp#par_idN106D5.help.text
msgid "Click <emph>Next</emph> and finally <emph>Finish</emph> to create the mail merge."
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>Neste</emph> og deretter <emph>Fullfør</emph> for å laga brevflettinga."
#: ruler.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Using Rulers"
msgstr "Bruka linjalar"
#: ruler.xhp#bm_id8186284.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>rulers;using rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>horizontal rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>vertical rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>indents; setting on rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>page margins on rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>table cells;adjusting the width on rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>showing;rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hiding;rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>adjusting page margins and cell widths</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: ruler.xhp#par_idN1065F.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"ruler\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp\">Using Rulers</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"ruler\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp\">Bruka linjalar</link></variable>"
#: ruler.xhp#par_idN1067D.help.text
msgid "To show or hide rulers, choose <emph>View - Ruler</emph>. To show the vertical ruler, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp\" name=\"Writer - View\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - View</emph></link>, and then select <emph>Vertical ruler</emph> in the <emph>Ruler</emph> area."
msgstr ""
#: ruler.xhp#hd_id3149686.20.help.text
msgid "Adjusting Page Margins"
msgstr "Justera sidemargar"
#: ruler.xhp#par_id3155175.3.help.text
msgid "The margins of a page are indicated by the filled areas at the ends of the rulers."
msgstr "Sidemargane er viste med utfylte område i endane av linjalane."
#: ruler.xhp#hd_id3149038.22.help.text
msgid "Changing Indents"
msgstr "Justera innrykk"
#: ruler.xhp#par_id3153631.23.help.text
msgid "Indents are adjusted with the three small triangles on the horizontal ruler."
msgstr "Innrykk vert justerte med dei tre små trekantane på den vassrette linjalen."
#: ruler.xhp#par_id3152776.26.help.text
msgid "To change the left or the right paragraph indent, select the paragraph(s) that you want change the indent for, drag the bottom left or the bottom right triangle on the horizontal ruler to a new location. "
msgstr "For å endra avsnittsinnrykket til venstre eller høgre, kan du markera det avsnittet du vil endra innrykket til og dra nedste venstre eller høgre trekant på den vassrette linjalen til ei ny plassering. "
#: ruler.xhp#par_id3145769.27.help.text
msgid "To change the first line indent of a selected paragraph, drag the top left triangle on the horizontal ruler to a new location."
msgstr "For å endra innrykket til første linja i eit valt avsnitt kan du dra øvste venstre trekant på den vassrette linjalen til ei ny plassering."
#: ruler.xhp#par_id3149164.12.help.text
msgid "You can also double-click anywhere on the horizontal ruler, and adjust the indents in the <link href=\"text/shared/01/05030000.xhp\" name=\"Paragraph\"><emph>Paragraph</emph></link> dialog."
msgstr ""
#: table_select.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Selecting Tables, Rows, and Columns"
msgstr "Merkja tabellar, rader og kolonnar"
#: table_select.xhp#bm_id7693411.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>selecting;tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables;selecting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>columns;selecting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rows;selecting</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>merkja;tabellar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabellar;merkja</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>kolonnar;merkja</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rader;merkja</bookmark_value>"
#: table_select.xhp#par_idN105F0.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"table_select\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_select.xhp\">Selecting Tables, Rows, and Columns</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"table_select\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_select.xhp\">Merkja tabellar, rader og kolonnar</link></variable>"
#: table_select.xhp#par_idN1060E.help.text
msgid "You can select a table in a text document with a keyboard or with a mouse."
msgstr "Du kan merkja ein tabell i eit tekstdokument med eit tastatur eller ei mus."
#: table_select.xhp#par_idN10614.help.text
msgid "To select a table with the keyboard, move the cursor into the table, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A until all the cells are selected."
msgstr "For å merkja ein tabell med tastaturet, flyttar du skrivemerket inn i tabellen og trykkjer <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Kommando </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl </defaultinline></switchinline>+ A, til alle cellene er merkte."
#: table_select.xhp#par_idN10633.help.text
msgid "To select a table with the mouse, move the mouse pointer to a position just above and left of the table. The mouse pointer becomes a diagonal arrow. Click to select the table."
msgstr "For å merkja ein tabell med musa, plasserer du musepeikaren litt over og til venstre for tabellen. Musepeikaren vert då til ei diagonal pil. Trykk for å merkja tabellen."
#: table_select.xhp#par_idN10637.help.text
msgid "To select a row or column with the mouse, point to a position just left of the row or above the column. The mouse pointer becomes an arrow. Click to select the row or column."
msgstr "For å merkja ei rad eller ein kolonne med musa, plasserer du musepeikaren litt til venstre for rada eller kolonnen. Musepeikaren vert då til ei pil. Trykk for å merkja rada eller kolonnen."
#: calculate_clipboard.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Calculating and Pasting the Result of a Formula in a Text Document"
msgstr "Rekna ut og lima inn resultatet av ein formel i eit tekstdokument"
#: calculate_clipboard.xhp#bm_id3147692.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>pasting;results of formulas</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>clipboard;calculating in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formulas;pasting results in text documents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: calculate_clipboard.xhp#hd_id3147692.35.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"calculate_clipboard\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp\" name=\" Calculating and Pasting the Result of a Formula in a Text Document\"> Calculating and Pasting the Result of a Formula in a Text Document</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"calculate_clipboard\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp\" name=\" Calculating and Pasting the Result of a Formula in a Text Document\"> Rekna ut og lima inn resultatet av ein formel i eit tekstdokument</link></variable>"
#: calculate_clipboard.xhp#par_id3156366.36.help.text
msgid "If your text already contains a formula, for example \"12+24*2\", $[officename] can calculate, and then paste the result of the formula in your document, without using the <emph>Formula Bar</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: calculate_clipboard.xhp#par_id3154250.37.help.text
msgid "Select the formula in the text. The formula can only contain numbers and operators and cannot contain spaces."
msgstr "Merk formelen i teksten. Formelen kan berre innehalda tal og operatorar, og kan ikkje innehalda mellomrom."
#: calculate_clipboard.xhp#par_id3155496.38.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Calculate</emph>, or press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Plus Sign (+)."
msgstr ""
#: calculate_clipboard.xhp#par_id5172582.help.text
msgid "Place the cursor where you want to insert the result of the formula, and then choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit - Paste</item>, or press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+V.<br/>The selected formula is replaced by the result."
msgstr ""
#: references_modify.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Modifying Cross-References"
msgstr "Endra kryssreferansar"
#: references_modify.xhp#bm_id3149291.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>references; modifying cross-references</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>cross-references; modifying</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editing;cross-references</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>searching;cross-references</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: references_modify.xhp#hd_id3149291.6.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"references_modify\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/references_modify.xhp\" name=\"Modifying Cross-References\">Modifying Cross-References</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"references_modify\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/references_modify.xhp\" name=\"Modifying Cross-References\">Endra kryssreferansar</link></variable>"
#: references_modify.xhp#par_id3153132.2.help.text
msgid "Click in front of the cross-reference that you want to modify."
msgstr "Trykk framfor kryssreferansen du vil endra."
#: references_modify.xhp#par_id3149632.3.help.text
msgid "If you cannot see the field shading of the cross-reference, choose <emph>View - Field Shadings</emph> or press <emph>Ctrl+F8</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: references_modify.xhp#par_id3149611.4.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Fields</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Rediger → Felt</emph>."
#: references_modify.xhp#par_id3145101.7.help.text
msgid "Set the options that you want, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: references_modify.xhp#par_id3154255.5.help.text
msgid "Use the arrow buttons in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit Fields</item> <emph/>dialog to browse through the cross-references in the current document."
msgstr ""
#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Adding Numbering"
msgstr "Leggja til nummerering"
#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp#bm_id3147418.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>numbering;paragraphs, on and off</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraphs; numbering on/off</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting;numbered lists</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;numbering</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp#hd_id3147418.15.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "<variable id=\"using_numbered_lists2\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp\" name=\"Adding Numbering\">Adding Numbering</link> </variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"using_numbered_lists\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp\" name=\"Adding Bullets\">Leggja til ei punktliste</link></variable>"
#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp#hd_id4188970.help.text
msgid "To Add Numbering to a List"
msgstr ""
#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp#par_id3153396.23.help.text
msgid "Select the paragraph(s) that you want to add numbering to."
msgstr "Merk avsnitta du vil leggja til nummerering i."
#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp#par_id3149968.24.help.text
msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatting</item> Bar, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering On/Off</item> icon <image id=\"img_id3153125\" src=\"cmd/sc_defaultnumbering.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153125\">Icon</alt></image>."
msgstr ""
#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp#par_id3149573.29.help.text
msgid "To change the formatting and the hierarchy of a numbered list, click in the list, and then open the <emph>Bullets and Numbering</emph> toolbar."
msgstr ""
#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp#par_id3153365.25.help.text
msgid "To remove numbering, select the numbered paragraphs, and then click the <emph>Numbering On/Off</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> Bar."
msgstr ""
#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp#hd_id3154233.30.help.text
msgid "To Format a Numbered List"
msgstr ""
#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp#par_id3154246.16.help.text
msgid "To change the formatting of a numbered list, click in the list, then choose <emph>Format - Bullets and Numbering</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: arrange_chapters.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Rearranging a Document by Using the Navigator"
msgstr "Omorganisera eit dokument ved å bruka «Dokumentstruktur»"
#: arrange_chapters.xhp#bm_id3149973.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>headings;rearranging</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>rearranging headings</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>moving;headings</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>demoting heading levels</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>promoting heading levels</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Navigator;heading levels and chapters</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>arranging;headings</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>outlines;arranging chapters</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: arrange_chapters.xhp#hd_id3149973.58.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"arrange_chapters\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp\" name=\"Rearranging a Document by Using the Navigator\">Arranging Chapters in the Navigator</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"arrange_chapters\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp\" name=\"Rearranging a Document by Using the Navigator\">Organisera kapittel med «Dokumentstruktur»</link></variable>"
#: arrange_chapters.xhp#par_id3147795.59.help.text
msgid "You can move headings and subordinate text up and down in a document text by using the Navigator. You can also promote and demote heading levels. To use this feature, format the headings in your document with one of the predefined heading paragraph styles. To use a custom paragraph style for a heading, choose <emph>Tools - Outline Numbering</emph>, select the style in the <emph>Paragraph Style </emph>box, and then double-click a number in the <emph>Levels </emph>list."
msgstr "Du kan flytta overskrifter og tekst oppover og nedover i eit dokument ved å bruka verktøyet «Dokumentstruktur». Du kan også endra nivå på overskriftene. For å bruka dette verktøyet, formater overskriftene i dokumentet med ei av dei førehandsinnstilte avsnittsoverskriftene. For å bruka ein sjølvvald avsnittsstil på ei overskrift, vel <emph>Verktøy → Disposisjonsnummerering</emph>, vel stilen i boksen <emph>Avsnittsstil</emph> og dobbeltklikk på eit tal i <emph>nivålista</emph>."
#: arrange_chapters.xhp#par_id3145652.62.help.text
msgid "To quickly move the text cursor to a heading in the document, double-click the heading in the <emph>Navigator </emph>list."
msgstr "For å flytta skrivemerket til ei overskrift i dokumentet, dobbeltklikk på henne i <emph>Dokumentstrukturen</emph>."
#: arrange_chapters.xhp#par_id3155461.60.help.text
msgid "To dock the <emph>Navigator</emph>, drag the title bar to the edge of the workspace. To undock the <emph>Navigator</emph>, double-click its frame."
msgstr "For å festa <emph>Dokumentstruktur</emph>-vindauget, dra tittellinja på det til enden av arbeidsområdet. Dobbeltklikk på ramma for å losne <emph>Dokumentstruktur</emph>-vindauget att."
#: arrange_chapters.xhp#hd_id3151184.70.help.text
msgid "To Move a Heading Up or Down in the Document"
msgstr "Flytta ei overskrift opp og ned i dokumentet"
#: arrange_chapters.xhp#par_id0915200809400790.help.text
msgid "Ensure that all heading levels are shown in the Navigator. By default all levels are shown. See steps below how to change the heading levels that are shown."
msgstr "Sjå til at alle overskriftsnivå er viste i <emph>Dokumentstrukturen</emph>. Som standard er alle nivå viste. Sjå stega under for å endra på kva overskriftsnivå som skal verta viste."
#: arrange_chapters.xhp#par_id3151206.71.help.text
msgid "On the <emph>Standard Bar</emph>, click the<emph> Navigator</emph> icon <image id=\"img_id5211883\" src=\"cmd/sc_navigator.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id5211883\">Icon</alt></image> to open the <emph>Navigator</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: arrange_chapters.xhp#par_id3151238.72.help.text
msgid "On the <emph>Navigator</emph>, click the <emph>Content View </emph>icon <image id=\"img_id3156338\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20244.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3156338\">Icon</alt></image>."
msgstr ""
#: arrange_chapters.xhp#par_id3155089.74.help.text
msgctxt "arrange_chapters.xhp#par_id3155089.74.help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "Gjer éin av desse:"
#: arrange_chapters.xhp#par_id3155114.63.help.text
msgid "Drag a heading to a new location in the <emph>Navigator </emph>list."
msgstr "Dra ei overskrift til ei ny plassering i <emph>Dokumentstrukturen</emph>."
#: arrange_chapters.xhp#par_id3155139.75.help.text
msgid "Click a heading in the <emph>Navigator </emph>list, and then click the <emph>Promote Chapter</emph><image id=\"img_id4217546\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20174.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id4217546\">Icon</alt></image> or <emph>Demote Chapter </emph>icon <image id=\"img_id6505788\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20171.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id6505788\">Icon</alt></image>."
msgstr ""
#: arrange_chapters.xhp#par_id3145758.64.help.text
msgid "To move the heading without the subordinate text, hold down Ctrl while you drag or click the <emph>Promote Chapter </emph>or <emph>Demote Chapter </emph>icons."
msgstr "For å flytta berre overskrifta, og ikkje teksten som ligg under henne, hald nede <emph>Ctrl</emph> medan du flyttar henne ved å dra eller ved å trykkja på <emph>Flytt kapittel opp</emph> eller <emph>Flytt kapittel ned</emph>."
#: arrange_chapters.xhp#hd_id3155402.76.help.text
msgid "To Promote or Demote the Level of a Heading"
msgstr "Flytta nivået på ei overskrift opp og ned"
#: arrange_chapters.xhp#par_id3155424.77.help.text
msgid "Select the heading in the <emph>Navigator </emph>list. "
msgstr "Vel overskrifta i <emph>Dokumentstrukturen</emph>."
#: arrange_chapters.xhp#par_idN1081C.help.text
msgid "Click the <emph>Promote Level </emph><image id=\"img_id5564488\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20172.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id5564488\">Icon</alt></image> or <emph>Demote Level </emph>icon <image id=\"img_id3159363\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20173.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3159363\">Icon</alt></image>."
msgstr ""
#: arrange_chapters.xhp#hd_id3155525.78.help.text
msgid "To Change the Number of Heading Levels That Are Displayed"
msgstr "Endra talet på overskriftsnivå som vert viste"
#: arrange_chapters.xhp#par_id3151352.79.help.text
msgid "Click the <emph>Heading Levels Shown </emph>icon <image id=\"img_id3151310\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20236.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3151310\">Icon</alt></image>, and then select a number from the list."
msgstr ""
#: footer_nextpage.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Inserting Page Numbers of Continuation Pages"
msgstr "Setja inn sidetal til komande sider"
#: footer_nextpage.xhp#bm_id3145819.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>pages; continuation pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>next page number in footers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>continuation pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>page numbers; continuation pages</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: footer_nextpage.xhp#hd_id3145819.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"footer_nextpage\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footer_nextpage.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Page Numbers of Continuation Pages\">Inserting Page Numbers of Continuation Pages</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"footer_nextpage\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footer_nextpage.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Page Numbers of Continuation Pages\">Setja inn sidetal til komande sider</link></variable>"
#: footer_nextpage.xhp#par_id3154242.12.help.text
msgid "You can easily insert the page number of the next page in a footer by using a field."
msgstr "Du kan enkelt setja inn sidetalet til den komande sida i ein botntekst ved å bruka eit felt."
#: footer_nextpage.xhp#par_id3154256.4.help.text
msgid "The page number is only displayed if the following page exists."
msgstr "Sidetalet vert berre vist dersom den neste sida finst."
#: footer_nextpage.xhp#par_id3155886.5.help.text
msgctxt "footer_nextpage.xhp#par_id3155886.5.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Footer</emph> and select the page style that you want to add the footer to."
msgstr ""
#: footer_nextpage.xhp#par_id3147109.6.help.text
msgid "Place the cursor in the footer and choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Other</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: footer_nextpage.xhp#par_id3147134.7.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Fields</emph> dialog, click the <emph>Document</emph> tab."
msgstr ""
#: footer_nextpage.xhp#par_id3150955.8.help.text
msgid "Click 'Page' in the <emph>Type</emph> list and 'Next page' in the <emph>Select</emph> list."
msgstr ""
#: footer_nextpage.xhp#par_id3150517.9.help.text
msgid "Click a numbering style in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Format</item> <emph/>list."
msgstr ""
#: footer_nextpage.xhp#par_id3150537.10.help.text
msgid "If you select 'Text' in the <emph>Format</emph> list, only the text that you enter in the <emph>Value</emph> box is displayed in the field."
msgstr ""
#: footer_nextpage.xhp#par_id3150727.11.help.text
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph> to insert the field with the page number."
msgstr ""
#: fields.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "About Fields"
msgstr "Om felt"
#: fields.xhp#bm_id3145576.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>fields;updating/viewing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>updating;fields</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Help tips;fields</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>properties;fields</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>disabling;field highlighting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>changing;field shadings</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>viewing;fields</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: fields.xhp#hd_id3145576.3.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"fields\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp\" name=\"About Fields\">About Fields</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"fields\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp\" name=\"About Fields\">Om felt</link></variable>"
#: fields.xhp#par_id3154246.4.help.text
msgid "Fields are used for data that changes in a document, such as the current date or the total number of pages in a document."
msgstr "Felt vert brukte for data som endrar seg i eit dokument, som til dømes dato eller det totate talet på sider i eit dokument."
#: fields.xhp#hd_id3154262.5.help.text
msgid "Viewing Fields"
msgstr "Visa felt"
#: fields.xhp#par_id3150509.6.help.text
msgid "Fields consist of a field name and the field content. To switch the field display between the field name or the field content, choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/03090000.xhp\" name=\"View - Fields\"><emph>View - Field Names</emph></link>."
msgstr ""
#: fields.xhp#par_id3150536.195.help.text
msgid "To display or hide field highlighting in a document, choose <emph>View - Field Shadings</emph>. To permanently disable this feature, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - $[officename] - Appearance</emph>, and clear the check box in front of <emph>Field shadings</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: fields.xhp#par_id3152885.7.help.text
msgid "To change the color of field shadings, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhp\" name=\"$[officename] - Appearance\"><item type=\"menuitem\">$[officename] - Appearance</item></link></emph>, locate the <item type=\"menuitem\">Field shadings</item> option, and then select a different color in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Color setting</item> box."
msgstr ""
#: fields.xhp#hd_id3153166.8.help.text
msgid "Field Properties"
msgstr "Felteigenskapar"
#: fields.xhp#par_id3153180.181.help.text
msgid "Most field types in a document, including database fields, store and display variable values."
msgstr "Dei fleste typane felt i eit dokument, også databasefelt, lagrar og viser data."
#: fields.xhp#par_id3155533.182.help.text
msgid "The following field types execute an action when you click the field:"
msgstr "Desse typane felt utfører ei handling når du trykkjer på dei:"
#: fields.xhp#par_id3155582.183.help.text
msgid "Field Type"
msgstr "Felttype"
#: fields.xhp#par_id3147760.184.help.text
msgid "Property"
msgstr "Eigenskap"
#: fields.xhp#par_id3147789.185.help.text
msgid "Placeholder"
msgstr "Plasshaldar"
#: fields.xhp#par_id3147812.186.help.text
msgid "Opens a dialog to insert the object for which the placeholder was set."
msgstr "Opnar eit dialogvindauge for å setja inn objektet plasshaldaren var meint for."
#: fields.xhp#par_id3147216.187.help.text
msgid "Insert Reference"
msgstr "Set inn referanse"
#: fields.xhp#par_id3147239.188.help.text
msgid "Moves the mouse pointer to the reference."
msgstr "Flyttar musepeikaren til referansen."
#: fields.xhp#par_id3147267.189.help.text
msgid "Run macro"
msgstr "Utfør makro"
#: fields.xhp#par_id3147290.190.help.text
msgid "Runs a macro."
msgstr "Køyrer ein makro."
#: fields.xhp#par_id3145614.191.help.text
msgid "Input Field"
msgstr "Innliste"
#: fields.xhp#par_id3145637.192.help.text
msgid "Opens a dialog to edit the contents of the field."
msgstr "Opnar eit dialogvindauge for å redigera innhaldet i feltet."
#: fields.xhp#par_id3151244.10.help.text
msgid "Placeholder, hidden text, insert reference, variable, database, and user-defined fields display a help tip when you rest the mouse pointer over the field in a document. To enable this feature, ensure that the Extended Tips<emph/>option (<item type=\"menuitem\">What's This?</item>) is selected in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Help</item> menu."
msgstr ""
#: fields.xhp#hd_id3155937.11.help.text
msgid "Updating Fields"
msgstr "Oppdatera felt"
#: fields.xhp#par_id3155963.12.help.text
msgid "To update all of the fields in a document, press F9, or choose <emph>Edit - Select All</emph>, and then press F9."
msgstr ""
#: fields.xhp#par_id3155984.13.help.text
msgid "To update a field that was inserted from a database, select the field, and then press F9."
msgstr "For å oppdatera eit felt som er sett inn frå ein database, merk feltet og trykk på F9."
#: stylist_fillformat.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Applying Styles in Fill Format Mode"
msgstr "Bruka stilar i fyllformatmodus"
#: stylist_fillformat.xhp#bm_id3145084.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>fill format mode</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>copying; styles, by fill format mode</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>brush for copying styles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>styles; transferring</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formats; copying and pasting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text formats; copying and pasting</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: stylist_fillformat.xhp#hd_id3145084.31.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"stylist_fillformat\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp\" name=\"Applying Styles in Fill Format Mode\">Applying Styles in Fill Format Mode</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"stylist_fillformat\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp\" name=\"Applying Styles in Fill Format Mode\">Bruka stilar i fyllformatmodus</link></variable>"
#: stylist_fillformat.xhp#par_id3155855.42.help.text
msgid "You can quickly apply styles, such as paragraph and character styles, in your document by using the Fill Format Mode in the Styles and Formatting window."
msgstr "Du kan snøgt bruka stilar som til dømes avsnitt- og teiknstilar i dokumentet ved å bruka <emph>Fyllformattilstand</emph> i <emph>Stilhandsamaren</emph>."
#: stylist_fillformat.xhp#par_id3156114.32.help.text
msgctxt "stylist_fillformat.xhp#par_id3156114.32.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Format → Stilhandsamar</emph>."
#: stylist_fillformat.xhp#par_id3153128.33.help.text
msgid "Click the icon of the style category that you want to apply."
msgstr "Trykk på ikonet for den stiltypen du vil bruka."
#: stylist_fillformat.xhp#par_id3145090.17.help.text
msgid "Click the style, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Fill Format Mode</item> icon <image id=\"img_id3149644\" src=\"cmd/sc_fillstyle.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149644\">Icon</alt></image> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Styles and Formatting</item> window."
msgstr ""
#: stylist_fillformat.xhp#par_id3153371.29.help.text
msgid "Move the mouse pointer to where you want to apply the style in the document, and click. To apply the style to more than one item, drag to select the items, and then release."
msgstr "Flytt musepeikaren til den staden i dokumentet der du vil bruka stilen, og klikk. For å bruka stilen på meir enn eitt element, kan du dra for å velja elementa og deretter sleppa."
#: stylist_fillformat.xhp#par_id3154263.34.help.text
msgid "Press <item type=\"keycode\">Esc</item> when finished."
msgstr ""
#: stylist_fillformat.xhp#par_id3159259.35.help.text
msgctxt "stylist_fillformat.xhp#par_id3159259.35.help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles and Formatting\">Styles and Formatting</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles and Formatting\">Stilhandsamaren</link>"
#: keyboard.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Using Shortcut Keys ($[officename] Writer Accessibility)"
msgstr "Bruka snøggtastar (tilgjenge i $[officename] Writer)"
#: keyboard.xhp#bm_id3151169.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>keyboard; accessibility $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>accessibility; $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: keyboard.xhp#hd_id3151169.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"keyboard\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp\" name=\"Using Shortcut Keys ($[officename] Writer Accessibility)\">Using Shortcut Keys ($[officename] Writer Accessibility)</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"keyboard\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp\" name=\"Using Shortcut Keys ($[officename] Writer Accessibility)\">Bruka snøggtastar (tilgjenge i $[officename] Writer)</link></variable>"
#: keyboard.xhp#par_id3149685.3.help.text
msgid "Press the keys <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+<underlined character> to open a menu. In an open menu, press the underlined character to run a command. For example, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+I to open the <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> menu, and then T to insert a table."
msgstr ""
#: keyboard.xhp#par_id3155186.4.help.text
msgid "To open a context menu, press Shift+F10. To close a context menu, press Escape."
msgstr "For å opna ein sprettoppmeny, trykk på Skift + F10. For å lukka ein sprettoppmeny, trykk Escape."
#: keyboard.xhp#hd_id3155918.5.help.text
msgid "To Insert Sections"
msgstr ""
#: keyboard.xhp#par_idN106AA.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Toolbars - Insert</emph> to open the <emph>Insert</emph> toolbar."
msgstr ""
#: keyboard.xhp#par_id3155870.6.help.text
msgid "Press F6 until the focus is on the<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> toolbar."
msgstr ""
#: keyboard.xhp#par_id3149630.8.help.text
msgid "Press the right arrow key until the <emph>Section</emph> icon is selected."
msgstr ""
#: keyboard.xhp#par_id3145100.20.help.text
msgid "Press the down arrow key, and then press the right arrow key to set the width of the section that you want to insert."
msgstr "Trykk på pil ned og deretter pil høgre for å velja breidda på bolken du vil setja inn."
#: keyboard.xhp#par_id3156237.11.help.text
msgctxt "keyboard.xhp#par_id3156237.11.help.text"
msgid "Press Enter."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>Enter</emph>."
#: keyboard.xhp#par_id3156253.19.help.text
msgctxt "keyboard.xhp#par_id3156253.19.help.text"
msgid "Press F6 to place the cursor inside the document."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>F6</emph> for å plassera skrivemerket i dokumentet."
#: keyboard.xhp#hd_id3153367.13.help.text
msgid "To Insert Text Tables"
msgstr ""
#: keyboard.xhp#par_id3153388.14.help.text
msgid "Press F6 until the focus is on the<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">Standard</item> toolbar."
msgstr ""
#: keyboard.xhp#par_id3154849.21.help.text
msgid "Press the right arrow key until the <emph>Table</emph> icon is selected."
msgstr ""
#: keyboard.xhp#par_id3155872.22.help.text
msgid "Press the down arrow key, and then use the arrow keys to select the number of columns and rows to include in the table."
msgstr "Trykk på pil ned, og bruk deretter piltastane for å velja talet på kolonnar og rader tabellen skal ha."
#: keyboard.xhp#par_id3155892.24.help.text
msgctxt "keyboard.xhp#par_id3155892.24.help.text"
msgid "Press Enter."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>Enter</emph>."
#: keyboard.xhp#par_idN1072C.help.text
msgctxt "keyboard.xhp#par_idN1072C.help.text"
msgid "Press F6 to place the cursor inside the document."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>F6</emph> for å plassera skrivemerket i dokumentet."
#: calculate_intext.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Calculating Complex Formulas in Text Documents"
msgstr "Rekna ut avanserte formlar i tekstdokument"
#: calculate_intext.xhp#bm_id3147406.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>formulas; complex formulas in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>calculating;formulas/mean values</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: calculate_intext.xhp#hd_id3147406.20.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"calculate_intext\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp\" name=\"Calculating Complex Formulas in Text Documents\">Calculating Complex Formulas in Text Documents</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"calculate_intext\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp\" name=\"Calculating Complex Formulas in Text Documents\">Rekna ut avanserte formlar i tekstdokument</link></variable>"
#: calculate_intext.xhp#par_id3145245.25.help.text
msgid "You can use predefined functions in a formula, and then insert the result of the calculation into a text document."
msgstr "Du kan bruka førehandslaga funksjonar i ein formel og setja inn resultatet av utrekninga i eit tekstdokument."
#: calculate_intext.xhp#par_id3152901.26.help.text
msgid "For example, to calculate the mean value of three numbers, do the following:"
msgstr "Til dømes kan du gjera dette for å rekna ut gjennomsnittet av tre tal:"
#: calculate_intext.xhp#par_id3145078.27.help.text
msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the formula, and then press F2."
msgstr "Trykk på den staden i dokumentet der du vil setja inn formelen, og deretter F2."
#: calculate_intext.xhp#par_id3156382.28.help.text
msgid "Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formula</item> <emph/>icon, and choose \"Mean\" from the Statistical Functions list."
msgstr ""
#: calculate_intext.xhp#par_id3149692.30.help.text
msgid "Type the three numbers, separated by vertical slashes (|)."
msgstr "Skriv inn dei tre tala, skilde med loddrette strekar (|)."
#: calculate_intext.xhp#par_id3149481.32.help.text
msgid "Press <emph>Enter</emph>. The result is inserted as a field into the document."
msgstr ""
#: calculate_intext.xhp#par_id3149823.35.help.text
msgid "To edit the formula, double-click the field in the document."
msgstr "Dobbeltklikk på feltet i dokumentet for å redigera formelen."
#: text_rotate.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Rotating Text"
msgstr "Rotera tekst"
#: text_rotate.xhp#bm_id3155911.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; rotating</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>rotating;text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekst; framheva</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>framheva tekst</bookmark_value>"
#: text_rotate.xhp#hd_id3155911.65.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"text_rotate\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp\" name=\"Rotating Text\">Rotating Text</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"text_rotate\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp\" name=\"Rotating Text\">Rotera tekst</link></variable>"
#: text_rotate.xhp#par_id3147410.66.help.text
msgid "You can only rotate text that is contained in a drawing object."
msgstr "Du kan berre rotera tekst som er ein del av eit teikneobjekt."
#: text_rotate.xhp#par_id3153130.67.help.text
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View - Toolbars- Drawing</item> to open the <item type=\"menuitem\">Drawing</item> <emph/>toolbar."
msgstr ""
#: text_rotate.xhp#par_id3149866.68.help.text
msgid "Select the <link href=\"text/shared/02/01140000.xhp\" name=\"Text\"><item type=\"menuitem\">Text</item></link> icon <image id=\"img_id3149600\" src=\"cmd/sc_texttoolbox.png\" width=\"0.222in\" height=\"0.222in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149600\">Icon</alt></image>."
msgstr ""
#: text_rotate.xhp#par_id3149590.69.help.text
msgid "Drag in your document to draw the text object, and then type your text."
msgstr "Dra i dokumentet for å teikna tekstobjektet, og skriv deretter inn teksten."
#: text_rotate.xhp#par_id3154415.71.help.text
msgid "Click outside of the object, then click the text you entered. Click the <link href=\"text/shared/02/05090000.xhp\" name=\"Object Rotation Mode\"><item type=\"menuitem\">Rotate</item></link> icon <image id=\"img_id3145405\" src=\"cmd/sc_toggleobjectrotatemode.png\" width=\"0.222in\" height=\"0.222in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3145405\">Icon</alt></image> on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Drawing Object Properties</item> toolbar."
msgstr ""
#: text_rotate.xhp#par_id3154252.72.help.text
msgid "Drag one of the corner handles of the text object."
msgstr "Dra i eit av hjørnehandtaka på tekstobjektet."
#: text_rotate.xhp#par_id3154844.73.help.text
msgid "You can also right-click the text object, choose <emph>Position and Size</emph>, click the <emph>Rotation</emph> tab, and then enter a rotation angle or a new position for the object."
msgstr ""
#: text_rotate.xhp#par_id3155888.74.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/02/01140000.xhp\" name=\"Show Draw Functions\">Show Draw Functions</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/02/01140000.xhp\" name=\"Show Draw Functions\">Vis teiknefunksjonar</link>"
#: print_brochure.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Printing a Brochure"
msgstr "Skriva ut ein brosjyre"
#: print_brochure.xhp#bm_id6743064.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>printing; individual brochures</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>booklet printing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>brochures; printing individual</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: print_brochure.xhp#par_idN105F6.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"print_brochure\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/print_brochure.xhp\">Printing a Brochure</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"print_brochure\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/print_brochure.xhp\">Skriva ut ein brosjyre</link></variable>"
#: print_brochure.xhp#par_idN10614.help.text
msgid "You can print a Writer document as a brochure or a booklet. That is, Writer prints two pages on each side of the paper, so that when you fold the paper, you can read the document as a book."
msgstr "Du kan skriva ut eit Writer-dokument som ein brosjyre eller eit hefte. Det vil seia at Writer skriv ut to sider på kvar side av papiret, så du kan lesa dokumentet som ei bok når du brettar papiret."
#: print_brochure.xhp#par_idN106DE.help.text
msgid "When you create a document that you want to print as a brochure, use portrait orientation for the pages. Writer applies the brochure layout when you print the document."
msgstr "Når du opprettar eit dokument som du vil skriva ut som ein brosjyre, bør du bruka ståande sideretning på sidene. Writer brukar brosjyreoppsettet når du skriv ut dokumentet."
#: print_brochure.xhp#par_idN1061A.help.text
msgid "To Print a Brochure"
msgstr "Skriva ut ein brosjyre"
#: print_brochure.xhp#par_idN10621.help.text
msgctxt "print_brochure.xhp#par_idN10621.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Fil → Skriv ut</emph>."
#: print_brochure.xhp#par_idN106B6.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Print</emph> dialog, click <emph>Properties</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: print_brochure.xhp#par_idN1070E.help.text
msgid "In the properties dialog for your printer, set the paper orientation to landscape."
msgstr "Vel liggjande papirretning i eigenskapane til skrivaren din."
#: print_brochure.xhp#par_id8947416.help.text
msgid "If your printer prints duplex, and because brochures always print in landscape mode, you should use the \"duplex - short edge\" setting in your printer setup dialog."
msgstr "Dersom skrivaren din skriv ut «duplex», bør du bruka innstillinga <emph>Short edge</emph> (kort kant) i dialogen for <emph>Skrivaroppsett</emph>. Dette er fordi brosjyrar alltid vert skrivne ut i liggjande format."
#: print_brochure.xhp#par_idN10628.help.text
msgid "Return to <emph>Print</emph> dialog, and click the <emph>Page Layout</emph> tab page."
msgstr ""
#: print_brochure.xhp#par_idN1062C.help.text
msgid "Select <emph>Brochure</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: print_brochure.xhp#par_idN10740.help.text
msgid "For a printer that automatically prints on both sides of a page, specify to include \"All pages\"."
msgstr "Har du ein skrivar som automatisk skriv på begge sider av papiret, så oppgje utskrift av høgre- og venstre sider."
#: print_brochure.xhp#par_idN10630.help.text
msgctxt "print_brochure.xhp#par_idN10630.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: print_brochure.xhp#par_idN106EA.help.text
msgid "If %PRODUCTNAME prints the pages in the wrong order, open the <emph>Options</emph> tab page, select <emph>Print in reverse page order</emph>, and then print the document again."
msgstr ""
#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Inserting a Graphic From a File"
msgstr "Setja inn bilete frå ei fil"
#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp#bm_id3154896.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>pictures; inserting by dialog</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting; pictures, by dialog</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp#hd_id3154896.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_dialog\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Graphic From a File\">Inserting a Graphic From a File</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_dialog\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Graphic From a File\">Setja inn bilete frå ei fil</link></variable>"
#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp#par_id3155914.2.help.text
msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the graphic."
msgstr "Trykk på den staden i dokumentet der du vil setja inn biletet."
#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp#par_id3155864.3.help.text
msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/shared/01/04140000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Picture - From File\"><emph>Insert - Picture - From File</emph></link>."
msgstr ""
#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp#par_id3156021.4.help.text
msgid "Locate the graphic file that you want to insert, and then click <emph>Open</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp#par_id3153396.5.help.text
msgid "By default, the inserted graphic is centered above the paragraph that you clicked in."
msgstr "Som standard vil det innsette biletet bli midtstilt over avsnittet du klikka i."
#: table_delete.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Deleting Tables or the Contents of a Table"
msgstr "Sletta tabellar eller innhaldet i ein tabell"
#: table_delete.xhp#bm_id3149489.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>deleting; tables or table contents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables; deleting</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: table_delete.xhp#hd_id3149489.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"table_delete\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhp\" name=\"Deleting Tables or the Contents of a Table\">Deleting Tables or the Contents of a Table</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"table_delete\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhp\" name=\"Deleting Tables or the Contents of a Table\">Sletta tabellar eller innhaldet i ein tabell</link></variable>"
#: table_delete.xhp#par_id3155918.2.help.text
msgid "You can delete a table from your document, or delete the contents of the table."
msgstr "Du kan sletta ein tabell heilt frå dokumentet eller berre innhaldet i han."
#: table_delete.xhp#par_id3155863.5.help.text
msgid "To delete a whole table, click in the table, and then choose <emph>Table - Delete - Table</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: table_delete.xhp#par_id3153415.6.help.text
msgid "To delete the contents of a table, click in the table, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A until all cells are selected, and then press Delete or Backspace."
msgstr "For å sletta innhaldet i ein tabell, trykkjer du i han, trykkjer <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Kommando </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl </defaultinline></switchinline>+ A</emph> til alle cellene er merkte og trykkjer deretter <emph>Delete</emph> eller <emph>Rettetasten</emph>."
#: indices_edit.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Updating, Editing and Deleting Indexes and Tables of Contents"
msgstr "Oppdatera, redigera og sletta register og innhaldslister"
#: indices_edit.xhp#bm_id3149695.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes; editing/updating/deleting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables of contents; editing and deleting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>updating;indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editing;indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deleting;indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: indices_edit.xhp#hd_id3149695.56.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_edit\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp\" name=\"Updating, Editing and Deleting Indexes and Tables of Contents\">Updating, Editing and Deleting Indexes and Tables of Contents</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_edit\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp\" name=\"Updating, Editing and Deleting Indexes and Tables of Contents\">Oppdatera, redigera og sletta register og innhaldslister</link></variable>"
#: indices_edit.xhp#par_id3155856.57.help.text
msgid "Place the cursor in the index or table of contents."
msgstr "Plasser skrivemerket i registeret eller innhaldslista."
#: indices_edit.xhp#par_id3155871.59.help.text
msgid "If you cannot place your cursor in the index or table of contents, choose <item type=\"menuitem\"><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</item>, and then select<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">Enable</item> in the<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">Cursor in protected areas</item> section."
msgstr ""
#: indices_edit.xhp#par_id3154248.58.help.text
msgid "Right-click and choose an editing option from the menu."
msgstr "Høgreklikk og vel eit redigeringsval frå menyen."
#: indices_edit.xhp#par_id3155872.60.help.text
msgid "You can also make changes directly to an index or table of contents. Right-click in the index or table of contents, choose <emph>Edit Index/Table</emph>, click <emph>Index/Table</emph> tab, and then clear the <emph>Protected from manual changes</emph> check box."
msgstr ""
#: indices_multidoc.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Indexes Covering Several Documents"
msgstr "Register som dekkjer fleire dokument"
#: indices_multidoc.xhp#bm_id3153418.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes;multiple documents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>multiple documents;indexes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>merging;indexes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>master documents;indexes</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: indices_multidoc.xhp#hd_id3153418.43.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_multidoc\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp\" name=\"Indexes Covering Several Documents\">Indexes Covering Several Documents</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_multidoc\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp\" name=\"Indexes Covering Several Documents\">Register som dekkjer fleire dokument</link></variable>"
#: indices_multidoc.xhp#par_id3155872.44.help.text
msgid "There are several ways to create an index that spans several documents:"
msgstr "Det er fleire måtar å oppretta eit register som går over fleire dokument på:"
#: indices_multidoc.xhp#par_id3155895.42.help.text
msgid "Create an <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"index in each individual document\">index in each individual document</link>, copy and paste the indexes into a single document, and then edit them."
msgstr "Lag eit <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"index in each individual document\">register i kvart enkelt dokument</link>, kopier og sett registra inn i eitt enkelt dokument og rediger dei etterpå."
#: indices_multidoc.xhp#par_id3147118.45.help.text
msgid "Select each index, choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Section\"><item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Section</item></link>, and then enter a name for the index. In a separate document, choose<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Section</item>, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Link</item>, click the browse button (<item type=\"menuitem\">...</item>), and then locate and insert a named index section."
msgstr ""
#: indices_multidoc.xhp#par_id3150230.46.help.text
msgid "Create a <link href=\"text/shared/01/01010001.xhp\" name=\"master document\">master document</link>, add as subdocuments the files that you want to include in the index, and then choose <emph>Insert - Index and Tables - Indexes and Tables</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: calculate_intable.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Calculating Cell Totals in Tables"
msgstr "Rekna ut summar i tabellar"
#: calculate_intable.xhp#bm_id3147400.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>calculating;sums in text tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>totals in text tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables;calculating sums</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>cells;calculating sums</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>table cells;calculating sums</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sums of table cell series</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: calculate_intable.xhp#hd_id3147400.3.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "<variable id=\"calculate_intable\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp\" name=\"Calculating Cell Totals in Tables\">Calculating the Sum of a Series of Table Cells</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"calculate_multitable\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp\" name=\"Calculating Across Tables\">Rekning på tvers av tabellar</link></variable>"
#: calculate_intable.xhp#par_id3154243.4.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Table</emph>, and insert a table with one column and more than one row into a text document."
msgstr ""
#: calculate_intable.xhp#par_id3154203.5.help.text
msgid "Type a number in each cell of the column, but leave the last cell in the column empty."
msgstr "Skriv inn eit tal i kvar celle i kolonnen, men lat den siste cella i kolonnen vera tom."
#: calculate_intable.xhp#par_id3154222.6.help.text
msgid "Place the cursor in the last cell of the column, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Sum</item> icon on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Table Bar</item>.<br/>The<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">Formula Bar</item> appears with the entry \"=sum\"."
msgstr ""
#: calculate_intable.xhp#par_id3147775.15.help.text
msgid "Click in the first cell of the series you want to sum up, drag to the final cell, and then release.<br/>$[officename] inserts a formula for calculating the sum of the values in the current column."
msgstr "Trykk i den første cella i serien du vil summera, dra til den siste cella, og slepp.<br/>$[officename] set inn ein formel for å rekna ut summen av verdiane i den gjeldande kolonnen."
#: calculate_intable.xhp#par_id3150507.8.help.text
msgid "Press Enter, or click <emph>Apply</emph> in the Formula bar. <br/>The sum of the values in the current column is entered in the cell."
msgstr ""
#: calculate_intable.xhp#par_id3150533.10.help.text
msgid "If you enter a different number anywhere in the column, the sum is updated as soon as you click in the last column cell."
msgstr "Dersom du skriv inn eit nytt tal i nokre av dei andre cellene i kolonnen, vert summen oppdatert når du trykkjer på den siste cella att."
#: calculate_intable.xhp#par_id3155533.11.help.text
msgid "Similarly, you can also quickly calculate the sum of a row of numbers."
msgstr "På same vis kan du også snøgt rekna ut summen av ei rad med tal."
#: text_animation.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Animating Text"
msgstr "Tekstanimasjon"
#: text_animation.xhp#bm_id3151182.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>text animation</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>effects; text animation</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>animations;text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: text_animation.xhp#hd_id3151182.17.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"text_animation\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_animation.xhp\" name=\"Animating Text\">Animating Text</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"text_animation\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_animation.xhp\" name=\"Animating Text\">Tekstanimasjon</link></variable>"
#: text_animation.xhp#par_id3145080.18.help.text
msgid "You can only animate text that is contained in a drawing object, such as rectangles, lines, or text objects. For example, draw a rectangle, then double-click the rectangle and enter your text."
msgstr "Du kan berre animera tekst som er ein del av eit teikneobjekt, som til dømes rektangel, linjer eller tekstobjekt. Teikn til dømes eit rektangel, dobbeltklikk deretter på det og skriv inn teksten din."
#: text_animation.xhp#par_id3149811.19.help.text
msgid "Select the drawing object containing the text that you want to animate."
msgstr "Vel teikneobjektet som inneheld den teksten du vil animera."
#: text_animation.xhp#par_id3155178.20.help.text
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Object - Text Attributes</item>, and then click the<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">Text Animation</item> tab."
msgstr ""
#: text_animation.xhp#par_id3149819.21.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Effect</item> <emph/>box, select the animation that you want."
msgstr ""
#: text_animation.xhp#par_id3145786.22.help.text
msgid "Set the properties of the effect, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: pagestyles.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Creating and Applying Page Styles"
msgstr "Laga og bruka sidestilar"
#: pagestyles.xhp#bm_id7071138.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>page styles;creating and applying</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>defining;page styles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>styles;for pages</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: pagestyles.xhp#hd_id3155182.1.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "<variable id=\"pagestyles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Creating and Applying Page Styles\">Creating and Applying Page Styles</link> </variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"page_break\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp\" name=\"Inserting and Deleting Page Breaks\">Setja inn og fjerna sideskift</link></variable>"
#: pagestyles.xhp#par_id3149846.10.help.text
msgid "$[officename] uses page styles to specify the layout of a page, including the page orientation, background, margins, headers, footers, and text columns. To change the layout of an individual page in a document, you must create and apply a custom page style to the page."
msgstr "$[officename] brukar sidestilar for å oppgje oppsettet av ei side, til dømes sideretning, bakgrunn, margar, topptekstar, botntekstar og tekstspalter. For å endra oppsettet på éi enkelt side i eit dokument, kan du oppretta og bruka ein tilpassa sidestil på sida."
#: pagestyles.xhp#par_idN1071A.help.text
msgid " <embedvar href=\"text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp#pageorientation\"/> "
msgstr ""
#: pagestyles.xhp#par_idN10722.help.text
msgid " <embedvar href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#pagebackground\"/> "
msgstr ""
#: pagestyles.xhp#hd_id3156109.11.help.text
msgid "To Define a New Page Style"
msgstr ""
#: pagestyles.xhp#par_id3153411.3.help.text
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Styles and Formatting</item> <emph>.</emph> "
msgstr ""
#: pagestyles.xhp#par_id3153133.12.help.text
msgctxt "pagestyles.xhp#par_id3153133.12.help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon."
msgstr ""
#: pagestyles.xhp#par_id3149641.13.help.text
msgctxt "pagestyles.xhp#par_id3149641.13.help.text"
msgid "In the list of page styles, right-click an item, and then choose <emph>New</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: pagestyles.xhp#par_id3149614.14.help.text
msgid "On the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab, type a name in the <emph>Name</emph> box."
msgstr ""
#: pagestyles.xhp#par_id3145110.15.help.text
msgctxt "pagestyles.xhp#par_id3145110.15.help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "Gjer éin av desse:"
#: pagestyles.xhp#par_id3156252.16.help.text
msgid "To apply the custom page style to a single page, select the default page style that is used in your document in the <emph>Next Style</emph> box."
msgstr ""
#: pagestyles.xhp#par_id3153376.17.help.text
msgid "To apply the custom page style to more than one page, select its name in the <emph>Next Style</emph> box. To stop using the style, insert a manual page break and assign it a different page style."
msgstr ""
#: pagestyles.xhp#par_id3154252.20.help.text
msgid "Use the tabs in the dialog to set the layout options for the page style, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: pagestyles.xhp#hd_id3154851.21.help.text
msgid "To Apply a Page Style"
msgstr ""
#: pagestyles.xhp#par_id3154873.22.help.text
msgid "Click in the page that you want to apply the page style to."
msgstr "Trykk på den sida i dokumentet du vil bruka sidestilen på."
#: pagestyles.xhp#par_id3155888.23.help.text
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Styles and Formatting</item>, and then click the<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">Page Style</item> icon."
msgstr ""
#: pagestyles.xhp#par_id3148685.24.help.text
msgid "Double-click a name in the list."
msgstr "Dobbeltklikk på eit namn på lista."
#: pagestyles.xhp#hd_id3148701.18.help.text
msgid "To Apply a Page Style to a New Page"
msgstr ""
#: pagestyles.xhp#par_id3147122.4.help.text
msgid "Click in the document where you want a new page to start."
msgstr "Trykk på den staden i dokumentet der du vil at den nye sida skal byrja."
#: pagestyles.xhp#par_id3150210.5.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "pagestyles.xhp#par_id3150210.5.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Manual Break</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Set inn → Fil</emph>."
#: pagestyles.xhp#par_id3150235.6.help.text
msgctxt "pagestyles.xhp#par_id3150235.6.help.text"
msgid "Select <emph>Page break</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Sideskift</emph>."
#: pagestyles.xhp#par_id3150939.19.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style</item> <emph/>box, select the page style that you want to apply to the page that follows the manual break."
msgstr ""
#: pagestyles.xhp#par_id3150965.25.help.text
msgctxt "pagestyles.xhp#par_id3150965.25.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: references.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Inserting Cross-References"
msgstr "Setja inn kryssreferansar"
#: references.xhp#bm_id3145087.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>references; inserting cross-references</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>cross-references; inserting and updating</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables; cross-referencing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pictures; cross-referencing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>objects; cross-referencing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>OLE objects;cross-referencing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>draw objects;cross-referencing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>updating;cross-references</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;cross-references</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: references.xhp#hd_id3145087.28.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"references\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/references.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Cross-References\">Inserting Cross-References</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"references\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/references.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Cross-References\">Setja inn kryssreferansar</link></variable>"
#: references.xhp#par_id3159263.8.help.text
msgid "Cross-references allow you to jump to specific text passages and objects in a single document. A cross-reference consists of a target and a reference that are inserted as <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp\" name=\"fields\">fields</link> in the document."
msgstr "Kryssreferansar lèt deg hoppe til visse tekstområde og objekt i eit dokument. Ein kryssreferanse inneheld eit mål og ein referanse som er sette inn som <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp\" name=\"fields\">felt</link> i dokumentet."
#: references.xhp#par_id3155860.21.help.text
msgid "Objects with captions and bookmarks can be used as targets."
msgstr "Objekt med bilettekstar og bokmerke kan brukast som mål."
#: references.xhp#hd_id3149833.38.help.text
msgid "Cross-Referencing Text"
msgstr "Kryssreferera til tekst"
#: references.xhp#par_id3149846.39.help.text
msgid "Before you can insert a cross-reference, you must first specify the targets in your text."
msgstr "Før du kan setja inn ein kryssreferanse, må du oppgje måla i teksten."
#: references.xhp#hd_id3156105.52.help.text
msgid "To Insert a Target"
msgstr ""
#: references.xhp#par_id3153408.40.help.text
msgid "Select the text that you want to use as a target for the cross-reference."
msgstr "Vel den teksten du vil bruka som mål for kryssreferansen."
#: references.xhp#par_id3153125.41.help.text
msgctxt "references.xhp#par_id3153125.41.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Cross-reference</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: references.xhp#par_id3149634.42.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list, select “Set Reference”."
msgstr ""
#: references.xhp#par_id3149614.43.help.text
msgid "Type a name for the target in the <emph>Name</emph> box. The selected text is displayed in the <emph>Value</emph> box."
msgstr ""
#: references.xhp#par_id3145110.44.help.text
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item>. The name of the target is added to the <item type=\"menuitem\">Selection</item> <emph/>list."
msgstr ""
#: references.xhp#par_id3156257.45.help.text
msgid "Leave the dialog open and proceed to the next section."
msgstr "Hald dialogvindauget ope og gå vidare til neste bolk."
#: references.xhp#hd_id3153370.53.help.text
msgid "To Create a Cross-Reference to a Target"
msgstr ""
#: references.xhp#par_id7032074.help.text
msgid "Position the cursor in the text where you want to insert a cross-reference."
msgstr "Plasser skrivemerket på den staden i teksten der du vil setja inn ein kryssreferanse."
#: references.xhp#par_id7796868.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Cross-reference</emph> to open the dialog, if it is not open already."
msgstr ""
#: references.xhp#par_id3153392.46.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Type</emph> list, select \"Insert Reference\"."
msgstr ""
#: references.xhp#par_id3154256.47.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Selection</emph> list, select the target that you want to cross-reference."
msgstr ""
#: references.xhp#par_id3154856.48.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Insert reference to</emph> list, select the format for the cross-reference. The <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp\" name=\"format\">format</link> specifies the type of information that is displayed as the cross-reference. For example, \"Reference\" inserts the target text, and \"Page\" inserts the page number where the target is located. For footnotes the footnote number is inserted."
msgstr ""
#: references.xhp#par_id3155895.49.help.text
msgctxt "references.xhp#par_id3155895.49.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Set inn</emph>."
#: references.xhp#par_id3148685.54.help.text
msgctxt "references.xhp#par_id3148685.54.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Close</emph> when finished."
msgstr ""
#: references.xhp#hd_id3149980.29.help.text
msgid "Cross-Referencing an Object"
msgstr "Kryssreferera til eit objekt"
#: references.xhp#par_id3149992.30.help.text
msgid "You can cross-reference most objects in your document, such as graphics, drawing objects, OLE objects, and tables, so long as they have a caption. To add a caption to an object, select the object, and then choose <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Caption\"><emph>Insert - Caption</emph></link>."
msgstr ""
#: references.xhp#par_id3147123.14.help.text
msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the cross-reference."
msgstr "Trykk på den staden i dokumentet der du vil setja inn ein kryssreferanse."
#: references.xhp#par_id3150212.11.help.text
msgctxt "references.xhp#par_id3150212.11.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Cross-reference</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: references.xhp#par_id3150236.32.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Type</emph> list, select the caption category of the object."
msgstr ""
#: references.xhp#par_id3150942.33.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Selection</emph> list, select the caption number of the object that you want to cross-reference."
msgstr ""
#: references.xhp#par_id3150968.34.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Insert reference to</emph> list, select the format of the cross-reference. The <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp\" name=\"format\">format</link> specifies the type of information that is displayed as the cross-reference. For example, \"Reference\" inserts the caption category and caption text of the object."
msgstr ""
#: references.xhp#par_id3150535.35.help.text
msgctxt "references.xhp#par_id3150535.35.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Set inn</emph>."
#: references.xhp#par_id3151092.55.help.text
msgctxt "references.xhp#par_id3151092.55.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Close</emph> when finished."
msgstr ""
#: references.xhp#hd_id3151115.56.help.text
msgid "Updating Cross-References"
msgstr "Oppdatera kryssreferansar"
#: references.xhp#par_id3153594.51.help.text
msgid "To manually update the cross-references in a document, press F9."
msgstr "For manuelt å oppdatera kryssreferansane i eit dokument, kan du trykkja <emph>F9</emph>."
#: references.xhp#par_id7321390.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Fields</emph> to switch between viewing the reference names and the reference contents."
msgstr ""
#: calculate_intext2.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Displaying the Result of a Table Calculation in a Different Table"
msgstr "Visa resultatet av ei tabellutrekning i ein annan tabell"
#: calculate_intext2.xhp#bm_id3153899.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>calculating;in text tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables; performing calculations in</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: calculate_intext2.xhp#hd_id3153899.49.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"calculate_intext2\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp\" name=\"Displaying the Result of a Table Calculation in a Different Table\">Displaying the Result of a Table Calculation in a Different Table</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"calculate_intext2\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp\" name=\"Displaying the Result of a Table Calculation in a Different Table\">Visa resultatet av ei tabellutrekning i ein annan tabell</link></variable>"
#: calculate_intext2.xhp#par_id3154250.6.help.text
msgid "You can perform a calculation on cells in one table and display the result in a different table."
msgstr "Du kan gjera ei utrekning med celler i éin tabell og visa resultatet i ein annan."
#: calculate_intext2.xhp#par_id3150508.26.help.text
msgid "Open a text document, insert a table with multiple columns and rows, and then insert another table consisting of one cell."
msgstr "Opna eit tekstdokument, set inn ein tabell med fleire kolonnar og rader, og set deretter inn ein tabell til, med berre éi celle."
#: calculate_intext2.xhp#par_id3150528.50.help.text
msgid "Enter numbers into some of the cells of the large table."
msgstr "Skriv inn tal i nokre av cellene i den store tabellen."
#: calculate_intext2.xhp#par_id3155532.29.help.text
msgid "Place the cursor in the table with the single cell, and then press F2."
msgstr "Plasser skrivemerket i tabellen som berre har éi celle, og trykk så F2."
#: calculate_intext2.xhp#par_id3155551.30.help.text
msgctxt "calculate_intext2.xhp#par_id3155551.30.help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formula Bar</item>, enter the function that you want to perform, for example, <item type=\"literal\">=SUM</item>."
msgstr ""
#: calculate_intext2.xhp#par_id3155577.31.help.text
msgid "Click in a cell in the larger table that contains a number, press the plus sign (+), and then click in a different cell containing a number."
msgstr "Trykk på ei celle i den store tabellen som inneheld eit tal, trykk på plussteiknet (+), og deretter i ei anna celle som inneheld eit tal."
#: calculate_intext2.xhp#par_id3155598.32.help.text
msgctxt "calculate_intext2.xhp#par_id3155598.32.help.text"
msgid "Press <emph>Enter</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>Enter</emph>."
#: calculate_intext2.xhp#par_id3147776.51.help.text
msgid "If you want, you can format the table to behave as normal text. Insert the table into a frame, and then anchor the frame as a character. The frame remains anchored to the adjacent text when you insert or delete text."
msgstr "Dersom du vil, kan du formatera teksten så han oppfører seg som vanleg tekst. Set inn tabellen i ei ramme, og forankra ramma som eit teikn. Ramma forblir forankra til den tilliggjande teksten når du set inn eller slettar tekst."
#: indices_form.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Formatting an Index or a Table of Contents"
msgstr "Formatera eit register eller ei innhaldsliste"
#: indices_form.xhp#bm_id3155855.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes; formatting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editing; index format</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables of contents; formatting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>entries; in tables of contents, as hyperlinks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables of contents; hyperlinks as entries</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>hyperlinks; in tables of contents and indexes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting;indexes and tables of contents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: indices_form.xhp#hd_id3155855.38.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_form\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp\" name=\"Formatting an Index or a Table of Contents\">Formatting an Index or a Table of Contents</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_form\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp\" name=\"Formatting an Index or a Table of Contents\">Formatera eit register eller ei innhaldsliste</link></variable>"
#: indices_form.xhp#par_id3154259.39.help.text
msgid "You can apply different paragraph styles, assign hyperlinks to entries, change the layout of indexes, and change the background color of indexes in the <emph>Insert Index</emph> dialog."
msgstr ""
#: indices_form.xhp#hd_id3155888.44.help.text
msgid "To Apply a Different Paragraph Style to an Index Level"
msgstr ""
#: indices_form.xhp#par_id3147110.45.help.text
msgid "Right-click in the index or table of contents, and then choose <emph>Edit Index/Table</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: indices_form.xhp#par_id3147135.46.help.text
msgid "Click the <emph>Styles </emph>tab."
msgstr "Trykk på fana <emph>Stilar</emph>."
#: indices_form.xhp#par_id3150229.47.help.text
msgid "Click an index level in the <emph>Levels </emph>list."
msgstr ""
#: indices_form.xhp#par_id3150934.48.help.text
msgid "Click the style that you want to apply in the <emph>Paragraph Style </emph>list."
msgstr ""
#: indices_form.xhp#par_id3150960.56.help.text
msgid "Click the assign button <emph><</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: indices_form.xhp#par_id3150516.49.help.text
msgctxt "indices_form.xhp#par_id3150516.49.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: indices_form.xhp#hd_id3146878.40.help.text
msgid "To Assign Hyperlinks to Entries in a Table of Contents"
msgstr ""
#: indices_form.xhp#par_id3146890.50.help.text
msgid "You can assign a cross-reference as a hyperlink to entries in a table of contents."
msgstr "Du kan laga kryssreferansar som hyperlenkjer på punkta i ei innhaldsliste."
#: indices_form.xhp#par_id3150712.51.help.text
msgid "Right-click in the table of contents, and then choose <emph>Edit Index/Table</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: indices_form.xhp#par_id3150738.42.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Click the <emph>Entries</emph> tab."
msgstr "Trykk på fana <emph>Stilar</emph>."
#: indices_form.xhp#par_id3148399.52.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Level</item> list click the heading level that you want to assign hyperlinks to."
msgstr ""
#: indices_form.xhp#par_id3148424.53.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Structure </emph>area, click in the box in front of <emph>E#</emph>, and then click <emph>Hyperlink</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: indices_form.xhp#par_id3153171.54.help.text
msgid "Click in the box behind the <emph>E</emph>, and then click <emph>Hyperlink</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: indices_form.xhp#par_id3147060.55.help.text
msgid "Repeat for each heading level that you want to create hyperlinks for, or click the <item type=\"menuitem\">All</item> button to apply the formatting to all levels."
msgstr ""
#: hyperlinks.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Inserting Hyperlinks With the Navigator"
msgstr "Setja inn hyperlenkjer frå Dokumentstrukturen"
#: hyperlinks.xhp#bm_id3155845.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>hyperlinks; inserting from Navigator</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting; hyperlinks from Navigator</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>cross-references; inserting with Navigator</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Navigator;inserting hyperlinks</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: hyperlinks.xhp#hd_id3155845.21.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"hyperlinks\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Hyperlinks With the Navigator\">Inserting Hyperlinks With the Navigator</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"hyperlinks\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Hyperlinks With the Navigator\">Setja inn hyperlenkjer frå Dokumentstrukturen</link></variable>"
#: hyperlinks.xhp#par_id3155858.20.help.text
msgid "You can insert a cross-reference as a hyperlink in your document using the Navigator. You can even cross-reference items from other <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> documents. If you click the hyperlink when the document is opened in <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item>, you are taken to the cross-referenced item."
msgstr "Du kan setja inn ein kryssreferanse som ei hyperlenkje i dokumentet ved å bruka Dokumentstrukturen. Du kan òg kryssreferera til element i andre <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item>-dokument. Dersom du trykkjer på hyperlenkja når dokumentet er opna i <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item>, vert du ført til det kryssrefererte elementet."
#: hyperlinks.xhp#par_id3149833.32.help.text
msgid "Open the document(s) containing the items you want to cross-reference."
msgstr "Opna dokumentet/dokumenta som inneheld elementa du vil kryssreferera til."
#: hyperlinks.xhp#par_id3148846.23.help.text
msgid "On the Standard bar, click the <emph>Navigator</emph> icon."
msgstr ""
#: hyperlinks.xhp#par_id3156108.25.help.text
msgid "Click the arrow next to the <item type=\"menuitem\">Drag Mode</item> icon, and ensure that <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert as Hyperlink</item> <emph/>is selected."
msgstr ""
#: hyperlinks.xhp#par_id3153396.31.help.text
msgid "In the list at the bottom of the Navigator, select the document containing the item that you want to cross-reference."
msgstr "Vel dokumentet som inneheld objektet du vil kryssreferera til i lista nedst i Dokumentstruktur-vindauget."
#: hyperlinks.xhp#par_id3153416.24.help.text
msgid "In the Navigator list, click the plus sign next to the item that you want to insert as a hyperlink."
msgstr "Trykk på plussteiknet ved sidan av objektet du vil setja inn som ei hyperlenkje i Dokumentstrukturen."
#: hyperlinks.xhp#par_id3153133.26.help.text
msgid "Drag the item to where you want to insert the hyperlink in the document."
msgstr "Dra elementet til den staden i dokumentet der du vil setja inn hyperlenkja."
#: hyperlinks.xhp#par_id3149635.27.help.text
msgid "The name of the item is inserted in the document as an underlined hyperlink."
msgstr "Namnet på elementet vert sett inn i dokumentet som ei understreka hyperlenkje."
#: header_with_chapter.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Inserting a Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer"
msgstr "Setja inn kapittelnamn og -nummer i ein topp- eller botntekst"
#: header_with_chapter.xhp#bm_id3155919.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>running titles in headers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>floating titles in headers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>headers; chapter information</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>chapter names in headers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>names; chapter names in headers</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: header_with_chapter.xhp#hd_id3155919.3.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"header_with_chapter\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer\">Inserting a Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"header_with_chapter\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer\">Setja inn kapittelnamn og -nummer i ein topp- eller botntekst</link></variable>"
#: header_with_chapter.xhp#par_id3153414.22.help.text
msgid "Before you can insert chapter information into a header or footer, you must first set the outline numbering options for the paragraph style that you want to use for chapter titles."
msgstr "Før du kan setja inn kapittelinformasjon i ein topp- eller botntekst, må du velja disposisjonsnummerering for avsnittsstilen du vil bruka kapitteltitlar på."
#: header_with_chapter.xhp#hd_id3154244.23.help.text
msgid "To Create a Paragraph Style for Chapter Titles"
msgstr ""
#: header_with_chapter.xhp#par_id3155874.24.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Outline Numbering</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: header_with_chapter.xhp#par_id3155898.25.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style</item> <emph/>box, select the paragraph style that you want to use for chapter titles, for example, \"Heading 1\"."
msgstr ""
#: header_with_chapter.xhp#par_id3147124.26.help.text
msgid "Select the numbering style for the chapter titles in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Number</item> <emph/>box, for example, \"1,2,3...\"."
msgstr ""
#: header_with_chapter.xhp#par_id3150219.27.help.text
msgid "Type \"Chapter\" followed by a space in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Before</item> <emph/>box."
msgstr ""
#: header_with_chapter.xhp#par_id3150245.28.help.text
msgid "Enter a space in the <item type=\"menuitem\">After</item> <emph/>box."
msgstr ""
#: header_with_chapter.xhp#par_id3150949.29.help.text
msgctxt "header_with_chapter.xhp#par_id3150949.29.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: header_with_chapter.xhp#hd_id3150505.30.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "To Insert the Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer"
msgstr "Setja inn kapittelnamn og -nummer i ein topp- eller botntekst"
#: header_with_chapter.xhp#par_id3150527.5.help.text
msgid "Apply the paragraph style that you defined for chapter titles to the chapter headings in your document."
msgstr "Bruk den avsnittsstilen du laga for kapitteloverskifter i dokumentet."
#: header_with_chapter.xhp#par_id3153729.6.help.text
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Header</item> <emph/>or <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Footer</item>, and then select the page style for the current page from the submenu."
msgstr ""
#: header_with_chapter.xhp#par_id3153762.7.help.text
msgid "Click in the header or footer."
msgstr "Trykk i topp- eller botnteksten."
#: header_with_chapter.xhp#par_id3146863.9.help.text
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Fields - Other</item> and click the<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">Document</item> tab."
msgstr ""
#: header_with_chapter.xhp#par_id3153175.10.help.text
msgid "Click \"Chapter\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> <emph/>list and \"Chapter number and name\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Format</item> <emph/>list."
msgstr ""
#: header_with_chapter.xhp#par_id3147065.11.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "header_with_chapter.xhp#par_id3147065.11.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph> and then click <emph>Close</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>Ny</emph>, og deretter <emph>Lukk</emph>."
#: header_with_chapter.xhp#par_id3147095.12.help.text
msgid "The header on every page that uses the current page style automatically displays the chapter name and number."
msgstr "Kapittelnamna og -nummera vert no automatisk viste på alle sider som brukar den gjeldande sidestilen."
#: fields_date.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Inserting a Fixed or Variable Date Field"
msgstr "Setja inn eit fast eller variabelt datofelt"
#: fields_date.xhp#bm_id5111545.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>inserting;date fields</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>dates;inserting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>date fields;fixed/variable</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>fixed dates</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>variable dates</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: fields_date.xhp#hd_id3155165.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"fields_date\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields_date.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Fixed or Variable Date Field\">Inserting a Fixed or Variable Date Field</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"fields_date\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields_date.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Fixed or Variable Date Field\">Setja inn eit fast eller variabelt datofelt</link></variable>"
#: fields_date.xhp#par_id3154491.2.help.text
msgid "You can insert the current date as a field that updates each time you open the document, or as a field that does not update."
msgstr "Du kan setja inn gjeldande dato som eit felt som vert oppdatert kvar gong du opnar dokumentet, eller som eit felt som ikkje vert oppdatert."
#: fields_date.xhp#par_id3147679.3.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Other</emph> and click the <emph>Document</emph> tab."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Set inn → Felt → Andre</emph> og trykk på fana <emph>Funksjonar</emph>."
#: fields_date.xhp#par_id3153415.5.help.text
msgid "Click “Date” in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> <emph/>list and do one of the following:"
msgstr ""
#: fields_date.xhp#par_id3155602.6.help.text
msgid "To insert the date as a field that updates each time you open the document, click ”Date” in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Select</item> <emph/>list."
msgstr ""
#: fields_date.xhp#par_id3154241.4.help.text
msgid "To insert the date as a field that does not update, click “Date (fixed)” in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Select</item> <emph/>list."
msgstr ""
#: indices_index.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Creating Alphabetical Indexes"
msgstr "Laga alfabetiske register"
#: indices_index.xhp#bm_id3155911.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>concordance files;indexes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>indexes; alphabetical indexes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>alphabetical indexes</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: indices_index.xhp#hd_id3155911.24.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_index\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp\" name=\"Creating Alphabetical Indexes\">Creating Alphabetical Indexes</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_index\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp\" name=\"Creating Alphabetical Indexes\">Laga alfabetiske register</link></variable>"
#: indices_index.xhp#par_id3154233.25.help.text
msgid "Click in your document where you want to insert the index."
msgstr "Trykk på den staden i dokumentet der du vil setja inn registeret."
#: indices_index.xhp#par_id3154252.26.help.text
msgctxt "indices_index.xhp#par_id3154252.26.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Indexes and Tables</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: indices_index.xhp#par_id3155884.31.help.text
msgid "On the <emph>Index/Table</emph> tab, select \"Alphabetical Index\" in the <emph>Type</emph> box."
msgstr ""
#: indices_index.xhp#par_id3147114.36.help.text
msgid "If you want to use a concordance file, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Concordance file</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Options</item> <emph/>area, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">File</item> button, and then locate an existing file or create a new concordance file."
msgstr ""
#: indices_index.xhp#par_id3150223.28.help.text
msgid "Set the formatting options for the index, either on the current tab, or on any of the other tabs of this dialog. For example, if you want to use single letter headings in your index, click the <emph>Entries</emph> tab, and then select <emph>Alphabetical delimiter</emph>. To change the formatting of levels in the index, click the <emph>Styles</emph> tab. "
msgstr ""
#: indices_index.xhp#par_id3150946.27.help.text
msgctxt "indices_index.xhp#par_id3150946.27.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: indices_index.xhp#par_id3150502.37.help.text
msgid "To update the index, right-click in the index, and then choose <emph>Update Index/Table</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: indices_index.xhp#par_id3152760.38.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120250.xhp\" name=\"Creating a concordance file\">Creating a concordance file</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120250.xhp\" name=\"Creating a concordance file\">Laga ei stikkordfil</link>"
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Alternating Page Styles on Odd and Even Pages"
msgstr "Ulike sidestilar på par- og oddetalssider"
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp#bm_id3153407.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>page styles; left and right pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>blank pages with alternating page styles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>empty page with alternating page styles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pages; left and right pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting; even/odd pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>title pages; page styles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>First Page page style</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Left Page page style</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>right pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>even/odd pages;formatting</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp#hd_id3153407.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"even_odd_sdw\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp\" name=\"Alternating Page Styles on Odd and Even Pages\">Alternating Page Styles on Odd and Even Pages</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"even_odd_sdw\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp\" name=\"Alternating Page Styles on Odd and Even Pages\">Ulike sidestilar på par- og oddetalssider</link></variable>"
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id3154265.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3155876\" src=\"cmd/sc_designerdialog.png\" width=\"0.1862in\" height=\"0.1862in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3155876\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3149622\" src=\"cmd/sc_optimizetable.png\" width=\"0.423cm\" height=\"0.423cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149622\">Ikon</alt></image>"
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id3147126.2.help.text
msgid "$[officename] can automatically apply alternating page styles on even (left) and odd pages (right) in your document. For example, you can use page styles to display different headers and footers on even and odd pages. The current page style is displayed in the <emph>Status Bar</emph> at the bottom of the workplace."
msgstr ""
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp#hd_id8194219.help.text
msgid "To Set Up Alternating Page Styles"
msgstr ""
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id3150526.4.help.text
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Styles and Formatting</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page Styles</item> <emph/>icon."
msgstr ""
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id3153153.6.help.text
msgid "In the list of page styles, right-click \"Left Page\" and choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id3153179.8.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Click the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab."
msgstr "Trykk på fana <emph>Stilar</emph>."
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id3145267.17.help.text
msgid "Select \"Right Page\" in the <emph>Next Style</emph> box, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id3145299.9.help.text
msgid "In the list of page styles, right-click \"Right Page\" and choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id3155529.18.help.text
msgid "Select \"Left Page\" in the <emph>Next Style</emph> box, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id3155561.10.help.text
msgid "Go to the first page in your document, and double-click \"Right Page\" in the list of page styles in the Styles and Formatting window."
msgstr ""
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id3155588.19.help.text
msgid "To add a header to one of the page styles, choose<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Header</item>, and choose the page style that you want to add the header to. In the header frame, type the text that you want to use as the header."
msgstr ""
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id3147772.20.help.text
msgid "To add a footer to one of the page styles, choose<emph/> <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Footer</item>, and choose the page style that you want to add the footer to. In the footer frame, type the text that you want to use as a footer."
msgstr ""
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id3147254.12.help.text
msgid "If you do not want to have a header or a footer on the title page of your document, apply the \"First Page\" style to the title page."
msgstr "Dersom du ikkje vil ha nokon topp- eller botntekst på tittelsida på dokumentet, bruk stilen <emph>Første side</emph> på henne."
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp#hd_id888698.help.text
msgid "To Suppress the Printout of Empty Pages"
msgstr ""
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id3394573.help.text
msgid "If two even or two odd pages directly follow each other in your document, Writer will insert an empty page by default. You can suppress those automatically generated empty pages from printing and from exporting to PDF."
msgstr "Dersom to partalssider eller to oddetalssider kjem rett etter kvarandre i eit dokument, set Writer automatisk inn ei tom side som standard. Du kan unngå at desse sidene vert skrivne ut eller eksporterte til PDF-filer."
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id7594225.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Print</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Verktøy → Innstillingar → Språkinnstillingar → Skrivestøtte</emph>"
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id8147221.help.text
msgid "Remove the check mark from <emph>Print automatically inserted blank pages</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id3145596.13.help.text
msgctxt "even_odd_sdw.xhp#par_id3145596.13.help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Break dialog\">Insert Break dialog</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Break dialog\">Dialogvindauget «Set inn skift»</link>"
#: protection.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Protecting Content in %PRODUCTNAME Writer"
msgstr "Verna innhald i %PRODUCTNAME Writer"
#: protection.xhp#bm_id3150620.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes;unprotecting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables of contents;unprotecting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables;protecting/unprotecting cells</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sections;protecting/unprotecting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>unprotecting tables of contents and indexes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>protecting;tables and sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>cells;protecting/unprotecting</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp#hd_id6007263.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"protection\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp\" name=\"Protecting Content in %PRODUCTNAME Writer\">Protecting Content in <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer</item></link> </variable>"
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp#par_id1924802.help.text
msgid "The following is an overview of the different ways of protecting contents in <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer from being modified, deleted or viewed."
msgstr "Dette er ei oversikt over dei ulike måtane for å verna innhald i <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer frå å verta endra, sletta eller vist."
#: protection.xhp#hd_id3150114.29.help.text
msgid "Protecting Sections in <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer"
msgstr "Verna bolkar i <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer"
#: protection.xhp#par_id3150592.30.help.text
msgid "Any section of a <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer text document can be protected against changes with a password."
msgstr "Alle bolkar i eit tekstdokument i <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer 
kan vernast mot endringar med eit passord."
#: protection.xhp#par_id4545426.help.text
msgid "This protection is not intended to be a secure protection. It is just a switch to protect the section against accidental changes."
msgstr "Vernet er ikkje laga for å vera svært trygt. Det er der berre for å verna bolken mot uheldige endringar."
#: protection.xhp#par_id3166413.31.help.text
msgctxt "protection.xhp#par_id3166413.31.help.text"
msgid "Turning on protection"
msgstr "Slå på vern"
#: protection.xhp#par_id3144764.32.help.text
msgid "Select the text. Choose <emph>Insert - Section - Section</emph>, then under <emph>Write protection</emph> mark the <emph>Protect</emph> and <emph>With password</emph> check boxes. (If the section already exists: <emph>Format - Sections</emph>.) Enter and confirm a password of at least 5 characters."
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp#par_id3147497.33.help.text
msgctxt "protection.xhp#par_id3147497.33.help.text"
msgid "Turning off protection"
msgstr "Slå av vern"
#: protection.xhp#par_id3147173.34.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Sections - Section</emph> and under <emph>Write protection</emph> clear the <emph>Protect</emph> check box. Enter the correct password."
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp#hd_id3146081.35.help.text
msgid "Protecting Cells in a <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer Table"
msgstr "Verna celler i ein <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer-tabell"
#: protection.xhp#par_id3154480.36.help.text
msgid "You can protect the contents of individual cells of a <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer text table from changes."
msgstr "Du kan verna innhaldet i enkeltcellene i ein teksttabell i <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer mot endringar."
#: protection.xhp#par_id363170.help.text
msgid "This protection is not intended to be a secure protection. It is just a switch to protect the cells against accidental changes."
msgstr "Vernet er ikkje laga for å vera svært trygt. Det er der berre for å verna bolken mot uheldige endringar."
#: protection.xhp#par_id3154360.37.help.text
msgctxt "protection.xhp#par_id3154360.37.help.text"
msgid "Turning on protection"
msgstr "Slå på vern"
#: protection.xhp#par_id3145643.38.help.text
msgid "Place the cursor in a cell or select cells. Right-click to open the context menu, then choose <emph>Cell - Protect</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp#par_id3150042.39.help.text
msgctxt "protection.xhp#par_id3150042.39.help.text"
msgid "Turning off protection"
msgstr "Slå av vern"
#: protection.xhp#par_id3155178.40.help.text
msgid "Place the cursor in the cell or select the cells. First, if necessary, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph> and mark <emph>Cursor in protected areas - Enable</emph>. Then right-click the cell to open the context menu, choose <emph>Cell - Unprotect</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp#par_id3151189.41.help.text
msgid "Select the table in the Navigator, open the context menu and select <emph>Table - Unprotect</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp#par_id3147322.42.help.text
msgid "Use Shift+Ctrl+T to remove protection for the entire current table or all selected tables."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>Shift + Ctrl + T</emph> for å oppheva vernet av heile den 
gjeldande tabellen eller alle valde tabellar."
#: protection.xhp#hd_id3149259.43.help.text
msgid "Automatic Protection of Indexes and Tables"
msgstr "Automatisk vern av register og innhaldslister"
#: protection.xhp#par_id3153966.44.help.text
msgid "Tables of contents and indexes created automatically in a <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer text are automatically protected against accidental changes."
msgstr "Innhaldslister og register som er oppretta automatisk i eit <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer-dokument er automatisk verna mot uheldige endringar."
#: protection.xhp#par_id814539.help.text
msgid "This protection is not intended to be a secure protection. It is just a switch to protect the contents against accidental changes."
msgstr "Vernet er ikkje laga for å vera svært trygt. Det er der berre for å verna bolken mot uheldige endringar."
#: protection.xhp#par_id3145767.45.help.text
msgctxt "protection.xhp#par_id3145767.45.help.text"
msgid "Turning on protection"
msgstr "Slå på vern"
#: protection.xhp#par_id3153786.46.help.text
msgid "Place the cursor in the index/table of contents."
msgstr "Plasser skrivemerket i registeret/innhaldslista."
#: protection.xhp#par_id3159088.47.help.text
msgid "From the context menu choose <emph>Edit Index/Table</emph>. On the Index/Table tab page, mark <emph>Protected against manual changes</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp#par_id3154118.48.help.text
msgctxt "protection.xhp#par_id3154118.48.help.text"
msgid "Turning off protection"
msgstr "Slå av vern"
#: protection.xhp#par_id3148463.49.help.text
msgid "Place the cursor in the index. First of all, if necessary, under <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids </emph>, mark <emph>Cursor in protected areas - Enable</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp#par_id3152968.50.help.text
msgid "From the context menu choose <emph>Edit Index/Table</emph>. On the Index/Table tab page, unmark <emph>Protected against manual changes</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp#par_id3152774.51.help.text
msgid "In the Navigator, select the index, then open the context menu in the Navigator and select <emph>Index - Read-only</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp#par_idN10B8C.help.text
msgid " <embedvar href=\"text/shared/guide/digital_signatures.xhp#digital_signatures\"/> "
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp#par_id7858516.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/guide/protection.xhp\">Protecting Other Contents</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/guide/protection.xhp\">Verna anna innhald</link>"
#: captions.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Using Captions "
msgstr "Bruka forklaringar"
#: captions.xhp#bm_id3147691.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>inserting; captions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>captions; inserting and editing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editing;captions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>objects; captioning</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables; labeling</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>frames; labeling</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>charts; labeling</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text frames; labeling</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>draw objects; inserting captions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>legends, see also captions</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: captions.xhp#hd_id3150537.39.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "<variable id=\"captions\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp\" name=\"Using Captions\">Using Captions</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"section_insert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Sections\">Setja inn bolkar</link></variable>"
#: captions.xhp#par_id3153156.22.help.text
msgid "In text documents, you can add continuously numbered captions to graphics, tables, frames, and drawing objects."
msgstr "I tekstdokument kan du leggja til forklaringstekstar som vert nummererte etter kvart på bilete, tabellar, rammer og teikneobjekt."
#: captions.xhp#par_id3153172.36.help.text
msgid "You can edit the text and the number ranges for different types of captions."
msgstr "Du kan redigera teksten og nummereringa for ulike typar forklaringar."
#: captions.xhp#par_id3153186.37.help.text
msgid "When you add a caption to a picture or to an object, the object and the caption text are placed together in a new frame. When you add a caption to a table, the caption text is inserted as a paragraph next to the table. When you add a caption to a frame, the caption text is added to the text inside the frame, either before or after the existing text."
msgstr "Når du legg ein tekst til eit bilete eller objekt, vert objektet og teksten plassert saman i ei ny ramme. Når du legg ein tekst til ein tabell, vert denne forklaringa sett inn som eit avsnitt ved sidan av tabellen. Når du legg ein tekst til ei ramme, vert denne forklaringa lagt til teksten inni ramma, anten før eller etter teksten som ligg der frå før."
#: captions.xhp#par_idN10713.help.text
msgid "To move both the object and the caption, drag the frame that contains these items. To update the caption numbering after you move the frame, press F9."
msgstr "For å flytta både objektet og forklaringa, dra ramma som inneheld desse elementa. For å oppdatera forklaringa etter at du har flytta ramma, trykk F9."
#: captions.xhp#hd_id3155541.23.help.text
msgid "To define a caption proceed as follows:"
msgstr ""
#: captions.xhp#par_id3155567.24.help.text
msgctxt "captions.xhp#par_id3155567.24.help.text"
msgid "Select the item that you want to add a caption to."
msgstr "Vel elementet du vil gje ei forklaring."
#: captions.xhp#par_id3155586.25.help.text
msgctxt "captions.xhp#par_id3155586.25.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Caption</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Set inn → Forklaring</emph>."
#: captions.xhp#par_id3147765.26.help.text
msgid "Select the options that you want, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>. If you want, you can also enter different text in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Category</item> <emph/>box, for example <item type=\"literal\">Figure</item>."
msgstr ""
#: captions.xhp#par_id3147254.27.help.text
msgid "You can edit caption text directly in the document."
msgstr "Du kan redigera forklaringa direkte i dokumentet."
#: captions.xhp#par_id3147271.28.help.text
msgid "A caption is formatted with the paragraph style that matches the name of the caption category. For example, if you insert a \"Table\" caption, the \"Table\" paragraph style is applied to the caption text."
msgstr ""
#: captions.xhp#par_id3145671.45.help.text
msgid "$[officename] can automatically add a caption when you insert an object, graphic, frame, or table. Choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - AutoCaption</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: using_numbering.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Numbering and Numbering Styles"
msgstr "Nummerering og nummereringsstilar"
#: using_numbering.xhp#bm_id3155174.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>numbering; manually/by styles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>manual numbering in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraph styles;numbering</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: using_numbering.xhp#hd_id3155174.30.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"using_numbering\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Numbering and Numbering Styles\">Numbering and Numbering Styles</link> </variable>"
msgstr ""
#: using_numbering.xhp#par_id3149818.26.help.text
msgid "You can apply numbering to a paragraph manually or with a paragraph style."
msgstr "Du kan leggja til nummerering av eit avsnitt manuelt eller med ein avsnittsstil."
#: using_numbering.xhp#hd_id6140629.help.text
msgid "To Apply Numbering Manually"
msgstr ""
#: using_numbering.xhp#par_id3155866.33.help.text
msgid "To apply numbering manually, click in the paragraph, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering On/Off</item> <emph/>icon on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatting</item> Bar."
msgstr ""
#: using_numbering.xhp#par_id3153405.27.help.text
msgid "You cannot apply manual numbering to paragraphs that are listed under \"Special Styles\" in the Styles and Formatting window."
msgstr "Du kan ikkje bruka manuell nummerering i avsnitt som ligg under <emph>Spesialstilar</emph> i <emph>Stilhandsamaren</emph>."
#: using_numbering.xhp#par_idN10711.help.text
msgid "When you press Enter in a numbered or bulleted list, <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> automatically numbers the next paragraph. To remove the numbering or bullet from the new paragraph, press Enter again."
msgstr "Når du trykkjer <emph>Enter</emph> i ei nummer- eller punktliste, vil <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> automatisk nummerera det neste avsnittet. For å fjerna talet eller punktet frå det nye avsnittet, trykkjer du <emph>Enter</emph> igjen."
#: using_numbering.xhp#par_idN1072B.help.text
msgid "To change the hierarchical level of a bullet in a list, click in front of the paragraph, then press the Tab key."
msgstr "For å endra det hierarkiske nivået på eit punktteikn i ei liste, trykkjer du framfor avsnittet, og deretter på <emph>Tab</emph>."
#: using_numbering.xhp#par_idN1072F.help.text
msgid "To change the bullets or numbering format for the current paragraph only, select a character or word in the paragraph, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Bullets and Numbering</item>, and then click a new format. "
msgstr ""
#: using_numbering.xhp#par_idN10733.help.text
msgid "To change the bullet or numbering format for all paragraphs in the list, ensure that the cursor is in the list, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Bullets and Numbering</item>, and then click a new format. "
msgstr ""
#: using_numbering.xhp#par_idN10737.help.text
msgid "To apply the same bullet or numbering format to all paragraphs in the list, select all paragraphs, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Bullets and Numbering</item>, and then click a format."
msgstr ""
#: using_numbering.xhp#par_idN1073A.help.text
msgid "You can also use the commands on the <link href=\"text/swriter/main0206.xhp\" name=\"Numbering Object Bar\">Bullets and Numbering</link> toolbar to edit a numbered or bulleted list. To change the numbering or bullet format, click the <emph>Bullets and Numbering</emph> icon."
msgstr ""
#: using_numbering.xhp#hd_id3153123.34.help.text
msgid "To Apply Numbering With a Paragraph Style"
msgstr ""
#: using_numbering.xhp#par_id3153137.31.help.text
msgid "Paragraph Styles give you greater control over numbering that you apply in a document. When you change the numbering format of the style, all paragraphs using the style are automatically updated."
msgstr "Avsnittsstilar gjev deg større kontroll over nummereringa du brukar i eit dokument. Når du endrar nummereringsformat på stilen, vil alle avsnitta som brukar han automatisk verta oppdaterte."
#: using_numbering.xhp#par_id3149646.35.help.text
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Styles and Formatting</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Paragraph Styles</item> <emph/>icon."
msgstr ""
#: using_numbering.xhp#par_id3149599.36.help.text
msgid "Right-click the paragraph style that you want to apply numbering to, and then choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: using_numbering.xhp#par_id3149850.37.help.text
msgid "Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Outline & Numbering</item> <emph/>tab."
msgstr ""
#: using_numbering.xhp#par_id3149874.38.help.text
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering Style</item> box, select the type of numbering that you want to use."
msgstr ""
#: using_numbering.xhp#par_id3145113.39.help.text
msgctxt "using_numbering.xhp#par_id3145113.39.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: using_numbering.xhp#par_id3149589.40.help.text
msgid "Apply the style to the paragraphs that you want to add numbering to."
msgstr "Bruk stilen på dei avsnitta du vil leggja til nummerering i."
#: indenting.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Indenting Paragraphs"
msgstr "Laga innrykk i avsnitt"
#: indenting.xhp#bm_id3155869.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>formatting; indenting paragraphs</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>indents;in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraphs; indents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>hanging indents in paragraphs</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>right indents in paragraphs</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lines of text; indents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>changing;indents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: indenting.xhp#hd_id129398.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"indenting\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indenting.xhp\">Indenting Paragraphs</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"indenting\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indenting.xhp\">Laga innrykk i avsnitt</link></variable>"
#: indenting.xhp#par_id5589159.help.text
msgid "To change the measurement units, choose <item type=\"menuitem\"><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - General</item>, and then select a new measurement unit in the Settings area. "
msgstr ""
#: indenting.xhp#par_id9936216.help.text
msgid "You can change the indents for the current paragraph, or for all selected paragraphs, or for a Paragraph Style."
msgstr "Du kan endra på innrykka for det gjeldande avsnittet, for alle markerte avsnitt eller for ein avsnittsstil."
#: indenting.xhp#par_id7953123.help.text
msgid "You can also <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp\" name=\"ruler\">set indents using the ruler</link>. To display the ruler, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View - Ruler</item>."
msgstr "Du kan også <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp\" name=\"ruler\">stilla inn innrykk ved å bruka linjalen</link>. Vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Vis → Linjal</item> for å visa linjalen."
#: indenting.xhp#par_id4013794.help.text
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing</item> to change the indents for the current paragraph or for all selected paragraphs. You can also <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp\" name=\"ruler\">set indents using the ruler</link>."
msgstr "Vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Format → Avsnitt → Innrykk og avstand</item> for å endra på innrykka i det gjeldande avsnittet eller i alle dei markerte avsnitta. Du kan også <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp\" name=\"ruler\">stilla inn innrykk ved å bruka linjalen</link>."
#: indenting.xhp#par_id1631824.help.text
msgid "Right-click a paragraph and choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit Paragraph Style - Indents & Spacing</item> to change the indents for all paragraphs that have the same Paragraph Style."
msgstr "Høgreklikk på eit avsnitt og vel <item type=\"menuitem\"> Rediger avsnittsstil → Innrykk og avstand</item> for å endra på innrykka i alle avsnitta som brukar den same avsnittsstilen."
#: indenting.xhp#par_id7271645.help.text
msgid "Indents are calculated with respect to the left and right page margins. If you want the paragraph to extend into the page margin, enter a negative number. "
msgstr "Innrykk vert rekna ut med venstre- og høgremargane som grenser. Dersom du vil at avsnittet skal gå utanfor margane, kan du skriva inn eit negativt tal."
#: indenting.xhp#par_id2136295.help.text
msgid "The indents are different regarding the writing direction. For example, look at the <item type=\"menuitem\">Before text </item>indent value in left-to-right languages. The left edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the left page margin. In right-to-left languages, the right edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the right page margin."
msgstr ""
#: indenting.xhp#par_id4186223.help.text
msgid "For a hanging indent, enter a positive value for <item type=\"menuitem\">Before text</item> and a negative value for <item type=\"menuitem\">First line</item>."
msgstr ""
#: indenting.xhp#par_id1491134.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030100.xhp\">Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030100.xhp\">Format → Avsnitt → Innrykk og avstand</link>"
#: using_thesaurus.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Thesaurus"
msgstr "Synonymordbok"
#: using_thesaurus.xhp#bm_id3145576.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>thesaurus; related words</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>related words in thesaurus</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>spelling in thesaurus</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>dictionaries; thesaurus</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lexicon, see thesaurus</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>synonyms in thesaurus</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>searching;synonyms</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: using_thesaurus.xhp#hd_id3145576.15.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"using_thesaurus\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp\" name=\"Thesaurus\">Thesaurus</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"using_thesaurus\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp\" name=\"Thesaurus\">Synonymordbok</link></variable>"
#: using_thesaurus.xhp#par_id3149820.16.help.text
msgid "You can use the thesaurus to look up synonyms or related terms."
msgstr "Du kan bruka synonymordboka til oppslag av synonym og relaterte ord."
#: using_thesaurus.xhp#par_id3155920.17.help.text
msgid "Click in the word that you want to look up or replace."
msgstr "Trykk på ordet du vil slå opp."
#: using_thesaurus.xhp#par_id3155867.39.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Language - Thesaurus</emph>, or press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F7."
msgstr ""
#: using_thesaurus.xhp#par_id3149848.40.help.text
msgid "In the Alternatives list, click an entry to copy that related term to the \"Replace with\" text box."
msgstr ""
#: using_thesaurus.xhp#par_id3153136.45.help.text
msgid "Optionally double-click an entry to look up related terms for that entry. On your keyboard, you can also press the arrow up or down keys to select an entry. Then press Return to replace, or press the spacebar to look up."
msgstr ""
#: using_thesaurus.xhp#par_id3149644.46.help.text
msgid "Click <emph>Replace</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: using_thesaurus.xhp#par_id3156263.19.help.text
msgid "Initially, the thesaurus uses the language of the selected word in the document, if a thesaurus library for that language is installed. The title bar of the Thesaurus dialog displays the language in use."
msgstr "Dersom du brukar ei anna språkinnstilling på enkelte ord eller avsnitt, vert synonymordboka for språket i teksten brukt."
#: using_thesaurus.xhp#par_id3145113.18.help.text
msgid "To look up the word in a different language, click the Language button, and select one of the installed thesaurus languages. A thesaurus library may not be available for all installed languages. You can install languages with a thesaurus library from the <link href=\"http://extensions.libreoffice.org/\">Extensions</link> web page."
msgstr ""
#: using_thesaurus.xhp#par_id3196263.19.help.text
msgid "If a thesaurus library is installed for the language of a word, the context menu of the word shows a Synonyms submenu. Select any of the terms from the submenu to replace the word."
msgstr ""
#: using_thesaurus.xhp#par_id3154392.41.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06020000.xhp\" name=\"Thesaurus\">Thesaurus</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06020000.xhp\" name=\"Thesaurus\">Synonymordbok</link>"
#: printing_order.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Printing in Reverse Order"
msgstr "Skriva ut i omvend rekkjefølgje"
#: printing_order.xhp#bm_id3149688.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>ordering;printing in reverse order</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>printing; reverse order</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: printing_order.xhp#hd_id3149688.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"printing_order\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/printing_order.xhp\" name=\"Printing in Reverse Order\">Printing in Reverse Order</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"printing_order\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/printing_order.xhp\" name=\"Printing in Reverse Order\">Skriva ut i omvend rekkjefølgje</link></variable>"
#: printing_order.xhp#par_id3155854.3.help.text
msgctxt "printing_order.xhp#par_id3155854.3.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Fil → Skriv ut</emph>."
#: printing_order.xhp#par_id3149836.5.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Click the <emph>General</emph> tab."
msgstr "Trykk på fana <emph>Stilar</emph>."
#: printing_order.xhp#par_id3156106.6.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Print in reverse page order</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: printing_order.xhp#par_id3153418.7.help.text
msgctxt "printing_order.xhp#par_id3153418.7.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Print</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: printing_order.xhp#par_id3149616.4.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/01130000.xhp\" name=\"Printing\">Printing</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/01130000.xhp\" name=\"Printing\">Skriva ut</link>"
#: text_frame.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Inserting, Editing, and Linking Text Frames"
msgstr "Setja inn, redigera og kopla tekstrammer"
#: text_frame.xhp#bm_id3149487.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>text frames; inserting/editing/linking</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editing;text frames</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;text frames</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>resizing;text frames, by mouse</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>scaling; text frames, by mouse</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>links;text frames</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text flow; from frame to frame</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>frames; linking</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>printing;hiding text frames from printing</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: text_frame.xhp#hd_id3149487.3.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"text_frame\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp\" name=\"Inserting, Editing, and Linking Text Frames\">Inserting, Editing, and Linking Text Frames</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"text_frame\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp\" name=\"Inserting, Editing, and Linking Text Frames\">Setja inn, redigera og kopla tekstrammer</link></variable>"
#: text_frame.xhp#par_id3149842.65.help.text
msgid "A text frame is a container for text and graphics that you can place anywhere on a page. You can also use a frame to apply a column layout to text."
msgstr "Ei tekstramme kan innehalda tekst og bilete, og du kan plassera henne kvar som helst på ei side. Du kan også bruka ei ramme for å bruka eit spalteoppsett på ein tekst."
#: text_frame.xhp#hd_id3156104.64.help.text
msgid "To Insert a Text Frame"
msgstr ""
#: text_frame.xhp#par_id3149961.5.help.text
msgid "Select the text that you want to include in the frame."
msgstr "Merk den teksten du vil skal vera med i ramma."
#: text_frame.xhp#par_id3149602.9.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Frame</emph>, and click OK."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Set inn → Ramme</emph> og trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: text_frame.xhp#hd_id3145115.66.help.text
msgid "To Edit a Text Frame"
msgstr ""
#: text_frame.xhp#par_id3149578.16.help.text
msgid "To edit the contents of a text frame, click in the frame, and make the changes that you want."
msgstr "For å redigera innhaldet i ei tekstramme, trykkjer du i henne, og gjer dei endringar du ønskjer."
#: text_frame.xhp#par_id3156239.14.help.text
msgid "To edit a frame, select the frame, right-click, and then choose a formatting option. You can also right-click the selected frame, and choose <emph>Frame</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: text_frame.xhp#par_id3156261.63.help.text
msgid "To resize a text frame, click an edge of the frame, and drag one of the edges or corners of the frame. Hold down Shift while you drag to maintain the proportion of the frame."
msgstr ""
#: text_frame.xhp#hd_id3153386.98.help.text
msgid "To Hide Text From Printing"
msgstr ""
#: text_frame.xhp#par_id3154262.99.help.text
msgid "Any Writer text frame can be set to a mode which allows viewing the text on screen, but hides the text from printing."
msgstr "Alle tekstrammer i Writer kan setjast i ein modus som viser teksten i dei på skjermen utan at han vert skriven ut."
#: text_frame.xhp#par_id3154858.100.help.text
msgid "Select the text frame (you see the eight handles)."
msgstr "Vel tekstramma (du ser dei åtte handtak)."
#: text_frame.xhp#par_id3155875.101.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Frame/Object - Options</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: text_frame.xhp#par_id3155899.102.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Properties</emph> area, unmark the <emph>Print</emph> check box and click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: text_frame.xhp#hd_id3148701.83.help.text
msgid "To Link Text Frames"
msgstr ""
#: text_frame.xhp#par_id3149986.84.help.text
msgid "You can link Writer text frames so that their contents automatically flow from one frame to another."
msgstr "Du kan kopla saman tekstrammer i Writer, slik at innhaldet deira automatisk flyt frå den eine ramma til den andre."
#: text_frame.xhp#par_id3153025.71.help.text
msgid "Click the edge of a frame that you want to link. Selection handles appear on the edges of the frame."
msgstr "Trykk på kanten av den ramma du vil kopla. Markeringshandtak dukkar då opp på kantane av henne."
#: text_frame.xhp#par_id3150223.87.help.text
msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Frame</item> Bar, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Link Frames</item> icon <image id=\"img_id3148968\" src=\"cmd/sc_chainframes.png\" width=\"0.222in\" height=\"0.222in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148968\">Icon</alt></image>."
msgstr ""
#: text_frame.xhp#par_id3150930.89.help.text
msgid "Click the frame that you want to link to."
msgstr "Trykk på ramma du vil kopla til."
#: text_frame.xhp#par_id3150947.75.help.text
msgid "You can only link frames if:"
msgstr "Du kan berre kopla rammer dersom"
#: text_frame.xhp#par_id3150969.76.help.text
msgid "The target frame is empty."
msgstr "… målramma er tom."
#: text_frame.xhp#par_id3154365.77.help.text
msgid "The target frame is not linked to another frame."
msgstr "… målramma ikkje er kopla til ei anna ramme."
#: text_frame.xhp#par_id3154383.78.help.text
msgid "The source and the target frames are in the same section. For example, you cannot link a header frame to a footer frame."
msgstr "… kjelde- og målrammene er i same bolk. Til dømes kan du ikkje kopla saman ei topptekstramme med ei botntekstramme."
#: text_frame.xhp#par_id3145559.79.help.text
msgid "The source frame does not have a next link."
msgstr "… kjelderamma ikkje har ei neste lenkje."
#: text_frame.xhp#par_id3145577.81.help.text
msgid "The target or the source frame are not contained in each other."
msgstr "… mål- eller kjelderamme ikkje er ein del av kvarandre."
#: text_frame.xhp#par_id3151083.90.help.text
msgid "When you select a linked frame, a line is displayed that connects the linked frames."
msgstr "Når du vel ei kopla ramme, vert det vist ei linje som koplar saman dei to rammene."
#: text_frame.xhp#par_id5853144.help.text
msgid "The AutoSize feature is available only for the last frame in a chain of linked frames."
msgstr ""
#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Inserting a Scanned Image"
msgstr "Setja inn eit innskanna bilete"
#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp#bm_id3156017.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>inserting;scanned images</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pictures; scanning</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>scanning pictures</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp#hd_id3156017.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_scan\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Scanned Image\">Inserting a Scanned Image</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_scan\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Scanned Image\">Setja inn eit innskanna bilete</link></variable>"
#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp#par_id3149692.2.help.text
msgid "To insert a scanned image, the scanner must be connected to your system and the scanner software drivers must be installed."
msgstr "For å setja inn eit innskanna bilete må skannaren vere kopla til systemet ditt, og skannarprogramvaren må vera installert."
#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp#par_id3155182.3.help.text
msgid "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">The scanner must support the TWAIN standard. </caseinline></switchinline><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"UNIX\">The scanner must support the SANE standard.</caseinline></switchinline>"
msgstr ""
#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp#par_id3155915.4.help.text
msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the scanned image."
msgstr "Trykk på den staden i dokumentet der du vil setja inn det innskanna biletet."
#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp#par_id3155864.5.help.text
msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/shared/01/04060000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Picture - Scan\"><emph>Insert - Picture - Scan</emph></link>, and choose the scanning source from the submenu."
msgstr ""
#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp#par_id3153416.8.help.text
msgid "Follow the scanning instructions."
msgstr "Følg skanneinstruksjonane."
#: insert_graphic_gallery.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Inserting Graphics From the Gallery With Drag-and-Drop"
msgstr "Setja inn bilete frå galleriet med dra og slepp"
#: insert_graphic_gallery.xhp#bm_id3145083.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>inserting; from Gallery into text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures; inserting from Gallery into text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>replacing;objects from Gallery</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>setja inn; frå galleriet til teksten</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bilete; setja inn frå galleriet til teksten</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>byta ut; objekt frå galleriet</bookmark_value>"
#: insert_graphic_gallery.xhp#hd_id3145083.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_gallery\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Graphics From the Gallery With Drag-and-Drop\">Inserting Graphics From the Gallery With Drag-and-Drop</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_gallery\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Graphics From the Gallery With Drag-and-Drop\">Setja inn bilete frå galleriet med dra og slepp</link></variable>"
#: insert_graphic_gallery.xhp#par_id3155907.2.help.text
msgid "You can drag-and-drop an object from the gallery into a text document, spreadsheet, drawing, or presentation."
msgstr "Du kan dra og sleppa eit objekt frå galleriet inn i eit tekstdokument, eit rekneark, ei teikning eller ein presentasjon."
#: insert_graphic_gallery.xhp#par_id3155923.6.help.text
msgid "To replace a gallery object that you inserted in a document, hold down Shift+Ctrl, and then drag a different gallery object onto the object."
msgstr "For å byta ut eit galleriobjekt du har sett inn i eit dokument, kan du halda nede tastane Skift + Ctrl, og deretter dra eit anna galleriobjekt oppå det gamle objektet."
#: main.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Instructions for Using $[officename] Writer"
msgstr "Hjelp til bruk av $[officename] Writer"
#: main.xhp#bm_id3155855.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>$[officename] Writer; instructions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>instructions; $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>$[officename] Writer; hjelp</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hjelp; $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value>"
#: main.xhp#hd_id3155855.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"main\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/main.xhp\" name=\"Instructions for Using $[officename] Writer\">Instructions for Using $[officename] Writer</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"main\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/main.xhp\" name=\"Instructions for Using $[officename] Writer\">Hjelp til bruk av $[officename] Writer</link></variable>"
#: main.xhp#hd_id3155156.2.help.text
msgid "Entering and Formatting Text"
msgstr "Skriva inn og formatera tekst"
#: main.xhp#hd_id3153728.3.help.text
msgid "Automatically Entering and Formatting Text"
msgstr "Skriva inn og formatera tekst automatisk"
#: main.xhp#hd_id3150742.4.help.text
msgid "Using Styles, Numbering Pages, Using Fields"
msgstr "Bruka stilar, sidenummerering og felt"
#: main.xhp#hd_id3147088.5.help.text
msgid "Editing Tables in Text"
msgstr "Redigera av tabellar i tekst"
#: main.xhp#hd_id3155590.6.help.text
msgid "Images, Drawings, ClipArt, Fontwork"
msgstr "Bilete, teikningar, utklippsbilete, skriftforming"
#: main.xhp#hd_id3145083.7.help.text
msgid "Table of Contents, Index"
msgstr "Innhaldsliste, register"
#: main.xhp#hd_id3150427.8.help.text
msgid "Headings, Types of Numbering"
msgstr "Overskrifter, nummereringstypar"
#: main.xhp#hd_id3154464.9.help.text
msgid "Headers, Footers, Footnotes"
msgstr "Topptekstar, botntekstar, fotnotar"
#: main.xhp#hd_id3152948.10.help.text
msgid "Editing Other Objects in Text"
msgstr "Redigera andre objekt i tekstar"
#: main.xhp#hd_id3154324.11.help.text
msgid "Spelling, Dictionaries, Hyphenation"
msgstr "Stavekontroll, ordbøker, orddeling"
#: main.xhp#hd_id3145673.12.help.text
msgid "Form Letters, Labels and Business Cards"
msgstr "Fletta brev, etikettar og visittkort"
#: main.xhp#hd_id3145730.13.help.text
msgid "Working with Documents"
msgstr "Arbeida med dokument"
#: main.xhp#hd_id3156315.14.help.text
msgid "Miscellaneous"
msgstr "Ymse"
#: table_cells.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Adding or Deleting a Row or Column to a Table Using the Keyboard"
msgstr "Leggja til eller sletta ei rad eller ein kolonne i ein tabell ved å bruka tastaturet"
#: table_cells.xhp#bm_id3156377.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>rows; inserting/deleting in tables by keyboard</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>columns; inserting/deleting in tables by keyboard</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables; editing by keyboard</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>keyboard;adding or deleting rows/columns</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>splitting cells;by keyboard</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>merging;cells, by keyboard</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deleting;rows/columns, by keyboard</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;rows/columns, by keyboard</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: table_cells.xhp#hd_id3156377.22.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"table_cells\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_cells.xhp\" name=\"Adding or Deleting a Row or Column to a Table Using the Keyboard\">Adding or Deleting a Row or Column to a Table Using the Keyboard</link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: table_cells.xhp#par_id3149487.27.help.text
msgid "You can add or delete rows or columns in tables as well as split or merge table cells using the keyboard."
msgstr ""
#: table_cells.xhp#par_id3155906.28.help.text
msgid "To insert a new row in a table, place the cursor in a table cell, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Insert, and then press the up or down arrow key. You can also move the cursor to the last cell in the table, and then press Tab."
msgstr "For å setja inn ei ny rad i ein tabell, plasserer du skrivemerket i ei tabellcelle, trykkjer <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Tilval </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt </defaultinline></switchinline>+ Insert</emph> og deretter <emph>Pil opp</emph> eller <emph>Pil ned</emph>. Du kan også flytta skrivemerket til den siste cella i tabellen og trykkja på <emph>Tab</emph>."
#: table_cells.xhp#par_id3147412.25.help.text
msgid "To insert a new column, place the cursor in a table cell, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Insert, and then press the left or right arrow key."
msgstr "For å setja inn ein ny kolonne, plasserer du peikaren i ei tabellcelle, trykkjer <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Tilval </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt </defaultinline></switchinline>+ Insert</emph> og deretter <emph>Pil opp</emph> eller <emph>Pil ned</emph>."
#: table_cells.xhp#par_id3156096.29.help.text
msgid "To split a table cell instead of adding a column, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Insert, and then hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> while you press the left or right arrow key."
msgstr "For å dela ei tabellcelle i staden for å leggja til ein kolonne, trykkjer du <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Tilval </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt </defaultinline></switchinline>+ Insert</emph> og held deretter <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Kommando</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline></emph> nede medan du trykkjer <emph>Pil venstre</emph> eller <emph>Pil høgre</emph>."
#: table_cells.xhp#par_id3153408.26.help.text
msgid "To delete a row, place the cursor in a table cell, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Delete, and then press the up or down arrow key."
msgstr "For å sletta ei rad, plasserer du skrivemerket i ei tabellcelle, trykkjer <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Tilval </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt </defaultinline></switchinline>+ Delete</emph> og deretter <emph>Pil opp</emph> eller <emph>Pil ned</emph>."
#: table_cells.xhp#par_id3149626.30.help.text
msgid "To delete a column, place the cursor in a table cell, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Delete, and then press the left or the right arrow key."
msgstr "For å sletta ein kolonne, plasserer du peikaren i ei tabellcelle, trykkjer <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Tilval </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt </defaultinline></switchinline>+ Delete</emph> og deretter <emph>Pil venstre</emph> eller <emph>Pil høgre</emph>."
#: table_cells.xhp#par_id3149612.31.help.text
msgid "To merge a table into an adjacent cell, place the cursor in the cell, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Delete, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then press the left or the right arrow key."
msgstr "For å slå ein tabell saman med ei tilstøytande celle, plasserer du skrivemerket i cella, trykkjer <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Tilval </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt </defaultinline></switchinline>+ Delete</emph>, held deretter <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Kommando</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> nede og trykkjer deretter <emph>Pil venstre</emph> eller <emph>Pil høgre</emph>."
#: load_styles.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Using Styles From Another Document or Template"
msgstr "Bruka stilar frå eit anna dokument eller ein annan mal"
#: load_styles.xhp#bm_id3145086.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>formatting styles; importing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>styles; importing from other files</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>importing;styles from other files</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>loading;styles from other files</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: load_styles.xhp#hd_id3145086.10.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"load_styles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp\" name=\"Using Styles From Another Document or Template\">Using Styles From Another Document or Template</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"load_styles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp\" name=\"Using Styles From Another Document or Template\">Bruka stilar frå eit anna dokument eller ein annan mal</link></variable>"
#: load_styles.xhp#par_id3154491.11.help.text
msgid "You can import styles from another document or template into the current document."
msgstr "Du kan importera stilar frå eit anna dokument eller ein annan mal til det gjeldande dokumentet."
#: load_styles.xhp#par_id3155910.12.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph> to open the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Format → Stilhandsamar</emph> for å opna <emph>Stilhandsamaren</emph>."
#: load_styles.xhp#par_idN10703.help.text
msgid "Click the arrow next to the <emph>New Style from Selection</emph> icon to open the submenu."
msgstr ""
#: load_styles.xhp#par_idN1070B.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Load styles</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Last inn stilar</emph>."
#: load_styles.xhp#par_id3149632.15.help.text
msgid "Use the check boxes at the bottom of the dialog to select the style types that you want to import. To replace styles in the current document that have the same name as the ones you are importing, select <emph>Overwrite</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: load_styles.xhp#par_id3145098.16.help.text
msgctxt "load_styles.xhp#par_id3145098.16.help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "Gjer éin av desse:"
#: load_styles.xhp#par_id3156240.17.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Click an entry in the <emph>Categories</emph> list, then click the template containing the styles that you want to use in the <emph>Templates</emph> list, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk på pila ved sida av <emph>Framhevingsknappen</emph> på <emph>Formateringslinja</emph> og vel <emph>Utan fyll</emph>."
#: load_styles.xhp#par_id3153377.13.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Click <emph>From File</emph>, locate the file containing the styles that you want to use, and then click name, and then click <emph>Open</emph>."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2_PUSHBUTTON_DLG_NEW_FILE_PB_LOAD_FILE\">Finn fila som inneheld stilane du vil henta, og trykk <emph>Opna</emph>.</ahelp>"
#: auto_off.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Turning Off AutoCorrect "
msgstr "Slå av autoretting"
#: auto_off.xhp#bm_id3154250.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>turning off automatic correction</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text;turning off automatic correction</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>uppercase;changing to lowercase</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>capital letters;changing to small letters after periods</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>quotation marks;changing automatically</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>words;automatic replacement on/off</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lines;automatic drawing on/off</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>underlining;quick</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>borders; automatic drawing on/off</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>automatic changes on/off</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>changes;automatic</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function;turning off</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: auto_off.xhp#hd_id3147812.16.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"auto_off\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp\" name=\"Turning Off AutoFormat and AutoCorrect\">Turning Off AutoCorrect</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"auto_off\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp\" name=\"Turning Off AutoFormat and AutoCorrect\">Slå av autoretting</link></variable>"
#: auto_off.xhp#par_id3147833.2.help.text
msgid "By default, $[officename] automatically corrects many common typing errors and applies formatting while you type. "
msgstr "Som standard rettar $[officename] automatisk mange vanlege skrivefeil og endrar formatering medan du skriv. "
#: auto_off.xhp#par_idN1081B.help.text
msgid "To quickly undo an automatic correction or completion, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Z. "
msgstr "For å fjerna ei automatisk retting eller fullføring snøgt, trykk <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Z. "
#: auto_off.xhp#par_idN10846.help.text
msgid "To turn off most AutoCorrect features, remove the check mark from the menu <emph>Format - AutoCorrect - While Typing</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: auto_off.xhp#hd_id3147251.12.help.text
msgid "To Remove a Word from the AutoCorrect List"
msgstr ""
#: auto_off.xhp#par_id3147274.14.help.text
msgctxt "auto_off.xhp#par_id3147274.14.help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect Options</item>."
msgstr ""
#: auto_off.xhp#par_id3145596.23.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Click the <emph>Replace</emph> tab."
msgstr "Trykk på fana <emph>Stilar</emph>."
#: auto_off.xhp#par_id3145620.15.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>AutoCorrect</emph> list, select the word pair that you want to remove."
msgstr ""
#: auto_off.xhp#par_id3145645.24.help.text
msgid "Click <emph>Delete</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>Slett</emph>."
#: auto_off.xhp#hd_id3145668.4.help.text
msgid "To Stop Replacing Quotation Marks"
msgstr ""
#: auto_off.xhp#par_id3151196.6.help.text
msgctxt "auto_off.xhp#par_id3151196.6.help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect Options</item>."
msgstr ""
#: auto_off.xhp#par_id3151220.7.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgid "Click the <emph>Localized Options</emph> tab"
msgstr "Trykk på fana <emph>Stilar</emph>."
#: auto_off.xhp#par_id3151245.25.help.text
msgid "Clear the \"Replace\" check box(es)."
msgstr ""
#: auto_off.xhp#hd_id3155076.8.help.text
msgid "To Stop Capitalizing the First Letter of a Sentence"
msgstr ""
#: auto_off.xhp#par_id3155099.10.help.text
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools – AutoCorrect Options</item>."
msgstr ""
#: auto_off.xhp#par_id3155123.11.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "auto_off.xhp#par_id3155123.11.help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Options</emph> tab."
msgstr "Trykk på fana <emph>Stilar</emph>."
#: auto_off.xhp#par_id3155148.26.help.text
msgid "Clear the \"Capitalize first letter of every sentence\" check box."
msgstr ""
#: auto_off.xhp#hd_id3155401.17.help.text
msgid "To Stop Drawing a Line When You Type Three Identical Characters"
msgstr ""
#: auto_off.xhp#par_id3155415.22.help.text
msgid "$[officename] automatically draws a line when you type three of the following characters and press Enter: - _ = * ~ #"
msgstr "$[officename] teiknar automatisk ei linje når du skriv éitt av desse teikna tre gonger og trykkjer på Enter: - _ = * ~ #"
#: auto_off.xhp#par_id3155439.19.help.text
msgctxt "auto_off.xhp#par_id3155439.19.help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect Options</item>."
msgstr ""
#: auto_off.xhp#par_id3155463.20.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "auto_off.xhp#par_id3155463.20.help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Options</emph> tab."
msgstr "Trykk på fana <emph>Stilar</emph>."
#: auto_off.xhp#par_id3155488.27.help.text
msgid "Clear the \"Apply border\" check box."
msgstr ""
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Creating New Styles From Selections"
msgstr "Oppretta nye stilar frå utval"
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp#bm_id3155911.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>styles; creating from selections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>drag and drop;creating new styles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>copying;styles, from selections</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp#hd_id3155911.34.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"stylist_fromselect\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp\" name=\"Creating New Styles From Selections\">Creating New Styles From Selections</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"stylist_fromselect\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp\" name=\"Creating New Styles From Selections\">Oppretta nye stilar frå utval</link></variable>"
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3149829.35.help.text
msgid "To Create a New Style From a Manually Formatted Selection"
msgstr ""
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3156097.36.help.text
msgctxt "stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3156097.36.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Format → Stilhandsamar</emph>."
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3153402.42.help.text
msgctxt "stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3153402.42.help.text"
msgid "Click the icon of the style category that you want to create."
msgstr "Trykk på ikonet til stiltypen du vil laga."
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3153119.37.help.text
msgid "Click in the document where you want to copy the style from, for example, in a paragraph that you applied manual formatting to."
msgstr "Trykk på den staden i dokumentet der du vil kopiera stilen frå, til dømes i eit avsnitt du har brukt manuell formatering på."
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3153138.38.help.text
msgid "Click the arrow next to the <item type=\"menuitem\">New Style from Selection</item> icon and choose <item type=\"menuitem\">New Style from Selection</item> <emph/>from the submenu"
msgstr ""
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3156260.43.help.text
msgid "Type a name in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style Name</item> <emph/>box."
msgstr ""
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3154411.44.help.text
msgctxt "stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3154411.44.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp#hd_id3153373.20.help.text
msgid "To Create a New Style by Drag-And-Drop"
msgstr ""
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3154233.31.help.text
msgctxt "stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3154233.31.help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Format → Stilhandsamar</emph>."
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3154258.45.help.text
msgctxt "stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3154258.45.help.text"
msgid "Click the icon of the style category that you want to create."
msgstr "Trykk på ikonet for den stiltypen du vil oppretta."
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3154851.32.help.text
msgid "Select at least one character, or object, in the style that you want to copy. For page and frame styles, select at least one character or object in the page or frame."
msgstr "Vel minst eitt teikn eller objekt i den stilen du vil kopiera. For side- og rammestilar må du velja minst eitt teikn eller objekt på sida eller i ramma."
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3154871.33.help.text
msgid "Drag the character or object to the Styles and Formatting window and release."
msgstr ""
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_idN107B2.help.text
msgid "For paragraph and character styles, you can drag-and-drop onto the respective icon in the Styles and Formatting window. You do not need to open that style category in advance."
msgstr ""
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_idN107B5.help.text
msgid "You can also drag-and-drop a frame into the Styles and Formatting window to create a new frame style: Click the frame, wait a moment with the mouse button pressed down, but without moving the mouse, then drag to the Styles and Formatting window and drop the frame onto the Frame Styles icon."
msgstr ""
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3149988.40.help.text
msgctxt "stylist_fromselect.xhp#par_id3149988.40.help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles and Formatting\">Styles and Formatting</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles and Formatting\">Stilhandsamaren</link>"
Reference in New Issue View Git Blame Copy Permalink